German Banking Act (Gesetz über das Kreditwesen)

Banking Act*
(Gesetz über das Kreditwesen)
Revised read-only version
Unofficial text
In the wording of the announcement of 9 September 1998, Federal Law Gazette I,
page 2776,

• as last amended by Article 1 of the Act Adjusting Financial Market Legislation
  (Gesetz zur Anpassung von Gesetzen auf dem Gebiet des Finanzmarktes) of 15 July 2014, Federal Law Gazette I, page 934. July 2014

• This working translation is provided by the Deutsche Bundesbank and is for information
  purposes only. This translation is not official; the only authentic text is the German one as published in the Federal Law Gazette (Bundesgesetzblatt).

I
Contents
PART I ....................................................................................................1
GENERAL PROVISIONS .......................................................................1
Division 1CREDIT INSTITUTIONS, FINANCIAL SERVICES INSTITUTIONS, FINANCIAL
HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED￾ACTIVITY HOLDING COMPANIES AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS ................... 1
Section 1 Definition of terms................................................................................... 1
Section 1a Application of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in respect of credit
institutions and financial services institutions .........................................................13
Section 1b (Repealed)...........................................................................................13
Section 2 Exceptions .............................................................................................13
Section 2a Exceptions for institutions belonging to a group and institutions which
are members of institutional protection schemes ...................................................21
Section 2b Legal form............................................................................................22
Section 2c Holders of significant holdings..............................................................23
Section 2d Management bodies of financial holding companies and mixed financial
holding companies.................................................................................................27
Section 2e Exceptions for mixed financial holding companies ...............................27
Section 3 Prohibited business................................................................................28
Section 4 Decision by BaFin ..................................................................................31
Division 2 FEDERAL FINANCIAL SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY (BAFIN)..................... 31
Section 5 (Repealed).............................................................................................31
Section 6 Functions ...............................................................................................31
Section 6a Special functions..................................................................................32
Section 6b Supervisory review and evaluation.......................................................32
Section 7 Cooperation with the Deutsche Bundesbank..........................................34
Section 7a Cooperation with the European Commission .......................................36
Section 7b Cooperation with the European Banking Authority, the European
Securities and Markets Authority and the European Insurance and Occupational
Pensions Authority.................................................................................................37

II
Section 7c Cooperation with the European Banking Committee ............................39
Section 7d Cooperation with the European Systemic Risk Board ..........................39
Section 8 Cooperation with other entities...............................................................39
Section 8a Special functions with regard to supervision on a consolidated basis...43
Section 8b (Repealed)...........................................................................................45
Section 8c Delegation of responsibility for supervising groups of institutions,
financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups and institutions belonging
to a group ..............................................................................................................45
Section 8d (Repealed)...........................................................................................46
Section 8e Colleges of supervisors........................................................................46
Section 8f Cooperation in the supervision of significant branches..........................47
Section 9 Professional secrecy requirements ........................................................48
PART II .................................................................................................51
PROVISIONS FOR INSTITUTIONS, GROUPS OF INSTITUTIONS, FINANCIAL HOLDING GROUPS, FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATES, MIXED FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES AND MIXED-ACTIVITY
HOLDING COMPANIES.......................................................................51
Division 1 OWN FUNDS AND LIQUIDITY................................................................ 51
Section 10 Supplementary own funds requirements for institutions, groups of
institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups; authority to
issue orders...........................................................................................................51
Section 10a Determining the own funds adequacy of groups of institutions, financial
holding groups and mixed financial holding groups; authority to issue orders ........56
Section 10b (Repealed).........................................................................................60
Section 10c Capital conservation buffer.................................................................60
Section 10d Countercyclical capital buffer .............................................................60
Section 10e Systemic risk capital buffer.................................................................62
Section 10f Capital buffer for global systemically important institutions..................65
Section 10g Capital buffer for other systemically important institutions ..................67
Section 10h Combination of a systemic risk buffer, a buffer for global systemically
important institutions and a buffer for other systemically important institutions.......68
Section 10i Combined buffer requirement..............................................................69

III
Section 11 Liquidity................................................................................................72
Section 12 (Repealed)...........................................................................................73
Section 12a Establishment of corporate relationships............................................73
Division 2 LENDING BUSINESS........................................................................... 74
Section 13 Large exposures; authority to issue orders...........................................74
Section 13a (Repealed).........................................................................................75
Section 13b (Repealed).........................................................................................75
Section 13c Intra-group transactions with mixed-activity holding companies .........75
Section 13d (Repealed).........................................................................................77
Section 14 Loans of €1.5 million or more...............................................................77
Section 15 Loans to managers etc.........................................................................78
Section 16 (Repealed)...........................................................................................81
Section 17 Liability.................................................................................................81
Section 18 Borrower documentation ......................................................................81
Section 18a (Repealed).........................................................................................82
Section 18b (Repealed).........................................................................................82
Section 19 Concept of the loans for section 14 and of borrowers for sections 14, 15
and 18 (1)..............................................................................................................82
Section 20 Exceptions to the obligations pursuant to section 14............................85
Section 20a (Repealed).........................................................................................85
Section 20b (Repealed).........................................................................................85
Section 20c (Repealed) .........................................................................................85
Section 21 Concept of exposure for sections 15 to 18 (1)......................................85
Section 22 Statutory authorisation for loans of €1.5 million or more.......................87
Division 2a REFINANCING REGISTER.................................................................... 88
Section 22a Register-keeping undertaking ............................................................88
Section 22b Keeping a refinancing register for third parties ...................................89
Section 22c Refinancing intermediaries.................................................................89
Section 22d Refinancing registers .........................................................................89
Section 22e Appointment of an administrator.........................................................91

IV
Section 22f Administrator’s relationship with BaFin................................................92
Section 22g Administrator’s tasks..........................................................................92
Section 22h Administrator’s relationship with the register-keeping undertaking and
the refinancing undertaking....................................................................................92
Section 22i Administrator’s remuneration...............................................................93
Section 22j Effects of entry in the refinancing register............................................93
Section 22k Cessation and transfer of register-keeping activities...........................94
Section 22l Appointment of a creditors’ trustee upon the initiation of insolvency
proceedings...........................................................................................................94
Section 22m Announcement of the appointment of a creditors’ trustee..................95
Section 22n Legal position of the creditors’ trustee................................................95
Section 22o Appointment of a creditors’ trustee in the event of imminent insolvency
..............................................................................................................................96
Division 3 CUSTOMERS’ RIGHTS ........................................................................ 97
Section 22p (Repealed).........................................................................................97
Division 4 ADVERTISING, AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS OF INSTITUTIONS ...... 97
Section 23 Advertising ...........................................................................................97
Section 23a Guarantee scheme.............................................................................97
Division 5SPECIAL DUTIES OF INSTITUTIONS, THEIR SENIOR MANAGERS, FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED-ACTIVITY FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES AND
MIXED-ACTIVITY HOLDING COMPANIES...................................................... 98
Section 24 Reports ................................................................................................98
Section 24a Establishment of a branch and provision of cross-border services in
other EEA states..................................................................................................102
Section 24b Participation in payment and securities transfer and settlement
systems as well as interoperable systems ...........................................................104
Section 24c Automated access to account details ...............................................105
Section 25 Financial information, information on internal capital adequacy; authority
to issue orders.....................................................................................................107
Section 25a Particular organisational duties; authority to issue orders.................108
Section 25b Outsourcing of activities and processes ...........................................111

V
Section 25c Management board members ..........................................................112
Section 25d Supervisory board............................................................................118
Section 25e Requirements for tied agents ...........................................................123
Section 25f Particular requirements for the proper business organisation of CRR
credit institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups and financial conglomerates that include a CRR institution; authority
to issue orders.....................................................................................................123
Division 5a CASHLESS PAYMENTS; PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING, TERRORIST FINANCING AND OTHER CRIMINAL ACTIONS TO THE DETRIMENT OF
INSTITUTIONS.................................................................................. 124
Section 25g Fulfilment of particular organisational duties in connection with
cashless payments ..............................................................................................124
Section 25h Internal safeguards ..........................................................................125
Section 25i Simplified due diligence.....................................................................127
Section 25j Simplified identification procedure.....................................................129
Section 25k Enhanced due diligence ...................................................................129
Section 25I Group-wide compliance with due diligence standards .......................130
Section 25m Prohibited business.........................................................................131
Section 25n Due diligence and organisational duties in e-money business..........131
Division 5b SUBMISSION OF ACCOUNTS ............................................................. 132
Section 26 Submission of annual accounts, management report and audit reports
............................................................................................................................132
Division 5c DISCLOSURE .................................................................................. 133
Section 26a Disclosure by institutions..................................................................133
Division 6 AUDITS AND THE APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS ................................... 134
Section 27 (Repealed).........................................................................................134
Section 28 Appointment of the auditor in special cases .......................................134
Section 29 Special duties of the auditor...............................................................135
Section 30 Definition of audit content...................................................................138

VI
Division 7 EXEMPTIONS .................................................................................. 138
Section 31 Exemptions; authority to issue orders ................................................138
PART III ..............................................................................................140
PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE PRUDENTIAL SUPERVISION OF
INSTITUTIONS...................................................................................140
Division 1 AUTHORISATION OF BUSINESS OPERATIONS...................................... 140
Section 32 Authorisation......................................................................................140
Section 33 Refusal of authorisation .....................................................................142
Section 33a Deferral or restriction of authorisation in the case of undertakings
domiciled outside the European Union.................................................................145
Section 33b Consultation of the competent agencies of another EEA state .........145
Section 34 Representation and continuation of business in the event of death....145
Section 35 Expiry and revocation of authorisation ...............................................146
Section 36 Removal of senior managers or members of the supervisory body ....147
Section 37 Intervention against unauthorised or prohibited business...................149
Section 38 Consequences of the revocation and expiry of authorisation; measures
in the event of liquidation .....................................................................................149
Division 2 PROTECTED TERMS......................................................................... 150
Section 39 The terms "bank" and "banker" ..........................................................150
Section 40 The term “savings bank” ....................................................................150
Section 41 Exceptions .........................................................................................151
Section 42 BaFin’s decision.................................................................................151
Section 43 Registration provisions.......................................................................151
Division 3 INFORMATION AND INSPECTIONS ...................................................... 152
Section 44 Information from and inspections of institutions, ancillary service
providers, financial holding companies, mixed financial holding companies and
undertakings included in supervision on a consolidated basis .............................152
Section 44a Cross-border information and audits ................................................154

VII
Section 44b Information from and inspections of the holders of major participating
interests...............................................................................................................154
Section 44c Prosecution of unauthorised banking business and financial services
............................................................................................................................155
Division 4 MEASURES IN SPECIAL CASES ......................................................... 157
Section 45 Measures to improve the adequacy of own funds and liquidity...........157
Section 45a Measures vis-à-vis financial holding companies and mixed financial
holding companies...............................................................................................161
Section 45b Measures in the case of organisational deficiencies.........................162
Section 45c Special representative......................................................................163
Section 46 Measures in the case of danger.........................................................165
Section 46a (Repealed).......................................................................................167
Section 46b Insolvency petition ...........................................................................167
Section 46c Insolvency law periods and liability issues........................................168
Section 46d Notification of the other EEA states with regard to reorganisation
measures.............................................................................................................168
Section 46e Insolvency proceedings in EEA states..............................................169
Section 46f Notification of creditors in insolvency proceedings ............................170
Section 46g Moratorium, suspension of banking and stock exchange business ..171
Section 46h Resumption of banking and stock exchange business .....................171
Division 4a MEASURES TO PREPARE AND CONDUCT RECOVERY AND RESOLUTION
ACTIONS ........................................................................................ 172
Section 47 Recovery plan and resolution planning at credit institutions and financial
groups with the potential to pose a systemic risk .................................................172
Section 47a Design of recovery plans..................................................................173
Section 47b Measures in the case of deficient recovery plans .............................175
Section 47c Resolution unit .................................................................................176
Section 47d Assessment of resolvability ..............................................................176
Section 47e Powers to remove impediments to resolvability................................179
Section 47f Creation of a resolution plan .............................................................180
Section 47g Group resolution plans .....................................................................184
Section 47h Duties to cooperate; authority to issue orders ..................................185

VIII
Section 47i Confidentiality and exchange of information ......................................185
Section 47j Legal protection.................................................................................186
Section 48 (Repealed).........................................................................................186
Division 4b MEASURES VIS-À-VIS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS IN THE EVENT OF RISKS TO THE
STABILITY OF THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM............................................... 186
Section 48a Transfer order ..................................................................................186
Section 48b Going-concern and systemic risk .....................................................187
Section 48c Deadlines; issuing the transfer order................................................188
Section 48d Compensation/consideration; equalisation liability ...........................190
Section 48e Contents of the transfer order ..........................................................191
Section 48f Conducting the spin-off .....................................................................192
Section 48g Entry into force and effects of the spin-off ........................................193
Section 48h Liability of the credit institution; insolvency remoteness of spin-off ...194
Section 48i Objects/assets subject to foreign law ................................................194
Section 48j Partial transfer back ..........................................................................195
Section 48k Partial transfer..................................................................................196
Section 48l Measures at the credit institution.......................................................197
Section 48m Measures at the absorbing legal entity............................................198
Section 48n Information.......................................................................................200
Section 48o Measures relating to superordinated undertakings of groups of
institutions ...........................................................................................................200
Section 48p Measures at financial holding groups and mixed financial holding
groups .................................................................................................................200
Section 48q Measures at financial conglomerates ...............................................201
Section 48r Legal protection ................................................................................201
Section 48s Remedying the consequences of execution; compensation .............202
Section 48t Measures to mitigate macroprudential or systemic risk .....................202
Division 5 ENFORCEABILITY, SANCTIONS, COSTS AND CHARGES ........................ 204
Section 49 Immediate enforceability ....................................................................204
Section 50 (Repealed).........................................................................................204
Section 51 Costs and charges .............................................................................204

IX
PART IV..............................................................................................206
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR HOUSING UNDERTAKINGS WITH A
SAVING FACILITY .............................................................................206
Section 51a Capital requirements for housing undertakings with a saving facility 206
Section 51b Liquidity requirements for housing undertakings with a saving facility
............................................................................................................................208
Section 51c Other special provisions relating to housing undertakings with a saving
facility ..................................................................................................................209
PART V...............................................................................................210
SPECIAL PROVISIONS .....................................................................210
Section 52 Special supervision ............................................................................210
Section 52a Limitation of claims against members of governing bodies of credit
institutions ...........................................................................................................210
Section 53 Branches of undertakings domiciled outside Germany.......................210
Section 53a Representative offices of institutions domiciled outside Germany ....212
Section 53b Undertakings domiciled in another EEA state...................................212
Section 53c Undertakings domiciled in a non-EEA state......................................216
Section 53d Parent undertakings domiciled in a non-EEA state...........................217
PART VI..............................................................................................218
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CENTRAL
COUNTERPARTIES...........................................................................218
Section 53e Holders of qualified participating interests ........................................218
Section 53f Colleges of supervisors.....................................................................218
Section 53g Financial resources of central counterparties ...................................218
Section 53h Liquidity............................................................................................219
Section 53i Granting access pursuant to Articles 7 and 8 of Regulation (EU) No
648/2012 .............................................................................................................219
Section 53j Notifications; authority to issue orders...............................................219
Section 53k Outsourcing of activities and processes ...........................................220

X
Section 53l Power to issue orders; measures in the case of organisational
deficiencies..........................................................................................................220
Section 53m Contents of the application for authorisation ...................................221
Section 53n Measures to improve the financial resources and the liquidity of a
central counterparty authorised pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 648/2012..........222
PART VII.............................................................................................226
PROVISIONS ON PENALTIES AND FINES ......................................226
Section 54 Prohibited business, operating without authorisation..........................226
Section 54a Provisions on penalties ....................................................................226
Section 55 Violation of the duty to report insolvency or overindebtedness ...........227
Section 55a Unauthorised use of data on loans of €1.5 million or more...............227
Section 55b Unauthorised public disclosure of data on loans of 1.5 million euro or
more ....................................................................................................................227
Section 56 Provisions concerning fines................................................................227
Sections 57 and 58 (Repealed) ...........................................................................234
Section 59 Fines imposed on undertakings .........................................................234
Section 60 Competent administrative authority....................................................234
Section 60a Involvement of BaFin and information in criminal cases ...................234
Section 60b Publication of measures...................................................................235
PART VIII............................................................................................237
TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS ......................................237
Section 61 Authorisation for existing credit institutions.........................................237
Section 62 Transitional provisions .......................................................................237
Section 63 (Repeal of and amendments to legal provisions)................................237
Section 63a Special provisions relating to the territory specified in Article 3 of the
Unification Treaty (Einigungsvertrag)...................................................................237
Section 64 Successor undertakings to Deutsche Bundespost .............................238
Section 64a (Repealed).......................................................................................238
Section 64b (Repealed).......................................................................................238
Section 64c (Repealed) .......................................................................................238

XI
Section 64d (Repealed).......................................................................................238
Section 64e Transitional provisions for the Sixth Act Amending the Banking Act
(Sechste Gesetz zur Änderung des Gesetzes über das Kreditwesen).................238
Section 64f Transitional provisions for the Fourth Financial Market Promotion Act
(Vierte Finanzmarktförderungsgesetz).................................................................239
Section 64g Transitional provisions regarding the Act Implementing the Financial
Conglomerates Directive (Finanzkonglomeraterichtlinie-Umsetzungsgesetz) ......240
Section 64h Transitional provisions regarding the Act Implementing the recast
Banking Directive and the recast Capital Adequacy Directive (Gesetz zur Umsetzung der neu gefassten Bankenrichtlinie und der neu gefassten
Kapitaladäquanzrichtlinie)....................................................................................241
Section 64i Transitional provisions regarding the Act Implementing the Markets in
Financial Instruments Directive (Finanzmarktrichtlinie-Umsetzungsgesetz) .........241
Section 64j Transitional provisions regarding the Annual Tax Act 2009
(Jahressteuergesetz 2009) ..................................................................................242
Section 64k Transitional provision regarding the Act Implementing the Acquisition
Directive (Gesetz zur Umsetzung der Beteiligungsrichtlinie)................................243
Section 64l Transitional provision regarding authorisation to conduct asset
management........................................................................................................243
Section 64m (Repealed)......................................................................................243
Section 64n Transitional provision regarding the Act Reforming the Laws on
Intermediaries for Financial Investment and on Investment Products (Gesetz zur
Novellierung des Finanzanlagenvermittler- und Vermögensanlagenrechts).........243
Section 64o Transitional provisions regarding the Act Implementing the European
Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) (EMIR-Ausführungsgesetz) ..................243
Section 64p Transitional provision regarding the High-frequency Trading Act
(Hochfrequenzhandelsgesetz) .............................................................................244
Section 64q Transitional provision regarding the Act Implementing the AIFM
Directive (AIFM-Umsetzungsgesetz) ...................................................................244
Section 64r Transitional provisions regarding the Act Implementing the Capital
Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV-Umsetzungsgesetz).....................................245
Section 64s Transitional provision regarding the Act on Ringfencing and Recovery
and Resolution Planning for Credit Institutions (Gesetz zur Abschirmung von
Risiken und zur Planung der Sanierung und Abwicklung von Kreditinstituten).....249
Section 65 (Entry into force) ................................................................................249

Section 1
1
Part I
General provisions
Division 1 CREDIT INSTITUTIONS, FINANCIAL SERVICES INSTITUTIONS, FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED-ACTIVITY HOLDING COMPANIES AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS
Section 1
Definition of terms
(1) 1
Credit institutions are undertakings which conduct banking business commercially or on a scale which requires commercially organised business operations. 2 Banking business comprises 1 the acceptance of funds from others as deposits or of other unconditionally repayable funds from the public, unless the claim to repayment is securitised in the form of bearer or order bonds, irrespective of whether or not interest is paid (deposit business), 1a the business specified in section 1 (1) sentence 2 of the Pfandbrief Act (Pfandbriefgesetz) (Pfandbrief business), 2 the granting of money loans and acceptance credits (credit business), 3 the purchase of bills of exchange and cheques (discount business), 4 the purchase and sale of financial instruments in the credit institution’s own name for the account of others (principal broking services), 5 the safe custody and administration of securities for the account of others (safe custody business), 6 (repealed) 7 the entering into of a commitment to repurchase previously sold claims in respect of loans prior to their maturity, 8 the assumption of sureties, guarantees and other warranties on behalf of others (guarantee business), 9 the execution of cashless cheque collections (cheque collection business), bill collections (bill collection business) and the issuance of travellers’ cheques (travellers’ cheque business), 10 the purchase of financial instruments at the credit institution's own risk for placing in the market or the assumption of equivalent guarantees (underwriting business),

Section 1
2
11 (repealed)
12 acting in the capacity of a central counterparty within the meaning of subsection (31). (1a) 1 Financial services institutions are undertakings which provide financial services to others commercially or on a scale which requires commercially organised business operations, and which are not credit institutions. 2 Financial services comprise 1 the brokering of business involving the purchase and sale of financial instruments (investment broking), 1a providing customers or their representatives with personal recommendations in respect of transactions relating to certain financial instruments where the recommendation is based on an evaluation of the investor’s personal circumstances or is presented as being suitable for the investor and is not provided exclusively via information distribution channels or for the general public (investment advice), 1b operating a multilateral facility, which brings together a large number of persons’ interests in the purchase and sale of financial instruments within the facility according to set rules in a way that results in a purchase agreement for these financial instruments (operation of a multilateral trading facility), 1c the placing of financial instruments without a firm commitment basis (placement business), 2 the purchase and sale of financial instruments on behalf of and for the account of others (contract broking), 3 the management of individual portfolios of financial instruments for others on a discretionary basis (portfolio management), 4 (a) continuously offering to purchase or sell financial instruments at self-determined prices on an organised market or in a multilateral trading facility, (b) undertaking trading, often for own account, in an organised and systematic manner outside an organised market or a multilateral trading facility by providing a system accessible to third parties in order to transact business with these third parties, (c) the purchase and sale of financial instruments for own account as a service for others or (d) the purchase and sale of financial instruments for own account as a direct or indirect participant in a domestic organised market or multilateral trading facility by means of a high-frequency algorithmic trading strategy characterised by the use of infrastructures that are designed to minimise latency periods through system determination of order initiation, generation, routing or execution without human intervention for individual transactions or orders and by a high volume of intraday reports in the form of orders, quotes or cancellations, also where no service for others is rendered (proprietary trading),

Section 1
3
5 the brokering of deposit business with undertakings domiciled in a state outside the European Economic Area (non-EEA state) (non-EEA deposit broking), 6 (repealed) 7 dealing in foreign notes and coins (foreign currency dealing), 8 (repealed) 9 the ongoing purchase of receivables on the basis of standard agreements, with or without recourse (factoring), 10 the conclusion of financial lease agreements in the capacity of the lessor and the management of asset-leasing vehicles within the meaning of section 2 (6) sentence 1 number 17 separately from the management of a collective investment scheme within the meaning of section 1 (1) of the Capital Investment Code (Kapitalanlagegesetzbuch) (financial leasing), 11 the purchase and sale of financial instruments separately from the management of a collective investment scheme within the meaning of section 1 (1) of the Capital Investment Code for a community of investors, who are natural persons, on a discretionary basis with regard to the choice of financial instruments, where this is a core element of the product offered and serves the purpose of ensuring that these investors have a share in the performance of the financial instruments acquired (asset management), 12 the safe custody and administration of securities solely for alternative investment funds (AIF) within the meaning of section 1 (3) of the Capital Investment Code (limited custody business). 3 The purchase and sale of financial instruments for own account which does not constitute proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 (proprietary business) is also deemed to be a financial service if the proprietary business is conducted by an undertaking that 1 conducts this business commercially or on a scale which requires commercially organised business operations without already being classified as an institution for any other reason, and 2 belongs to a group of institutions, a financial holding group, a mixed financial holding group or a financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution. 4 An undertaking which conducts proprietary business deemed to be a financial service pursuant to sentence 3 is deemed to be a financial services institution. 5 Sentences 3 and 4 do not apply to resolution agencies pursuant to section 8a (1) sentence 1 of the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act (Finanzmarktstabilisierungsfondsgesetz). (1b) Institutions within the meaning of this Act are credit institutions and financial services institutions.

Section 1
4
(2) 1
Senior managers within the meaning of this Act are those natural persons who are appointed according to law, articles of association, articles of incorporation or a partnership agreement to manage the business of and represent an institution organised in the form of a legal person or a commercial partnership. 2 In exceptional cases, the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, hereinafter referred to as BaFin) may also revocably designate as senior manager another person entrusted with the management of an institution's business and empowered to represent it if that person is trustworthy and has the necessary professional knowledge, skills and experience; section 25c (1) shall apply. (3) 1 Financial undertakings are undertakings which are not institutions, investment management companies or externally managed investment companies, and whose principal activity involves 1 acquiring and holding ownership interests, 2 acquiring pecuniary claims against payment, 3 being an asset-leasing vehicle within the meaning of section 2 (6) sentence 1 number 17, 4 (repealed) 5 trading in financial instruments for own account, 6 advising others on investing in financial instruments, 7 advising undertakings on capital structure, industrial strategy and related questions and, in the event of corporate mergers and acquisitions, advising the undertakings and tendering services, or 8 arranging loans between credit institutions (money broking). 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance (Bundesministerium der Finanzen), after consulting the Deutsche Bundesbank, can, by way of a statutory order (Rechtsverordnung), designate as financial undertakings other undertakings which principally engage in an activity which is added to the list in Annex I to Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC (OJ L 176/338 of 27 June 2013). (3a) (Repealed) (3b) (Repealed) (3c) (Repealed) (3d) 1 CRR credit institutions within the meaning of this Act are credit institutions within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit

Section 1
5 institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (OJ L 176/1 of 27 June 2013). 2 CRR investment firms within the meaning of this Act are investment firms within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 2 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 3 CRR institutions within the meaning of this Act are CRR credit institutions and CRR investment firms. 4 Securities trading firms are institutions which are not CRR credit institutions and which conduct banking business within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 2 number 4 or 10 or provide financial services within the meaning of subsection (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4, unless the banking business or financial services are confined to foreign exchange or units of account. 5 Securities trading banks are credit institutions which are not CRR credit institutions and which conduct banking business within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 2 number 4 or 10 or provide financial services within the meaning of subsection (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4. 6 E-money institutions are undertakings within the meaning of section 1a (1) number 5 of the Payment Services Oversight Act (Zahlungsdiensteaufsichtsgesetz). (3e) Stock exchanges or futures exchanges within the meaning of this Act are stock markets or futures markets which are regulated and supervised by competent public authorities, are held regularly and are accessible to the general public either directly or indirectly, including 1 their operators if the said operators’ principal activity involves the operation of stock markets or futures markets, and 2 their systems for safeguarding the settlement of the trades in these markets (clearing houses) that are regulated and supervised by competent public authorities. (4) The home state is the state in which the head office of an institution is authorised to operate. (5) (Repealed) (5a) 1 The European Economic Area (EEA) within the meaning of this Act comprises the member states of the European Union as well as the other signatories to the Agreement on the European Economic Area. 2 Non-EEA states within the meaning of this Act are all other states. (5b) (Repealed) (6) (Repealed) (7) Affiliated undertakings are undertakings which have a common parent undertaking. (7a) (Repealed) (7b) (Repealed) (7c) (Repealed) (7d) (Repealed)

Section 1
6
(7e) (Repealed)
(7f) (Repealed)
(8) (Repealed)
(9) 1
A significant holding within the meaning of this Act is a qualifying holding pursuant to
Article 4 (1) number 36 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2
For calculating the share of the voting rights, section 21 (1) in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to subsection (3), section 22 (1) to (3a) in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to subsection (5) and section 23 of the Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) as well as section 94 (2) and (3) in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to subsection (5) number 1 of the Capital Investment Code shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 This shall not include the voting rights or capital shares which institutions hold in connection with underwriting business pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 10, provided that these rights are not exercised or used in any other way to interfere with the issuer’s management and they are sold within one year of being acquired. (10) (Repealed) (11) 1 Financial instruments within the meaning of subsections (1) to (3) and (17) as well as within the meaning of section 2 (1) and (6) are 1 shares and other stakes in German or foreign legal persons, commercial partnerships and any other undertakings if these stakes are comparable to shares, as well as certificates representing shares or stakes comparable to shares, 2 investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act (Vermögensanlagengesetz) with the exception of stakes in a cooperative society within the meaning of section 1 of the Cooperative Societies Act (Genossenschaftsgesetz), 3 debt instruments, in particular, participation certificates, bearer bonds, order bonds and rights that are both comparable to these debt instruments and, by their nature, tradable in the capital markets, with the exception of payment instruments, as well as certificates representing these debt instruments, 4 any other rights authorising the purchase or sale of rights in accordance with numbers 1 and 3 or leading to a cash payment that is determined in connection with such rights, with currencies, interest rates or other income streams, or with commodities, indices or metrics, 5 units in collective investment schemes within the meaning of section 1 (1) of the Capital Investment Code, 6 money market instruments, 7 foreign exchange or units of account, and 8 derivatives.

Section 1
7
2
Money market instruments are all types of receivables that are normally traded on the money market, with the exception of payment instruments. 3 Derivatives are 1 futures or options contracts in the form of a purchase, exchange or similar transaction, which are to be settled with a time lag and whose value is derived directly or indirectly from the price or measure of an underlying (forward contracts) in relation to the following underlyings:
(a) securities or money market instruments,
(b) foreign exchange or units of account,
(c) interest rates or other income streams,
(d) indices of the underlyings for letters (a), (b) or (c), other financial indices or financial metrics, or (e) derivatives; 2 forward contracts in relation to commodities, freight rates, emission permits, climatic or other physical variables, inflation rates or other macroeconomic variables or any other assets, indices or metrics as underlyings where they (a) are either to be settled in cash or give a contracting party the right to demand cash settlement without this right arising as a result of default or another termination event, (b) are entered into on an organised market or in a multilateral trading facility, or (c) have the characteristics of other derivative financial instruments and are not for commercial purposes pursuant to Article 38 (1) of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1287/2006 of 10 August 2006 implementing Directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards record-keeping obligations for investment firms, transaction reporting, market transparency, admission of financial instruments to trading, and defined terms for the purposes of that Directive (OJ EU L 241/1), and the conditions under Article 38 (4) of this Regulation are not met, and provided that they are not spot contracts within the meaning of Article 38 (2) of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1287/2006; 3 financial contracts for differences; 4 futures or options contracts in the form of a purchase, exchange or similar transaction, which are to be settled with a time lag and serve to transfer credit risk (credit derivatives); 5 forward contracts in relation to the underlyings listed in Article 39 of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1287/2006 where they meet the conditions laid down in number 2. (12) (Repealed)

Section 1
8
(13) (Repealed)
(14) (Repealed)
(15) (Repealed)
(16) 1
A system within the meaning of section 24b is a written arrangement pursuant to Article 2 letter (a) of Directive 98/26/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 1998 on settlement finality in payment and securities settlement systems (OJ L 166/45 of 11 June 1998) as amended by Directive 2009/44/EC (OJ L 146/37 of 10 June 2009), including an arrangement between a participant and an indirectly participating credit institution which has been reported to the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) by the Deutsche Bundesbank or the competent authority of either another member state or a signatory to the Agreement on the European Economic Area. 2 The systems of non-EEA states are equivalent to the systems mentioned in sentence 1 provided that they essentially fulfil the requirements set out in Article 2 letter (a) of Directive 98/26/EC. 3 A system within the meaning of sentence 1 is also a system whose operator has entered into an arrangement with the operator of another system or the operators of other systems involving the cross￾system execution of payment or transfer orders (interoperable system); the other systems participating in the arrangement are likewise interoperable systems. (16a) A system operator within the meaning of this Act is the party that is legally responsible for operating the system. (16b) A system’s business day encompasses daytime and night-time settlements and includes all events within a system’s usual business cycle. (17) 1 Financial collateral within the meaning of this Act comprises cash balances, monetary amounts, securities, money market instruments as well as credit exposures within the meaning of Article 2 (1) letter (o) of Directive 2002/47/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 June 2002 on financial collateral arrangements (OJ L 168/43 of 27 June
2002) as amended by Directive 2009/44/EC (OJ L 146/37 of 10 June 2009), and pecuniary
claims resulting from an agreement on the basis of which an insurance undertaking within the meaning of section 1 (1) of the Insurance Supervision Act (Versicherungsaufsichtsgesetz) has extended credit in the form of a loan, in each case including any rights or claims in connection therewith, which are provided as collateral under security interest, transfer or title transfer structures on the basis of an arrangement between a collateral taker and a collateral provider belonging to one of the categories listed in Article 1 (2) letters (a) to (e) of Directive 2002/47/EC as amended by Directive 2009/44/EC; in the case of credit exposures incurred by insurance undertakings, this shall apply only if the collateral provider is domiciled in Germany. 2 If a collateral provider is a person or corporate entity mentioned in Article 1 (2) letter (e) of Directive 2002/47/EC, then financial collateral is deemed to exist only if the collateral serves as protection for liabilities arising from contracts or from the brokering of contracts concerning (a) the purchase and sale of financial instruments,

Section 1
9
(b) repurchase transactions, lending transactions and comparable transactions relating to financial instruments, or (c) loans to finance the purchase of financial instruments. 3 If a collateral provider is a person or corporate entity mentioned in Article 1 (2) letter (e) of Directive 2002/47/EC, then the collateral provider’s own capital shares or capital shares in affiliated undertakings within the meaning of section 290 (2) of the Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) are not deemed to be financial collateral; the point in time at which the collateral is provided is decisive. 4 Collateral providers from non-EEA states are equivalent to the collateral providers mentioned in sentence 1 provided that they essentially correspond to the entities, financial institutions and bodies listed in Article 1 (2) letters (a) to (e) of Directive 2002/47/EC. (18) Sectoral legislation within the meaning of this Act is the legislation of the European Union in the area of financial supervision, in particular Directives 73/239/EEC, 98/78/EC, 2004/39/EC, 2006/48/EC, 2006/49/EC and 2009/65/EC as well as Annex V Part A of Directive 2002/83/EC, the national legislation based thereon, in particular this Act, the Insurance Supervision Act, the Securities Trading Act, the Capital Investment Code, the Pfandbrief Act, the Act on Building and Loan Associations (Gesetz über Bausparkassen) and the Money Laundering Act (Geldwäschegesetz) including the statutory orders enacted in connection therewith as well as any other laws, regulations and administrative provisions enacted in the area of financial supervision. (19) Financial sector within the meaning of this Act consists of the following sectors:
1 the banking and investment services sector: covers credit institutions within the meaning of subsection (1), financial services institutions within the meaning of subsection (1a), investment management companies within the meaning of section 17 of the Capital Investment Code, externally managed investment companies within the meaning of section 1 (13) of the Capital Investment Code, financial undertakings within the meaning of subsection (3), ancillary services undertakings within the meaning of subsection (3c) and corresponding undertakings domiciled outside Germany as well as e-money institutions within the meaning of section 1a (1) number 5 of the Payment Services Oversight Act and payment institutions within the meaning of section 1 (1) number 5 of the Payment Services Oversight Act; 2 the insurance sector: covers primary insurance undertakings, reinsurance undertakings within the meaning of section 104a (2) number 3 of the Insurance Supervision Act, insurance holding companies within the meaning of section 104a (2) number 4 of the Insurance Supervision Act and corresponding undertakings domiciled outside Germany. 3 (Repealed)

Section 1
10
(20) A financial conglomerate is a group or subgroup of undertakings within the meaning of
section 1 (2) of the Supervision of Financial Conglomerates Act (Finanzkonglomerate￾Aufsichtsgesetz).
(21) (Repealed)
(22) (Repealed)
(23) (Repealed)
(24) 1
Refinancing undertakings are undertakings which, for self-refinancing or transferee refinancing purposes, sell assets or claims of transfer thereto from their business operations to the following undertakings or hold these assets or claims in trust for these undertakings:
1 special purpose entities,
2 refinancing intermediaries,
3 credit institutions domiciled in an EEA state, 4 insurance undertakings domiciled in an EEA state, 5 pension funds or Pensionskassen within the meaning of the Act to Improve Occupational Pension Schemes (Occupational Pensions Act (Betriebsrentengesetz)), or 6 one of the bodies mentioned in section 2 (1) number 1, 2 or 3a. 2 It is considered to be without any detrimental effect if refinancing undertakings also pass on economic risks without these being accompanied by a devolution of title. (25) Refinancing intermediaries are credit institutions which purchase assets or claims of transfer thereto from a refinancing undertaking’s business operations from refinancing undertakings or other refinancing intermediaries in order to sell them to special purpose entities or refinancing intermediaries; it is considered to be without any detrimental effect if they also pass on economic risks without these being accompanied by a devolution of title. (26) Special purpose entities are undertakings whose essential purpose is to raise funds or gain other pecuniary benefits by issuing financial instruments or in some other way in order to purchase assets or claims of transfer thereto from a refinancing undertaking’s business operations from refinancing undertakings or refinancing intermediaries; it is considered to be without any detrimental effect if they also take over economic risks without these being accompanied by a devolution of title. (27) Internal approaches within the meaning of this Act are the approaches pursuant to
Article 143 (1), Articles 221, 225 and 259 (3), Article 283, Article 312 (2) and Article 363 of
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended.
(28) Common equity tier 1 capital within the meaning of this Act is the common equity tier 1 capital pursuant to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended.

Section 1
11
(29) 1
Housing undertakings with a saving facility within the meaning of this Act are undertakings organised in the legal form of a registered cooperative society 1 that are neither a CRR institution nor a financial services institution and do not hold an ownership interest in an institution or a financial undertaking, 2 whose business purpose lies predominantly in managing their own housing stock, 3 which additionally conduct banking business that solely comprises deposit business within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 2 number 1, although this is restricted to (a) taking savings deposits, (b) issuing registered bonds and (c) setting up interest-accumulating bank accounts for the purposes of section 1 (1) of the Act Governing the Certification of Old-Age Pension Contracts (Altersvorsorgeverträge-Zertifizierungsgesetz) of 26 June 2001 (Federal Law Gazette I, page 1310, 1322) as last amended, and 4 which do not run a trading book or only where (a) the share of the trading book activities does not normally exceed 5% of the total on- and off-balance-sheet business, (b) the total individual trading book positions do not normally exceed the equivalent of €15 million, and (c) the share of the trading book activities never exceeds 6% of the total on- and off￾balance-sheet business and the total of all trading book positions never exceeds the equivalent of €20 million. 2 Savings deposits within the meaning of sentence 1 number 3 letter (a) are 1 open-ended deposits which (a) are identified as savings deposits through the execution of a document, especially a savings book, (b) are not intended for payment transactions, (c) are not received by incorporated enterprises, cooperative societies, profit-making associations, commercial partnerships or undertakings with a similar legal form domiciled outside Germany, unless these undertakings serve non-profit-making, charitable or ecclesiastical purposes or if the funds received by these undertakings are rent security deposits pursuant to section 551 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch), and (d) have a notice period of at least three months; 2 deposits, the savings account terms and conditions for which accord the customer the right to withdraw from his/her deposits with a notice period of three months a specified

Section 1
12 maximum amount of no more than €2,000 per savings account and calendar month without giving notice; 3 pecuniary amounts paid on the basis of capital formation legislation. (30) The risk of excessive leverage within the meaning of this Act is the risk arising from an institution's vulnerability owing to leverage or contingent leverage that may require unexpected corrections to its business plan, including distressed selling of asset items which might result in losses or valuation adjustments to its remaining asset items. (31) A central counterparty is an undertaking within the meaning of Article 2 number 1 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2012 on OTC derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories (OJ L 201/1 of 27 July
2012) as last amended.
(32) Terrorist financing within the meaning of this Act is 1 the provision or collection of funds in the knowledge that they are to be or are intended to be used, in full or in part, to carry out, incite or aid and abet (a) an act pursuant to section 129a also in conjunction with section 129b of the German Criminal Code (Strafgesetzbuch), or (b) another of the criminal offences outlined in Articles 1 to 3 of Council Framework Decision 2002/475/JHA of 13 June 2002 on combating terrorism (OJ EC L 164/3), and 2 the perpetration of an act pursuant to section 89a (1) in the cases described in subsection (2) number 4 of the Criminal Code or participation in such an act. (33) Systemic risk is the risk of disruption in the financial system with the potential to have serious negative consequences for the financial system and the real economy. (34) Model risk is the potential loss that an institution may incur as a consequence of decisions based principally on the output of internal models owing to errors in the development, implementation or use of such models. (35) For the purposes of this Act, the definitions in Article 4 (1) numbers 5, 6, 8, 13 to 18, 20 to 22, 29 to 31, 33, 35, 37, 38, 43, 44, 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 67, 73, 74, 82 and 86 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall also apply.

Section 1a
13
Section 1a
Application of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in respect of credit institutions and financial services institutions (1) Subject to section 2 (8a), (9), (9a), (9b) and (9c), the provisions of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and the legal instruments adopted on the basis of the Regulation, the provisions of this Act referring to provisions laid down in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as well as the statutory orders issued pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 and section 13 (1) as a supplement to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall apply mutatis mutandis to credit institutions that are not CRR institutions or housing undertakings with a saving facility as if these credit institutions were CRR credit institutions. (2) Subject to section 2 (7) to (9), the provisions of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and the legal instruments adopted on the basis of the Regulation, the provisions of this Act referring to provisions laid down in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as well as the statutory orders issued pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 and section 13 (1) as a supplement to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall apply mutatis mutandis to financial services institutions that are not CRR institutions as if these financial services institutions were CRR investment firms.
Section 1b
(Repealed)
Section 2
Exceptions
(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), the following are not deemed to be credit institutions:
1 the Deutsche Bundesbank;
2 the KfW banking group (Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau); 3 the statutory social security funds and the Federal Employment Agency (Bundesagentur für Arbeit); 3a the public debt administration of the Federal Government, of one of its special funds, of a regional government or of another EEA state and EEA central bank, provided that it does not accept funds from others as deposits or other repayable funds from the public or conduct credit business; 3b investment management companies and externally managed investment companies where they undertake collective asset management or, aside from their collective asset management activities, conduct banking business that solely comprises those services or ancillary services cited in section 20 (2) and (3) of the Capital Investment Code; 3c EU management companies and foreign AIF management companies, where they undertake collective asset management or, aside from their collective asset

Section 2
14 management activities, conduct banking business that solely comprises those services or ancillary services cited in Article 6 (3) of Directive 2009/65/EC or in Article 6 (4) of Directive 2011/61/EU; 4 private and public insurance undertakings; 5 undertakings engaged in pawnbroking, where they conduct this business by granting loans against pledges; 6 undertakings recognised under the Act Concerning Risk Capital Investment Companies (Gesetz über Unternehmensbeteiligungsgesellschaften) as risk capital investment companies; 6a (Repealed) 7 undertakings which conduct banking business solely with their parent undertaking or with their subsidiaries or affiliated undertakings; 8 undertakings which, without being involved in cross-border activities, conduct banking business that solely comprises principal broking services on domestic stock exchanges or in domestic multilateral trading facilities within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 1b on or in which derivatives are traded (derivatives markets) for other members of these markets or trading facilities, provided that clearing members of these markets or trading facilities are liable for the fulfilment of the contracts which the aforementioned undertakings conclude on the said markets or in the said trading facilities; 9 undertakings which engage in principal broking services only in relation to derivatives within the meaning of section 1 (11) sentence 4 numbers 2 and 5, where (a) they are not part of a corporate group whose principal activity comprises providing financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 or conducting banking business within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 numbers 1, 2 or 8, (b) the principal broking services, financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 in relation to derivatives within the meaning of
section 1 (11) sentence 4 numbers 2 and 5 and proprietary business in financial
instruments at a group level are of secondary significance to the principal activity, and (c) the principal broking services are provided only for principal activity customers in objective connection with principal activity operations; 10 undertakings which engage in principal broking services solely as a service for providers or issuers of investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act or of closed-ended AIFs within the meaning of section 1 (5) of the Capital Investment Code; 11 undertakings which engage in underwriting business that solely comprises the assumption of equivalent guarantees within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 10 for providers or issuers of investment products within the meaning of

Section 2
15
section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act or of closed-ended AIFs within the
meaning of section 1 (5) of the Capital Investment Code; 12 undertakings which conduct safe custody business within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 5 solely for AIFs and thereby engage in limited custody business within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 12. (2) Section 14, sections 22a to 22o, section 53b (7) and any arrangements made by virtue of
section 46g (1) number 2 and section 46h shall apply to the KfW banking group; section 14
shall apply to the statutory social security funds, the Federal Employment Agency, insurance undertakings and risk capital investment companies. (3) Undertakings of the types specified in subsection (1) numbers 4 to 6 shall be subject to the provisions of this Act insofar as they conduct banking business which is not part of their characteristic business. (4) 1 In individual cases, BaFin may decide that sections 1a, 2c, 10 to 18, 24, 24a, 25, 25a to 25e, 26 to 38, 45, 46 to 46c and 51 (1) of this Act shall not apply as a whole to an institution if the undertaking does not require supervision in this respect given the nature of the business which it conducts; on the basis of an exemption pursuant to clause 1, BaFin may also decide that section 6a and section 24c shall similarly not apply to the institution if the undertaking also does not require supervision in this respect given the nature of the business which it conducts. 2 A decision of this kind will be published in the Federal Gazette. (5) (Repealed) (6) 1 The following are not deemed to be financial services institutions:
1 the Deutsche Bundesbank;
2 the KfW banking group;
3 the public debt administration of the Federal Government, of one of its special funds, of a regional government or of another EEA state and EEA central bank; 4 private and public insurance undertakings; 5 undertakings which provide financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 solely within a corporate group; 5a investment management companies and externally managed investment companies where they undertake collective asset management or, aside from their collective asset management activities, provide financial services that solely comprise those services or ancillary services cited in section 20 (2) and (3) of the Capital Investment Code; 5b EU management companies and foreign AIF management companies, where they undertake collective asset management or, aside from their collective asset management activities, provide financial services that solely comprise those services

Section 2
16 or ancillary services cited in Article 6 (3) of Directive 2009/65/EC or in Article 6 (4) of Directive 2011/61/EU; 6 undertakings whose financial service for others comprises solely the administration of an employee participation scheme in themselves or their affiliated undertakings; 7 undertakings which solely provide financial services within the meaning of both number 5 and number 6; 8 undertakings which provide financial services for others that solely comprise investment advice and investment broking between customers and (a) German institutions, (b) institutions or financial undertakings domiciled in another EEA state which fulfil the conditions of section 53b (1) sentence 1 or (7), (c) undertakings that are treated as undertakings domiciled in the EEA or granted exemption from the provisions by way of a statutory order pursuant to section 53c, (d) investment management companies, externally managed investment companies, EU management companies or foreign AIF management companies or (e) providers or issuers of investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act where these financial services are confined either to units or shares in German collective investment schemes which are issued by an investment management company that has been granted authorisation pursuant to section 7 or section 97 (1) of the Investment Act (Investmentgesetz) in the version in force up to 21 July 2013 which is still valid for the period stipulated in section 345 (2) sentence 1, subsection (3) sentence 2, in connection with subsection (2) sentence 1, or subsection (4) sentence 1 of the Capital Investment Code or authorisation pursuant to sections 20 and 21 or sections 20 and 22 of the Capital Investment Code, or to units or shares in EU collective investment schemes or foreign AIFs which may be marketed under the Capital Investment Code, or to investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act, and the undertakings are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or shares of customers in providing such financial services, unless the undertaking applies for and is granted appropriate authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1); units or shares in hedge funds within the meaning of
section 283 of the Capital Investment Code shall not be deemed to be units in
collective investment schemes within the meaning of this provision; 9 undertakings which, without being involved in cross-border activities, conduct proprietary business on derivatives markets within the meaning of subsection (1) number 8 and trade on spot markets only for the purpose of hedging these positions, which engage in proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 letters (a) to (c) or contract broking only for other members of these derivatives markets or which determine prices for other members of these derivatives

Section 2
17 markets through proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 letter (a) as a market maker within the meaning of section 23 (4) of the Securities Trading Act, provided that clearing members of these markets or trading facilities are liable for the fulfilment of the contracts which the aforementioned undertakings conclude; 10 members of independent professions who provide financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 only occasionally within their client relationships as self-employed professionals and who belong to a professional chamber having the legal form of a public-law entity whose professional rules do not exclude the provision of financial services; 11 undertakings which conduct proprietary business in financial instruments or provide financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 letters (a) to (c) only in relation to derivatives within the meaning of section 1 (11) sentence 4 numbers 2 and 5, where (a) they are not part of a corporate group whose principal activity comprises providing financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 or conducting banking business within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 numbers 1, 2 or 8, (b) the provision of financial services at a group level is of secondary significance to the principal activity, and (c) the financial services relating to derivatives within the meaning of section 1 (11) sentence 4 numbers 2 and 5 are provided only for principal activity customers in objective connection with principal activity operations; 12 undertakings whose sole financial service within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 is dealing in foreign notes and coins, unless their principal activity is foreign currency dealing; 13 undertakings whose principal activity involves conducting proprietary business and proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 letters (a) to (c) in commodities or derivatives within the meaning of section 1 (11) sentence 4 number 2 relating to commodities, provided that these undertakings do not belong to a corporate group whose principal activity comprises providing financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 or conducting banking business pursuant to section 1 (1) sentence 2 numbers 1, 2 or 8; 14 (Repealed) 15 undertakings whose sole financial service within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 comprises providing investment advice as part of another occupational activity and which are not remunerated separately for providing this investment advice;

Section 2
18
16 operators of organised markets which, apart from operating a multilateral trading facility, do not provide any other financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2; 17 undertakings whose sole financial service within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 comprises carrying out financial leasing activities, if they act only as an asset-leasing vehicle for a single leased asset, do not make their own business policy decisions and are managed by an institution domiciled in an EEA state which is authorised to conduct financial leasing operations under the laws of the home member state; 18 undertakings whose only financial service comprises carrying out asset management activities and whose parent undertaking is the KfW banking group or an institution within the meaning of sentence 2. An institution within the meaning of sentence 1 is a financial services institution which has authorisation to engage in asset management activities, or a CRR institution domiciled in another EEA state within the meaning of
section 53b (1) sentence 1 which, in its home member state, is authorised to conduct
business comparable with that described in section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 11, or an institution domiciled in a non-EEA state which, pursuant to subsection (4), is exempt from the authorisation requirement pursuant to section 32 with regard to the business specified in section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 11; 19 undertakings which engage in placement business solely for providers or issuers of investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act or of closed-ended AIFs within the meaning of section 1 (5) of the Capital Investment Code, and 20 undertakings which do not provide any financial services other than portfolio management and asset management services, provided that the portfolio management and asset management activities are limited only to investment products within the meaning of section 1 (2) of the Investment Products Act or closed-ended AIFs within the meaning of section 1 (5) of the Capital Investment Code. 2 Entities and undertakings within the meaning of sentence 1 numbers 3 and 4 shall be subject to the provisions of this Act insofar as they provide financial services which are not
part of their characteristic business.
(7) Financial services institutions which do not provide any financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 other than non-EEA deposit broking and foreign currency dealing shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 10, 10c to 10i, 11 to 18 and 24 (1) number 9, sections 24a and 25a (5), sections 26a and 33 (1) sentence 1 number 1, sections 45 and 46 (1) sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6 and sections 46b and 46c of this Act as well as Articles 24 to 403 and Articles 411 to 455 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (7a) Undertakings which provide solely financial services pursuant to section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9 or number 10 shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 10, 10c to 10i, 11 to 13c, 15 to 18 and 24 (1) numbers 4, 6, 9, 11, 14, 14a, 16 and 17, subsection (1a) number

Section 2
19
5, sections 25 and 25a (5), sections 26a and 33 (1) sentence 1 number 1, sections 45 and 46 (1) sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6 and sections 46b and 46c of this Act as well as Articles 24 to 455 and Articles 465 to 519 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (8) 1 Investment advisers and investment brokers who (a) in providing financial services, are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers, and (b) do not trade in financial instruments for own account, as well as 2 undertakings which are to be classified as institutions owing to the counter-exception for performing cross-border transactions laid down in subsection (1) number 8 or subsection (6) number 9 shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 10, 10c to 10i, 11, 13, 14 to 18, 24 (1) numbers 14, 14a, 16 and 17, subsection (1a) number 5, section 25a (2) and (5) and sections 26a and 45 of this Act as well as Articles 39, 41, 50 to 403 and Articles 411 to 455 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (8a) Subject to section 64h (7), the requirements of section 25a (5) and section 26a of this Act and Articles 39, 41 and 89 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall not apply to institutions whose principal activity solely comprises conducting banking business or providing financial services in connection with derivatives pursuant to section 1 (11) sentence 4 numbers 2, 3 and 5. (8b) Portfolio managers, contract brokers and asset managers who, in providing financial services, are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers and who do not trade in financial instruments for own account shall not be subject to the provisions of section 10 (1), sections 10c to 10i, 11, 13, 24 (1) numbers 14, 14a and 16, subsection (1a) number 5, section 25a (2) and (5) and section 26a of this Act as well as Articles 41, 89 to 91, 95 (1) and (3), Articles 96, 98 to 403 and Articles 411 to 455 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (9) Articles 387 to 403 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall not apply to principal brokers and proprietary traders acting for own account solely for the purpose of fulfilling or executing a customer order or of possible access to a clearing and settlement system or a recognised stock exchange where they are acting in their own name for the account of others or are executing a customer order. (9a) 1 Credit institutions which solely have authorisation to act in the capacity of a central counterparty within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 12 shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 2c, 6b, 10, 10c to 10i, 11, 12a to 18, 24 (1) numbers 6, 10, 14, 14a and 16, subsection (1a) numbers 4 to 8, sections 24a, 24c, 25 (1) sentence 2, sections 25a to 25e, 26a, 32, 33, 34, 36 (3) sentences 1 and 2 and sections 45 and 45b of this Act as

Section 2
20 well as Articles 25 to 455 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2
Section 24 (1) number 9 shall
apply subject to the proviso that the fall in initial capital to below the minimum requirements pursuant to Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 is to be reported. (9b) 1 Where a credit institution carries out activities within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 12 and either conducts other banking business or provides other financial services that require authorisation pursuant to this Act, the activities within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 12 shall be subject to the provisions of subsection (9a); these credit institutions shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with both the requirements pursuant to this Act and the requirements pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 648/2012. 2 With regard to the initial capital requirements pursuant to section 33 (1) of this Act as well as Article 16 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, the credit institutions concerned shall fulfil the more stringent requirements in each individual case. 3 The reporting requirements and duty to provide information laid down both in section 2c (1) of this Act as well as in Article 31 (2) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 may be fulfilled in combination in a joint report or notification. (9c) Surety banks (Bürgschaftsbanken) within the meaning of section 5 (1) number 17 of the Corporation Tax Act (Körperschaftsteuergesetz) shall not be subject to the provisions of sections 10d and 24 (1) number 16 of this Act and Articles 411 to 430 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (9d) CRR investment firms shall not be subject to the provisions of Articles 411 to 428 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (9e) (Repealed) (10) 1 An undertaking which does not conduct any banking business within the meaning of
section 1 (1) sentence 2 and provides financial services that comprise only investment
broking, placement business or investment advice solely for the account and under the liability of a CRR credit institution or a securities trading firm domiciled in Germany or operating in Germany in accordance with section 53b (1) sentence 1 or subsection (7) (tied agent) shall not be deemed to be a financial services institution, but rather a financial undertaking if this is reported to BaFin by the CRR credit institution or securities trading firm as the liable undertaking. 2 The activities of the tied agent shall be imputed to the liable undertaking. 3 If there is any change in the circumstances reported by the liable undertaking, the new circumstances shall be reported to BaFin without delay. 4 More detailed provisions on the contents of the reports pursuant to sentences 1 and 3 as well as the accompanying documentation and evidence can be issued by means of a statutory order pursuant to
section 24 (4). 5
BaFin shall forward the reports pursuant to sentences 1 and 3 to the Deutsche Bundesbank. 6 BaFin shall keep a public register of the tied agents reported to it pursuant to this subsection on its website; the names of the liable undertaking and the tied agents as well as the date on which the activity pursuant to sentence 1 starts and ends shall be entered in this register. 7 More detailed provisions on the prerequisites for entry in the register, the contents and the keeping of the register can be issued by means of a statutory

Section 2a
21 order pursuant to section 24 (4), in particular the liable undertaking can be granted write access for the register page to be set up for this undertaking as well as given responsibility for ensuring the accuracy and up-to-dateness of this page. 8 BaFin may prohibit a liable undertaking, which has not duly selected or monitored its tied agents or has breached the duties entrusted to it in connection with the keeping of the register, from integrating tied agents within the meaning of sentences 1 and 2 into the undertaking. (11) (Repealed) (12) 1 The requirements of sections 25a, 25b and 33 (1) numbers 1 to 4 as well as the reporting requirements pursuant to section 2c (1) and (4) as well as section 24 (1) numbers 1, 2 and 11 and subsection (1a) number 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to operators of organised markets domiciled outside Germany whose sole financial service comprises operating a multilateral trading facility in Germany. 2 The requirements mentioned in sentence 1 shall also apply mutatis mutandis to entities responsible for a domestic stock exchange whose sole financial service, apart from over-the-counter trade, comprises operating a multilateral trading facility in Germany. 3 It shall be assumed that the executive directors of a domestic stock exchange and persons who actually manage the business of a foreign organised market fulfil the requirements stipulated in section 33 (1) numbers 2 and 4. 4 BaFin’s powers pursuant to sections 2c and 25a (2) sentence 1 as well as sections 44 to 46h shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5 BaFin may prohibit the persons mentioned in sentence 1 from operating a multilateral trading facility in the cases described in section 35 (2) numbers 4 and 6 as well as if they do not fulfil the requirements stipulated in section 33 (1) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 4. 6 The persons mentioned in sentence 1 shall notify BaFin of the commencement of operations without delay.
Section 2a
Exceptions for institutions belonging to a group and institutions which are members of institutional protection schemes (1) 1 Institutions may submit an application to BaFin requesting an exemption pursuant to
Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2
The application shall be accompanied by appropriate documentation to prove that the conditions for an exemption pursuant to Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 have been met. (2) 1 Where the conditions for an exemption pursuant to Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 have been met, BaFin may, upon request, exempt institutions from the requirements regarding the risk control function laid down in section 25a (1) sentence 3 numbers 1, 2 and 3 letters (b) and (c) for the management of risks with the exception of liquidity risk. 2 The application shall be accompanied by appropriate documentation to prove that the conditions pursuant to sentence 1 have been met. (3) 1 Institutions may submit an application to BaFin requesting an exemption pursuant to
Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2
The application shall be

Section 2b
22 accompanied by appropriate documentation to prove that the conditions for an exemption pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 have been met. (4) 1 Where the conditions for an exemption pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 have been met and exemption pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 has been granted, BaFin may, upon request, exempt institutions from the requirements regarding the risk control function laid down in section 25a (1) sentence 3 numbers 1, 2 and 3 letters (b) and (c) for the management of liquidity risk. 2 The application shall be accompanied by appropriate documentation to prove that the conditions pursuant to sentence 1 have been met. (5) The exemption pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) shall be deemed to have been granted in the case of institutions and superordinated undertakings which made use of the arrangement within the meaning of section 2a (1), (5) or (6) in the version in force up to 31 December 2013. (6) 1 BaFin may require an institution or a superordinated undertaking to furnish the necessary proof of compliance with the conditions even after exemption has been granted pursuant to subsections (1) to (4) or where exemption remains valid pursuant to subsection (5). 2 It may also require an institution or a superordinated undertaking to put in place arrangements which are appropriate and necessary to remedy existing deficiencies and may set a suitable deadline for compliance. 3 If the institution fails to furnish proof or does not do so within the prescribed period or fails to remedy deficiencies or does not do so within the prescribed period, BaFin may revoke the exemption or require the institution to reapply the provisions to which the exemption related.
Section 2b
Legal form
(1) Credit institutions which require authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1) may not be operated in the legal form of a commercial sole proprietorship. (2) 1 In the case of securities trading firms in the legal form of a commercial sole proprietorship or commercial partnership, the risk assets of the proprietor or general partners shall be included in the assessment of the institution's solvency pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; however, the personal assets of the proprietor or partners shall be excluded when calculating the institution's own funds. 2 Where such an institution is operated in the legal form of a commercial sole proprietorship, the proprietor shall put in place appropriate arrangements to protect his/her customers in the event that the institution discontinues its business operations owing to the proprietor’s death or legal incapacity or for other reasons.

Section 2c
23
Section 2c
Holders of significant holdings
(1) 1
Anyone who intends to acquire a significant holding in an institution, either alone or in concert with other persons or undertakings (proposed acquirer), shall report this intention in writing to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay in accordance with sentence 2. 2 In this report, the proposed acquirer shall give the relevant information and documentation, which are to be specified in more detail by way of a statutory order pursuant to section 24 (4), germane to the amount of the holding and to the establishment of the significant influence, as well as to the assessment of his/her trustworthiness and examination of the further grounds for prohibition pursuant to subsection (1b) sentence 1, and name the individuals or undertakings from whom or which he/she intends to acquire the corresponding capital shares. 3 The statutory order may provide, in particular also in individual case decisions or as a general rule, that the proposed acquirer shall present the documentation specified in section 32 (1) sentence 2 number 6 letters (d) and (e). 4 Where the proposed acquirer is a legal person or a commercial partnership, the report shall contain the relevant information germane to assessing the trustworthiness of its legal representatives or representatives pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation, or of its general partners. 5 The holder of a significant holding shall report without delay every newly appointed legal representative or representative pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation, or new general partner to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank in writing, together with the relevant information germane to assessing his/her trustworthiness. 6 The holder of a significant holding shall, moreover, notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank in writing without delay if he/she intends, either alone or in concert with other persons or undertakings, to increase the amount of the significant holding in such a way that the thresholds of 20%, 30% or 50% of the voting rights or capital are reached or exceeded, or that the institution comes under his/her control. 7 BaFin shall provide the party required to submit the report with written acknowledgement of receipt of a complete report pursuant to sentence 1 or sentence 6 without delay, at the latest however within two working days of receipt thereof. (1a) 1 BaFin shall assess the report pursuant to subsection (1) within 60 working days of the date on its letter acknowledging receipt of a complete report (assessment period). 2 In the acknowledgement provided pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 7, BaFin shall inform the party required to submit the report of the date on which the assessment period will end. 3 BaFin may make a written request for further information which it requires to complete the assessment no later than on the 50th working day of the assessment period. 4 The request shall be made in writing, specifying the additional information
required. 5 BaFin shall provide the party required to submit the report with written acknowledgement of receipt of this additional information without delay, at the latest however within two working days of receipt thereof. 6 The assessment period shall be suspended from the time when the request for further information is made until BaFin receives this information. 7 In the event of a suspension pursuant to sentence 6, the assessment period shall not exceed 80 working days. 8 BaFin may request completion or clarification of the information; this shall not result in a further suspension of the assessment period. 9 Notwithstanding sentence 7, the

Section 2c
24 assessment period may be extended to up to 90 working days in the event of a suspension if the party required to submit the report 1 is situated or supervised in a non-EEA state, or 2 is a natural person or undertaking not subject to supervision under Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS) (OJ L 302/32 of 17 November 2009), Council Directive 92/49/EEC of 18 June 1992 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to direct insurance other than life assurance, Directive 2002/83/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 November 2002 concerning life assurance, Directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on markets in financial instruments, Directive 2005/68/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 November 2002 on reinsurance, or Directive 2013/36/EU. (1b) 1 BaFin may oppose the proposed acquisition of or increase in the significant holding within the assessment period if facts are known which warrant the assumption that 1 the party required to submit the report or, if it is a legal person, a legal representative or representative pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation, or, if it is a commercial partnership, a partner, is not trustworthy or for any other reason does not satisfy the requirements to be set in the interests of the sound and prudent management of the institution; in case of doubt, this shall also apply if facts are known which warrant the assumption that the funds raised in order to acquire the significant holding were secured by means of an action which objectively constitutes a criminal offence; 2 the institution will not be able to comply and continue to comply with the prudential requirements based, in particular, on Directive 2013/36/EU, Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, Directive 2009/110/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 September 2009 on the taking up, pursuit and prudential supervision of the business of electronic money institutions amending Directives 2005/60/EC and 2006/48/EC and repealing Directive 2000/46/EC, Directive 2007/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 on payment services in the internal market amending Directives 97/7/EC, 2002/65/EC, 2005/60/EC and 2006/48/EC and repealing Directive 97/5/EC, Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate and Directive 2006/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, or the institution, through acquiring or increasing the
significant holding would be integrated into a corporate network with the holder of the significant holding which, owing to the structure of cross-

Section 2c
25 shareholdings or because of inadequate economic transparency, would hamper the effective supervision of the institution or the effective exchange of information among the competent authorities or the allocation of responsibilities among the said authorities; 3 the acquisition of or increase in the significant holding would make the institution a subsidiary of an institution domiciled in a non-EEA state that is not effectively supervised in the state where it is domiciled or has its head office or whose competent supervisory body is not prepared to cooperate satisfactorily with BaFin; 4 the future senior manager is not trustworthy or does not have the necessary professional knowledge, skills and experience; 5 in connection with the proposed acquisition of or increase in the holding, money laundering or terrorist financing within the meaning of Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC is being or has been committed or attempted, or the acquisition of or increase in the holding could aggravate the risk of such occurring, or 6 the party required to submit the report does not have the requisite financial soundness; this is especially the case if, owing to its capital adequacy or asset situation, the party required to submit the report is unable to fulfil the special requirements laid down by law with regard to an institution’s own funds and liquidity. 2 BaFin may also oppose the acquisition of or increase in the holding if the information pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 or sentence 6 or the additional information required pursuant to subsection (1a) sentence 3 is incomplete or incorrect or does not meet the requirements laid down in the statutory order pursuant to section 24 (4). 3 BaFin may neither impose prior conditions in respect of the size of the holding to be acquired or the intended increase in the holding nor examine the proposed acquisition in terms of the economic needs of the market. 4 If, after completing its assessment, BaFin decides to oppose the acquisition of or increase in the holding, it shall inform the party required to submit the report of its decision in writing within two working days and in observance of the assessment period, stating the reasons therefor. 5 Any comments and reservations on the part of the competent authorities responsible for the party required to submit the report shall be cited in the decision; opposition is permissible only for the reasons given in sentences 1 and 2. 6 If the acquisition of or increase in the holding is not opposed in writing within the assessment period, then the acquisition or increase may be executed; this is without prejudice to BaFin’s rights pursuant to subsection (2). 7 BaFin may set a deadline after which the party required to submit the report shall provide notification of whether or not the proposed acquisition of or increase in the holding has been executed. 8 Upon expiry of this deadline, the party required to submit the report shall notify BaFin without delay. (2) 1 BaFin
may prohibit the holder of a significant holding as well as the undertakings that it controls from exercising the voting rights and order that the capital shares may be used only with BaFin’s consent if

Section 2c
26
1 the prerequisites for a prohibition order pursuant to subsection (1b) sentence 1 or sentence 2 exist, 2 the holder of the significant holding has not fulfilled its duty pursuant to subsection (1) to give BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank prior notification of its intention and has not made such notification subsequently by a deadline set by BaFin, or 3 the holding has been acquired or increased contrary to an enforceable prohibition pursuant to subsection (1b) sentence 1 or sentence 2. 2 In the event of a prohibition pursuant to sentence 1, the court having jurisdiction at the institution’s domicile – at the request of BaFin, the institution or a holder of an interest in the institution – shall appoint a trustee to whom it shall transfer the exercise of voting rights. 3 In exercising the voting rights, the trustee shall take due account of the interests of a sound and prudent management of the institution. 4 Over and above the measures pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin may commission the trustee to sell the capital shares insofar as they establish a significant holding if the holder of the significant holding does not provide BaFin with proof of a trustworthy buyer by an appropriate deadline set by BaFin; the holders of the capital shares shall cooperate in the sale to the extent necessary. 5 If the prerequisites specified in sentence 1 no longer exist, BaFin shall apply for the appointment of the trustee to be revoked. 6 The trustee shall be entitled to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses and remuneration for his/her activities. 7 The court shall determine such expenses and remuneration at the trustee’s request; an appeal on a point of law against the fixing of remuneration by the court shall not be permissible. 8 The institution and the relevant holder of the significant holding shall be jointly and severally liable for the costs arising from the appointment of the trustee, the expenses that he/she is to be granted and his/her remuneration. 9 BaFin shall advance such expenses and remuneration. (3) 1 Anyone who intends to dispose of a significant holding in an institution or to reduce the amount of his/her significant holding below the thresholds of 20%, 30% or 50% of the voting rights or the capital held, or to change the holding in such a way that the institution ceases to be a controlled undertaking, shall report this in writing to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. 2 The intended residual level of the holding shall be indicated in the report. 3 BaFin may set a deadline after which the person or commercial partnership who has submitted the report pursuant to sentence 1 shall provide notification of whether or not the intended reduction or change in the holding has been executed. 4 Upon expiry of this deadline, the person or commercial partnership who has submitted the report pursuant to sentence 1 shall notify BaFin without delay. (4) 1 BaFin shall temporarily oppose or limit the acquisition of a direct or indirect holding in
an institution, through which the institution would become a subsidiary of an undertaking domiciled in a non-EEA state, if a decision to this effect has been taken by the European Commission pursuant to Article 147 (2) of Directive 2013/36/EU or Article 15 (3) sentence 2 of Directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on markets in financial instruments (OJ EU L 145/1, 2005 OJ EU L 45/18 (Markets in Financial Instruments Directive)). 2 BaFin's temporary opposition or limitation shall not exceed three

Section 2d
27 months from the date of the decision. 3
If the Council of the European Union decides to extend the period pursuant to sentence 2, BaFin shall take due account of this extension and extend its temporary opposition or limitation accordingly.
Section 2d
Management bodies of financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies (1) Any persons who actually manage the business of a financial holding company or a mixed financial holding company shall be trustworthy, have the professional knowledge, skills and experience necessary to manage the company, and commit sufficient time to the performance of their functions. (2) In the case of financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies which have been classified as the superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a (2) sentence 2 or sentence 3, BaFin can demand that the persons within the meaning of subsection (1) are removed and prohibit them from carrying out their activities if 1 they do not fulfil the conditions of subsection (1), or 2 they have intentionally or recklessly contravened the provisions of this Act, the regulations issued to implement this Act or orders issued by BaFin, and if they persist in such behaviour despite having been duly cautioned by BaFin.
Section 2e
Exceptions for mixed financial holding companies (1) Where a mixed financial holding company is subject to equivalent provisions under Directive 2006/48/EC, in particular with regard to risk-based prudential supervision, BaFin may, after consulting the competent authorities responsible for the prudential supervision of subsidiaries, apply only the relevant provisions of Directive 2002/87/EC to that mixed financial holding company. (2) Where a mixed financial holding company is subject to equivalent provisions under Directive 2006/48/EC and Directive 2009/138/EC, in particular with regard to risk-based prudential supervision, BaFin may, in agreement with the group supervisor in the insurance sector, apply to that mixed financial holding company only the provisions of Directive 2006/48/EC relating to the most significant financial sector within the meaning of section 8 (2) of the Supervision of Financial Conglomerates Act.

Section 3
28
Section 3
Prohibited business
(1) The following are prohibited:
1 conducting deposit business if the majority of the depositors are persons employed by the undertaking (company savings banks) and no other banking business is conducted which exceeds the scale of such deposit business; 2 accepting sums of money if the majority of the investors have a legal claim to be granted loans or supplied with items on credit out of these sums of money (special￾purpose savings undertakings); this does not apply to building and loan associations (Bausparkassen); 3 conducting lending business or deposit business if, by agreement or in line with standard business practice, it is impossible or extremely difficult to withdraw the loan amount or the deposits in cash. (2) 1 CRR credit institutions and undertakings that belong to a group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution shall be prohibited from conducting the business specified in sentence 2 as from 12 months after exceeding one of the following thresholds if, 1 in the case of CRR credit institutions and of groups of institutions, financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups or financial conglomerates which include a CRR credit institution that report according to international accounting standards within the meaning of section 315a of the German Commercial Code, the positions classified as financial assets that are held for trading or available for sale within the meaning of Article 1 in conjunction with number 9 of IAS 39 in the Annex to Regulation (EC) No 1126/2008 of the European Commission of 3 November 2008 as last amended exceed the value of €100 billion as at the reporting date of the preceding financial year, or, where the total assets of the CRR credit institution or of the group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution amount to at least €90 billion as at the reporting date in each of the three preceding financial years, they exceed 20% of the total assets from the preceding financial year of the CRR credit institution, group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution, unless business is conducted in a financial trading institution within the meaning of section 25f (1); or, 2 in the case of other CRR credit institutions and groups of institutions, financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups or financial conglomerates which include a CRR credit institution that report according to the German Commercial Code, the positions assignable to the trading portfolio pursuant to section 340e (3) of the Commercial Code and to the liquidity reserve pursuant to section 340e (1) sentence 2 of the Commercial Code exceed the value of €100 billion as at the reporting date in the preceding financial year, or, where the total assets of the CRR credit institution or

Section 3
29 of the group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution amount to at least €90 billion as at the reporting date in each of the three preceding financial years, they exceed 20% of the total assets from the preceding financial year of the CRR credit institution, the group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution, unless business is conducted in a financial trading institution within the meaning of section 25f (1). 2 Prohibited business pursuant to sentence 1 comprises 1 proprietary business; 2 lending and guarantee business with (a) hedge funds within the meaning of section 283 (1) of the Capital Investment Code (Kapitalanlagegesetzbuch) or funds of hedge funds within the meaning of section 225 (1) of the Capital Investment Code or, where the business is carried out in connection with managing a hedge fund or fund of hedge funds, with their management companies; (b) EU AIFs or foreign AIFs within the meaning of the Capital Investment Code which use leverage on a substantial basis within the meaning of Article 111 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 231/2013 of 19 December 2012 supplementing Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to exemptions, general operating conditions, depositaries, leverage, transparency and supervision (OJ L 83/1 of 22 March 2013) or, if business is conducted in the context of managing the EU AIF or foreign AIF, with their EU AIF management companies or foreign AIF management companies; 3 proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 letter (d) with the exception of market making activities within the meaning of Article 2 (1) letter (k) of Regulation (EU) No 236/2012 of 14 March 2012 on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (OJ L 86/1 of 24 March 2012) (market making activities); this is without prejudice to BaFin's power to make case-by-case rulings pursuant to subsection (4) sentence 1. 3 The following does not fall under business within the meaning of sentence 2:
1 business intended to hedge business with customers other than AIF or management companies within the meaning of sentence 2 number 2; 2 business designed to manage the interest rate, currency, liquidity and credit risk of the CRR credit institution, group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or affiliated network of institutions; in this context, an affiliated network of institutions comprises institutions belonging to the same institutional protection scheme within the meaning of Article 113 number 7 letter (c) of the Regulation of the

Section 3
30
European Parliament and of the Council on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; 3 business connected with purchasing and selling long-term participations as well as business not concluded for the purpose of exploiting existing or expected differences between purchase and sale prices or fluctuations in market rates, prices, values or interest rates in the short term in order to generate profits. (3) 1 CRR credit institutions and undertakings belonging to a group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution and which exceed one of the thresholds specified in section 3 (2) sentence 1 number 1 or 2, shall, 1 no later than six months after exceeding one of the thresholds, identify by means of a risk analysis which of its business activities within the meaning of subsection (2) sentence 1 are prohibited, and, 2 no later than 12 months after exceeding one of the thresholds, discontinue such prohibited business identified pursuant to sentence 1 number 1 which is already being conducted or transfer it to a financial trading institution. 2 The risk analysis pursuant to sentence 1 number 1 shall be plausible, comprehensive and comprehensible and shall be documented in writing. 3 In individual cases, BaFin may extend the period specified in sentence 1 number 2 by up to 12 months; any application for an extension shall contain the reasons therefor. (4) 1 BaFin may prohibit a CRR credit institution of an undertaking belonging to a group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution, irrespective of whether the business pursuant to subsection (2) exceeds the threshold specified in subsection (2) sentence 1, from conducting the following business and order it to discontinue said business or transfer it to a financial trading institution within the meaning of section 25f (1) if there is concern that this business, especially in relation to the volume of other business, the earnings or risk structure of the CRR credit institution or undertaking belonging to a group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution, could endanger the solvency of the CRR credit institution or undertaking belonging to a group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or financial conglomerate which includes a CRR credit institution:
1 market making activities;
2 other business within the meaning of subsection (2) sentence 2 or business involving financial instruments which, by their nature, are comparable in terms of the scale of their risk with business specified in subsection (2) sentence 2 or sentence 1 number 1. 2 When issuing an order within the meaning of sentence 1, BaFin shall grant the institution an appropriate period of time.

Section 4
31
Section 4
Decision by BaFin
1
In cases of doubt, BaFin will decide whether an undertaking is subject to the provisions of this Act. 2 Its decisions shall be binding upon the administrative authorities. Division 2 FEDERAL FINANCIAL SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY (BAFIN)
Section 5
(Repealed)
Section 6
Functions
(1) 1
BaFin exercises supervision over institutions pursuant to the provisions of this Act, the statutory orders enacted in connection therewith, Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended and legal acts enacted on the basis of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and Directive 2013/36/EU. 2 BaFin is the competent authority for the application of Article 458 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as well as the competent authority pursuant to Article 4 (1) of Directive 2013/36/EU. 3 The Deutsche Bundesbank is the competent authority pursuant to Article 4 (1) of Directive 2013/36/EU within the scope of the functions assigned to it pursuant to section 7 (1). (1a) BaFin exercises supervision over central counterparties additionally pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 and to the legal acts enacted on the basis thereof. (2) BaFin shall counteract undesirable developments in the lending and financial services sector which may endanger the safety of the assets entrusted to institutions, impair the proper conduct of banking business or provision of financial services or entail major disadvantages for the economy as a whole. (3) 1 BaFin may, as part of its statutory mandate, issue orders to institutions and their senior managers that are appropriate and necessary to prevent or stop violations of regulatory provisions or to prevent or overcome undesirable developments at an institution which could endanger the safety of the assets entrusted to the institution or impair the proper conduct of its banking business or provision of financial services. 2 The power to issue orders pursuant to sentence 1 also applies vis-à-vis financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies as well as vis-à-vis the persons who actually manage the business of these companies. (4) In exercising its functions, BaFin shall duly consider the potential impact of its decisions on the stability of the financial system in the EEA states concerned. (5) (Repealed)

Section 6a
32
Section 6a
Special functions
(1) If there is evidence indicating that deposits accepted by an institution, other assets entrusted to an institution or a financial transaction serve or would serve, if a financial transaction were to be executed, the purpose of preparing a serious act of violent subversion pursuant to section 89a (1) and (2) number 4 of the German Criminal Code or financing a terrorist group pursuant to section 129a also in conjunction with section 129b of the Criminal Code, then BaFin may 1 issue instructions to the institution's management; 2 prohibit the institution from allowing funds to be withdrawn or transferred from an account or safe custody account held with it; 3 prohibit an institution from carrying out other financial transactions. (2) Indications shall notably be construed as evidence within the meaning of subsection (1) where the holder of an account or a safe custody account, the persons authorised to draw on the said account or an institution's customer is a natural or legal person or an association of persons without legal personality whose name is on the list of the European Council adopted in connection with combating terrorism as part of the Council Common Position 2001/931/CFSP of 27 December 2001 on the application of specific measures to combat terrorism (OJ EC L 344/93) as last amended. (3) In individual cases BaFin may release assets that are subject to an order issued pursuant to subsection (1) at the request of the natural or legal person concerned or of an association of persons without legal personality insofar as these assets serve to cover the minimum subsistence costs of the person or its family members or to pay pension benefits, maintenance payments or similar purposes. (4) An order issued pursuant to subsection (1) shall be repealed as soon and insofar as the reason for issuing it no longer exists. (5) The institution or any other aggrieved party may object to an order issued pursuant to subsection (1). (6) This is without prejudice to the right to order restrictions on capital movements and payments pursuant to section 4 (1) of the Foreign Trade and Payments Act (Aussenwirtschaftsgesetz).
Section 6b
Supervisory review and evaluation
(1) 1
As part of its prudential supervisory tasks, BaFin reviews the arrangements, strategies, processes and mechanisms implemented by an institution to comply with the prudential requirements, and evaluates

Section 6b
33
1 the risks to which the institution is or might be exposed, notably including the risks revealed by stress testing taking into account the nature, scope and complexity of an institution's activities, and 2 the risks that an institution poses to the financial system taking into account the identification and measurement of systemic risk under Article 23 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 and recommendations of the European Systemic Risk Board (ESRB), where appropriate. 2 To this end it cooperates with the Deutsche Bundesbank pursuant to section 7. (2) 1 On the basis of the review and evaluation, BaFin makes a summary and forward-looking assessment of whether the arrangements, strategies, processes and mechanisms implemented by an institution and the liquidity and own funds held by it ensure appropriate and effective risk management and sound coverage of its risks. 2 In addition to credit, market and operational risk, BaFin takes particular account of 1 the results of internal stress tests carried out by an institution which adopts an internal ratings-based (IRB) approach or which uses an internal model to calculate its own funds requirements for market risk as set out in Articles 362 to 377 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended; 2 an institution's ability in the light of valuation adjustments taken pursuant to Article 105 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended to sell or hedge out its trading book positions within a short period without incurring material losses under normal market conditions; 3 the exposure to and management of concentration risk by an institution, including its compliance with the prudential requirements; 4 the impact of diversification effects and how such effects are factored into an institution's risk measurement system; 5 the robustness, suitability and manner of application of the policies and procedures implemented by an institution for the management of the residual risk associated with the use of recognised credit risk mitigation techniques; 6 the adequacy of the own funds held by an institution for securitisations for which the institution is the originator, taking into account the economic substance of the transaction and the degree of risk transfer achieved; in this context, BaFin monitors whether an institution provides implicit support to a transaction; 7 the exposure to, evaluation of and management of liquidity risk by an institution, including the development of alternative scenario analyses and effective contingency plans, as well as the management of risk mitigants, in particular the level, composition and quality of liquidity buffers; 8 the results of prudential stress tests pursuant to subsection (3) or Article 32 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010; 9 the geographical location of an institution's exposures;

Section 7
34
10 the business model;
11 an institution's interest rate risk arising from non-trading activities; 12 the processes and mechanisms for determining and ensuring an institution's internal capital adequacy pursuant to section 25a; 13 the exposure of an institution to the risk of excessive leverage as reflected by indicators of excessive leverage, including the leverage ratio determined in accordance with Article 429 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended; in determining the adequacy of the leverage ratio of an institution and of the arrangements, strategies, processes and mechanisms implemented by the institution to manage the risk of excessive leverage, BaFin takes account of the institution's business model; 14 an institution's arrangements for ensuring sound management, the nature of their implementation and practical execution as well as the ability of the members of the management body to perform their duties; 15 an institution's systemic risk assessed pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 number 2. (3) 1 BaFin may subject an institution to supervisory stress tests or commission the Deutsche Bundesbank to carry out such stress tests. 2 To this end, BaFin or the Deutsche Bundesbank may 1 require the institution to calculate its risk, own funds and liquidity positions using the institution's own risk management methods in prudentially defined scenarios and transmit the data and results to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank, and 2 determine the impact of shocks on the institution on the basis of supervisory stress testing methods using the available data. (4) 1 In consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, BaFin establishes the frequency and intensity of the reviews, evaluations and possible supervisory stress tests having regard to the size, systemic importance and the nature, scale and complexity of an institution's activities. 2 The reviews and evaluations shall be updated at least annually.
Section 7
Cooperation with the Deutsche Bundesbank
(1) 1
BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank will cooperate as stipulated in this Act. 2 Without prejudice to further legal provisions, this cooperation encompasses the ongoing supervision of institutions by the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 Ongoing supervision notably entails evaluating the documentation submitted by institutions, audit reports pursuant to section 26 and annual financial statements as well as performing and evaluating on-site inspections with a view to assessing institutions' capital adequacy and risk management procedures, as well as appraising inspection findings. 4 As a rule, the Deutsche Bundesbank’s ongoing supervision is performed by its Regional Offices (Hauptverwaltungen).

Section 7
35
(2) 1
In this context, the Deutsche Bundesbank shall observe the guidelines issued by BaFin. 2 BaFin’s guidelines on ongoing supervision shall be issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 If agreement cannot be reached within an appropriate period of time, the Federal Ministry of Finance will issue such guidelines in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 4 BaFin is responsible for the regulatory measures that apply to institutions, in particular general decrees and administrative decisions, including ordering inspections pursuant to section 44 (1) sentence 2 and section 44b (2) sentence 1. 5 As a rule, BaFin bases its regulatory measures on the Deutsche Bundesbank's inspection findings and appraisals. (3) 1 BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank shall exchange observations and findings that are necessary for the performance of their respective functions. 2 In this regard, the Deutsche Bundesbank shall also communicate to BaFin the data that it obtains by virtue of collecting statistics pursuant to section 18 of the Bundesbank Act (Gesetz über die Deutsche Bundesbank). 3 It shall consult BaFin prior to ordering such collection of statistics; section 18 sentence 5 of the Bundesbank Act applies mutatis mutandis. (4) 1 The cooperation pursuant to subsection (1) and the communication pursuant to subsection (3) include the transmission of personal data needed by the recipient for the performance of its functions. 2 In order to perform their functions under this Act, BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank are permitted to access the data stored in each other’s databases via automated means. 3 Every tenth time that BaFin retrieves personal data from the Deutsche Bundesbank's database, the Deutsche Bundesbank shall log the time, the details identifying the data records retrieved as well as the identity of the retriever. 4 The logged data shall be used solely for the purpose of safeguarding data protection or data security or for ensuring the proper functioning of the data processing system. 5 They shall be deleted at the end of the calendar year following that in which the data are logged, unless they are needed for an ongoing monitoring procedure. 6 Sentences 3 to 5 apply mutatis mutandis to data retrievals by the Deutsche Bundesbank from BaFin’s database. 7 This is otherwise without prejudice to the provisions of the Federal Data Protection Act (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz). (5) 1 BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank may set up joint data files. 2 Each party may alter, block or delete only those data that it itself has entered and is deemed to be the competent authority within the meaning of the Federal Data Protection Act only with regard to the data which it itself has entered. 3 If either party has grounds to suspect that the data entered by the other party are incorrect, it shall notify the other party thereof without delay. 4 The other party shall verify the accuracy of the data without delay and, if necessary, correct, block or delete the data without
delay. 5 When a joint data file is set up, it shall be determined which party is to take the technical and organisational measures pursuant to section 9 of the Federal Data Protection Act. 6 The party designated pursuant to sentence 5 shall ensure that members of staff are granted access to personal data only to the extent necessary for performing their functions. 7 Retrievals of personal data by the party which did not enter the data shall be logged in the manner described in subsection (4) sentences 3 to 5.

Section 7a
36
Section 7a
Cooperation with the European Commission
(1) BaFin will report to the European Commission 1 the expiry or withdrawal of authorisation pursuant to section 35 or pursuant to the provisions of the Act on Administrative Procedures (Verwaltungsverfahrensgesetz), stating the reasons that led to the withdrawal, 2 the granting of authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1) to the branch of an undertaking within the meaning of section 53 having its head office in a non-EEA state, 3 the number and nature of the cases in which the establishment of a branch in another EEA state has foundered because BaFin has not forwarded the information specified in section 24a (1) sentence 2 to the competent authorities of the host member state, 4 the number and nature of the cases in which measures have been taken pursuant to
section 53b (4) sentence 3 and (5) sentence 1,
5 general difficulties which securities trading undertakings face in establishing branches, setting up subsidiaries, conducting banking business, providing financial services or in performing the activities specified in section 1 (3) sentence 1 numbers 2 to 8 in a non-EEA state, and 6 an application for authorisation submitted by the subsidiary of an undertaking established in a non-EEA state if the Commission has demanded that the receipt of such applications be reported to it. (2) BaFin will inform the European Commission of 1 (repealed) 2 the principles which BaFin applies, in agreement with the other competent authorities in the EEA, regarding the monitoring of intra-group transactions and risk concentrations, 3 the approach chosen in cases described in section 53d (3), and 4 (repealed) 5 the procedure for preventing circumvention of the additional capital requirements that apply where the large exposure limit for overall business is exceeded. (3) BaFin will transmit to the European Commission lists of financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies for which BaFin exercises supervision on a consolidated basis.

Section 7b
37
Section 7b
Cooperation with the European Banking Authority, the European Securities and Markets Authority and the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (1) 1 BaFin will participate pursuant to 1 Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 establishing a European Supervisory Authority (European Banking Authority), amending Decision No 716/2009/EC and repealing Commission Decision 2009/78/EC (OJ L 331/12 of 15 December 2010), 2 Regulation (EU) No 1095/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 establishing a European Supervisory Authority (European Securities and Markets Authority), amending Decision No 716/2009/EC and repealing Commission Decision 2009/77/EC (OJ L 331/84 of 15 December 2010), and 3 this Act in the activities of the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), as well as in the activities of the associated college of supervisors. 2 It shall involve the Deutsche Bundesbank in this participation pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 and this Act. 3 Upon request, BaFin will without delay provide EBA pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 and ESMA pursuant to Article 35 of Regulation (EU) No 1095/2010 with all the information necessary to carry out their duties. 4 BaFin will apply the guidelines and recommendations of EBA in accordance with
Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 and of ESMA in applying this Act. 5
Should BaFin deviate or intend to deviate from these guidelines and recommendations, it will explain its reasons for doing so to the relevant European supervisory authority. (2) BaFin will report to EBA 1 the granting of an authorisation to a CRR credit institution pursuant to section 32 (1), the expiry or withdrawal of an authorisation granted to a CRR credit institution pursuant to section 35, 2 the information specified in section 7a (1) numbers 1 to 4, 3 information collected pursuant to Article 450 (1) letters (g) and (h) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, 4 information gathered pursuant to Article 450 (1) letter (i) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, 5 measures taken by BaFin pursuant to section 6 (3) and section 10 (3) based on BaFin's finding that a CRR institution, in particular owing to its business model or the geographical location of its exposures, is or might be exposed to similar risks or poses similar risks to the financial system, 6 the methodology of the review and evaluation systems for risks to which a CRR institution is or might be exposed and of the risks that a CRR institution poses to the

Section 7b
38 financial system taking into account the identification and measurement of systemic risk under Article 23 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 as last amended, and the methodology according to which measures are taken on the basis of this review, 7 the results of supervisory stress tests, insofar as these are necessitated over and above the stress tests performed pursuant to Article 32 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 as last amended in order to ensure the sufficient review and oversight of the CRR institution, 8 orders issued by BaFin pursuant to section 10 (3) number 5 or section 10 (6), stating the reasons therefor, 9 all other measures taken by BaFin vis-à-vis a CRR institution if it breaches or is likely to breach the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or the requirements issued on the basis of Directive 2013/36/EU, stating the reasons therefor in each case, and 10 all legally effective fines imposed pursuant to section 56 (6) number 1, including all permanent prohibitions, especially those pursuant to section 36. (3) BaFin will inform EBA of 1 (repealed) 2 the approach chosen in cases described in section 53d (3), 3 the procedure for preventing circumvention of the additional capital requirements that apply where the large exposure limit for overall business is exceeded, 4 decisions taken pursuant to section 2e, 5 the structure of groups of institutions, financial holding groups or mixed financial holding groups for which BaFin exercises supervision on a consolidated basis; this notably includes information on the group's legal and organisational structure as well as its arrangements for ensuring sound management, 6 the entities within the meaning of section 9 (1) sentence 4 to which BaFin may disclose information without breaching its professional secrecy obligation, and 7 the granting of approval to hold an additional mandate in a supervisory body pursuant to section 25c (2) sentence 4 and section 25d (3) sentence 5. (3a) BaFin will transmit to EBA lists within the meaning of section 7a (3). (4) BaFin will report to ESMA 1 the granting, expiry or withdrawal of an authorisation where an investment services undertaking (Wertpapierdienstleistungsunternehmen) within the meaning of section 2 (4) of the Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) is affected, and 2 the information specified in section 7a (1) number 5. (5) BaFin will inform EIOPA of decisions taken pursuant to section 2e.

Section 7c
39
Section 7c
Cooperation with the European Banking Committee BaFin will report to EBA the granting of an authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1) to the branch of an undertaking within the meaning of section 53 having its head office in a non￾EEA state.
Section 7d
Cooperation with the European Systemic Risk Board 1 BaFin will cooperate closely with the ESRB and take account of the warnings and recommendations issued by the ESRB pursuant to Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No 1092/2010. 2 BaFin will report to the ESRB the countercyclical buffer ratio for each quarter pursuant to section 10d, the ratio's calculation basis in accordance with the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 and its application period, and will inform the ESRB of the fact that BaFin takes into account variables within the meaning of the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 when calculating the countercyclical buffer ratio and that the ratio would have been lower had these variables been not been taken into account.
Section 8
Cooperation with other entities
(1) (Repealed)
(2) If tax evasion proceedings are initiated against proprietors or senior managers of institutions or against holders of significant holdings in institutions or their legal or statutory representatives or general partners or against persons who actually manage the business of a financial holding company or a mixed financial holding company, or if such proceedings are averted by the submission of a corrective declaration amending a previously false submission (Selbstanzeige) pursuant to section 371 of the German Tax Code (Abgabenordnung), section 30 of the Tax Code shall not bar notifying BaFin of the proceedings and the underlying information; the same applies if the proceedings are initiated against persons who committed the offence whilst in the employ of an institution or a holder of a significant holding in an institution. (3) 1 BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank – insofar as it is acting under this Act – will cooperate with the competent EEA authorities and with EBA and ESMA in the supervision of institutions which conduct banking business or provide financial services in another EEA state as well as in the supervision of groups of institutions, financial holding groups or mixed financial holding groups within the meaning of section 10a (1) to (5). 2 For the assessment pursuant to section 2c (1a) and (1b), BaFin will cooperate with the competent EEA authorities if the party required to report is

Section 8
40
1 a CRR institution, a primary insurance or reinsurance undertaking or a management company within the meaning of Article 2 (1) letter (b) of Directive 2009/65/EC (UCITS management company) which is authorised in a different member state or a different sector than the one in which the acquisition is intended; 2 a parent undertaking of a CRR institution, primary insurance or reinsurance undertaking or UCITS management company which is authorised in a different member state or a different sector than the one in which the acquisition is intended, or 3 a natural or legal person that controls a CRR institution, primary insurance or reinsurance undertaking or a UCITS management company which is authorised in a different member state or a different sector than the one in which the acquisition is intended. 3 Subject to section 4b (1) in conjunction with section 15 (1) of the Federal Data Protection Act, they will exchange with them all relevant and fundamental information required for the exercise of supervision. 4 Fundamental information may also be forwarded without a corresponding request from the competent agency. 5 In this respect, fundamental information shall be deemed to comprise all information which may affect the assessment of an institution’s financial situation in the EEA state in question. 6 This shall notably include 1 disclosure of the group's legal and organisational structure as well as the arrangements for ensuring sound management of the group, including all the group's supervised undertakings, non-supervised undertakings, non-supervised subsidiaries and significant branches, and identification of the relevant competent authorities, 2 procedures for collecting and reviewing information from group institutions, 3 any adverse developments at institutions or at other group entities which could seriously impair the institutions, and 4 any severe or exceptional supervisory measures which BaFin has taken under this Act or under the statutory orders issued with regard to this Act’s enforcement. 7 BaFin will transmit to the competent authority in the host member state

1. all information necessary for assessing the trustworthiness and professional
   qualifications of the persons named in section 1 (2) sentence 1;
2. all information necessary to assess the trustworthiness of the holders of a significant
   holding in undertakings in the same group having their head office in Germany which is required for the granting of an authorisation to and the ongoing supervision of an undertaking within the meaning of section 33b sentence 1 that intends to conduct banking business pursuant to section 1 (1) sentence 2 numbers 1, 2, 4 and 10 or provide financial services pursuant to section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 in the host member state;
3. without delay information and findings obtained in monitoring the institution's liquidity
   that is necessary for supervising the branch in the light of depositor and investor protection or the financial stability of the host member state, and

Section 8
41
4. information on liquidity difficulties that are occurring or are highly likely, and details on
the preparation and implementation of a recovery plan and on all prudential measures taken in this context. 8 Information pursuant to sentence 6 numbers 3 and 4 shall also be communicated to the competent authority in the host member state in which a CRR credit institution has branches that are classified as significant. 9 If a competent authority in another EEA state fails to transmit necessary information, BaFin may request assistance from EBA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010. 10BaFin may also request assistance from EBA or ESMA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 and Regulation (EU) 1095/2010 if a request for cooperation, in particular for the exchange of information, has been refused by a competent authority or has not been acted upon within a reasonable time. (3a) 1 The competent authority within the meaning of subsection (3) sentence 1 may ask for BaFin’s cooperation in a monitoring operation, an inspection or an investigation. 2 In the case of requests within the meaning of sentence 1, BaFin will make use of all the powers vested in it according to law with a view to monitoring compliance with this Act and corresponding provisions of these states insofar as this is appropriate and necessary to meet the requests. 3 BaFin may refuse to perform an investigation, transmit information or allow staff of these foreign authorities to participate in such inspections if 1 this might impair the sovereignty, security or public order of the Federal Republic of Germany, or 2 judicial proceedings have already been initiated or an unappealable decision has already been rendered with respect to the same matter against the same persons. 4 If BaFin fails to comply with such a request or makes use of its right pursuant to sentence 1, it will notify the requesting authority without delay, explaining the reasons therefor; in the case of a refusal pursuant to sentence 3 number 2, it shall transmit precise information about the judicial proceedings or unappealable decision. (4) 1 In cases where BaFin is responsible for supervising EU parent institutions or institutions which are controlled by an EU parent financial holding company or a EU parent mixed financial holding company, it shall, upon request, transmit all relevant information to the competent authorities in the other EEA states responsible for supervising subsidiaries of these institutions. 2 Relevant information in this context means all information that may materially influence the assessment of an institution’s financial soundness in another EEA state. 3 The scope of this notification requirement depends, in particular, on the subsidiary’s systemic importance for the state in question. (5) Notifications from the competent authorities of another state may be used only for the following purposes:
1 to verify an institution's authorisation to conduct business, 2 to monitor the institutions’ activities on an individual or a consolidated basis,

Section 8
42
3 for orders issued by BaFin and for the prosecution and punishment of breaches of administrative regulations by BaFin, 4 in the context of administrative proceedings regarding legal remedies against a decision by BaFin, or 5 in the context of proceedings before administrative courts, insolvency courts, public prosecutors or courts having jurisdiction in criminal cases or administrative fine cases. (6) 1 Before making a decision on the following matters, BaFin will routinely consult the competent EEA authorities to the extent that the decision is of relevance for their supervisory activities:
1 changes in the structure of the holders, organisation or management of group institutions which require BaFin’s consent, 2 severe or exceptional banking supervisory measures. In such cases, at least the authority responsible for supervision on a consolidated basis shall always be consulted, unless BaFin is the competent supervisor in this respect. 2 BaFin may waive prior consultation of the competent authorities in the event of imminent danger. 3 The same applies if prior consultation might compromise the measure's effectiveness; in such cases, BaFin will inform the competent authorities without delay after it has adopted or implemented the measure. (7) 1 Where BaFin is responsible for supervising a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group on a consolidated basis and an emergency situation arises, particularly adverse developments on the financial markets, that poses a threat to the market liquidity and stability of the financial system of an EEA state in which one of the group entities has its head office or a branch has been classified as significant, BaFin shall without delay inform the Federal Ministry of Finance, EBA, the ESRB, the Deutsche Bundesbank and the central governments of the other member states, insofar as they are affected, and communicate to them all essential information to enable them to perform their functions. 2 If BaFin becomes aware of an emergency situation within the meaning of sentence 1 in any other cases, it shall without delay inform the competent authorities responsible for supervision on a consolidated basis of the affected groups of institutions, financial holding groups or mixed financial holding groups, as well as EBA. 3 This is without prejudice to
section 9.
(8) BaFin will notify the competent authorities of the host member state of any measures which it will take to end an institution’s breaches of the host member state’s legal provisions of which BaFin has been informed by the competent authorities of the host member state. (9) 1 If BaFin has sufficient indications that the provisions of this Act, Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or corresponding provisions of the EEA states have been breached, it will inform the authority responsible for cooperation in the supervision of institutions within whose jurisdiction the breach has occurred. 2 If BaFin receives a corresponding notification from

Section 8a
43 competent authorities of other states, it will inform these authorities of the outcome of any inquiries which it initiates in this regard.
Section 8a
Special functions with regard to supervision on a consolidated basis (1) Where BaFin is responsible for the consolidated supervision of a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a which is headed by an EU parent institution, an EU parent financial holding company or an EU parent mixed financial holding company, it will be responsible not only for the functions ensuing from this Act, but also for the following functions:
1 coordinating the collection and dissemination of relevant and essential information pursuant to section 8 (3) in the context of ongoing supervision as well as in emergency situations; this includes the collection and disclosure of information about the legal and organisational structure as well as the collection and disclosure of information regarding the arrangements for ensuring sound management; 2 planning and coordinating supervisory activities in the context of ongoing supervision as well as in emergency situations, particularly in the event of adverse developments at institutions or on the financial markets; BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank – insofar as it is acting under this Act – will cooperate as appropriate with the respective competent authorities of the other EEA states; in the context of ongoing supervision, such cooperation encompasses, in particular, the ongoing monitoring of institutions’ risk management, cross-border inspections, measures in the event of organisational deficiencies pursuant to section 45b, disclosure by the institutions and the technical criteria concerning the organisation and treatment of risks laid down in Articles 76 to 87 and 92 to 96 of Directive 2013/36/EU; in emergency situations, particularly in the event of adverse developments at institutions or on the financial markets, cooperation will include the ordering of measures pursuant to sections 45 to 46b, the preparation of joint assessments, the implementation of contingency plans and communication to the public; 3 transmitting lists within the meaning of section 7a (3) to the respective competent authorities of the other EEA states. 2 If the competent authorities of the other EEA states do not cooperate with BaFin to the extent necessary for it to perform its tasks pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin may request assistance from EBA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010. (2) 1 BaFin and the competent EEA authorities may lay down detailed provisions in cooperation agreements for supervising groups of institutions, financial holding groups or mixed financial holding groups within the meaning of section 10a. 2 These agreements may assign additional tasks to the relevant competent authority responsible for supervision on a consolidated basis and specify procedures for decision-making and cooperation with other competent authorities.

Section 8a
44
(3) 1
Where BaFin is responsible for the consolidated supervision of a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group which is headed by an EU parent institution, an EU parent financial holding company or an EU parent mixed financial holding company, it shall take a joint decision with the EEA authorities responsible for supervising the group entities as to, first, whether the capital adequacy of the group on a consolidated basis is commensurate with its financial situation and risk profile and, second, what additional capital requirements are necessary for each group entity and on a consolidated basis. 2 The decision shall be set out in documents containing full reasons and shall duly consider the risk assessment of subsidiaries performed by the relevant competent authorities. 3 BaFin will communicate the decision to the superordinated group entity. 4 If not all of the EEA authorities responsible for supervising the group entities agree with BaFin’s decision, BaFin will consult EBA either on its own initiative or at the request of any one of the other competent EEA authorities. 5 EBA's opinion shall be taken into due account in the subsequent deliberations; the decision shall justify any substantial deviations from the opinion. (4) 1 If a joint decision is not reached within four months after a risk assessment of the group has been submitted to the competent authorities, BaFin will decide unilaterally whether the capital adequacy of the group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group on a consolidated basis and the capital adequacy of the group entities that it supervises on either an individual or a sub-consolidated basis are commensurate with the financial situation and risk profile or whether additional capital requirements are necessary, and will communicate the decision to the superordinated group entity. 2 BaFin will duly consider the risk assessment of subsidiaries performed by the relevant competent authorities. 3 If, before the four-month period specified in sentence 1 expires, BaFin or a competent authority in another EEA state requests assistance from EBA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, BaFin will defer its decision pursuant to sentence 1 and await any decision that EBA may make pursuant to Article 19 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, and will then take its decision in conformity with the decision of EBA. 4 No requests to EBA for assistance shall be permissible after the four-month period has expired or after a joint decision has been reached. 5 BaFin will communicate to the relevant competent authority its view regarding the capital adequacy of, and any need for additional capital requirements for, those group entities that it does not supervise on an individual or a sub-consolidated basis. 6 If BaFin receives from another competent authority a decision containing well documented reasons which duly considers the risk assessments performed and
the views expressed by the other competent authorities within the four-month period, it will transmit this document to all the relevant competent authorities and to the superordinated group entity. (5) 1 Decisions pursuant to subsections (3) and (4) shall generally be updated annually and, in exceptional cases, more frequently if an authority responsible for supervising a group entity requests BaFin to do so in a document containing full reasons. 2 In this case, the update may be agreed exclusively between BaFin and the competent authority that has submitted the application.

Section 8b
45
(6) 1
Where BaFin is responsible within the meaning of subsection (3) sentence 1 for supervising a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group, it shall seek to reach a joint decision within the meaning of subsection (3) on measures it intends to take within the scope of liquidity supervision and on institution-specific liquidity requirements; subsection (3) sentences 2 and 3 applies mutatis mutandis. 2 If a joint decision is not reached within one month after the assessment of the group's liquidity risk profile has been submitted to the competent authorities, BaFin will decide on the measures unilaterally and will communicate the decision to the superordinated group entity. 3 If, before the one-month period specified in sentence 1 expires, BaFin or a competent authority in another EEA state requests assistance from EBA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, BaFin will defer its decision pursuant to sentence 1 and await any decision that EBA may take pursuant to Article 19 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, and will then take its decision in conformity with the decision of EBA. 4 No requests to EBA for assistance shall be permissible after the one-month period has expired or after a joint decision has been reached. 5 Subsection (5) applies mutatis mutandis.
Section 8b
(Repealed)
Section 8c
Delegation of responsibility for supervising groups of institutions, financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups and institutions belonging to a group (1) 1 BaFin may opt out of supervising a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a and revocably delegate responsibility for supervision on a consolidated basis to another competent authority within the EEA if supervision by BaFin would be inappropriate in view of the institutions concerned and the importance of their business activities in the other state, and if, 1 in the case of groups of institutions, the superordinated group entity is a subsidiary of a CRR institution having its head office in the other EEA state and is included there in supervision on a consolidated basis pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, or 2 in the case of financial holding groups or mixed financial holding groups, these groups are supervised on a consolidated basis pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 by the competent authorities of the other EEA state. 2 In these cases, BaFin will revocably exempt the superordinated entity from the provisions of this Act relating to supervision on a consolidated basis. 3 The superordinated entity shall be consulted prior to such exemption and delegation of responsibility to another agency. 4 The European Commission and EBA shall be informed of the existence and contents of any agreements of this kind. (2) 1 Where BaFin assumes responsibility for the consolidated supervision of a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group by virtue of an agreement with a competent authority within the EEA, it may designate a group institution

Section 8d
46 having its head office in Germany as the superordinated entity. 2
Section 10a applies mutatis
mutandis.
(3) 1
Pursuant to Article 28 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, BaFin may revocably delegate responsibility for supervising an institution for the authorisation of which BaFin is responsible to another competent authority within the EEA if the institution is a subsidiary of an institution for which this competent authority is responsible for authorisation and supervision pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2 This institution shall be consulted before such delegation of responsibility. 4 EBA shall be informed of the existence and contents of any agreements of this kind.
Section 8d
(Repealed)
Section 8e
Colleges of supervisors
(1) 1
BaFin will establish colleges of supervisors in cases where it is responsible for the consolidated supervision of a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group. 2 The aim of establishing colleges of supervisors is to facilitate the exercise of the functions referred to in section 8 (7), section 8a and the provisions of the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 3 and to ensure adequate cooperation with the competent authorities in the EEA, including EBA, and with the competent authorities in non-EEA states. 3 The purposes of the college of supervisors include 1 exchanging information, 2 agreeing on voluntary entrustment of tasks and voluntary delegation of responsibilities where appropriate, 3 determining supervisory examination programmes based on the risk assessment of a group of institutions, a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group, 4 removing unnecessary duplication of supervisory requirements, 5 consistently applying the existing prudential requirements across all entities within a group without prejudice to existing discretionary options and discretions, and 6 planning and coordination of supervisory activities in preparation for and during emergency situations, taking into account the work of other forums active in this area. (2) 1 BaFin will set out in a document the establishment and functioning of each college of supervisors in consultation with the competent authorities; section 8a (2) applies mutatis mutandis. 2 BaFin chairs the meetings of the college of supervisors and decides which competent authorities, besides BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank, will take part in a meeting or activities of the college of supervisors. 3 Besides the authorities responsible for supervising group subsidiaries and the competent authorities of the host member state containing a significant branch, BaFin may also decide to allow competent authorities of non-

Section 8f
47
EEA states to participate in a college of supervisors provided such countries have in place professional secrecy requirements which, in the opinion of all authorities involved in the college, are equivalent to the provisions of Title VII Chapter I Section II of Directive 2013/36/EU. (3) BaFin will keep all members of the college of supervisors fully informed, in advance, of the organisation of the meetings, the main issues to be discussed and the activities to be considered and will also keep them fully informed, in a timely manner, of the actions taken in the meetings and the measures carried out. (4) In its decisions to be reached pursuant to subsection (2), BaFin will take due account of the importance for the competent authorities of the supervisory activities to be planned or coordinated, especially the potential impact on the stability of the financial system in the countries concerned. (5) BaFin will inform EBA about the activities of the college of supervisors, especially in emergency situations, and will transmit to EBA all information of particular relevance for the purposes of converging supervisory practices at the European level. 2 EBA staff may participate in the activities of colleges of supervisors pursuant to Article 21 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010, including inspections pursuant to section 44 (1) and (2) where these are performed by BaFin jointly with at least one other competent authority. (6) 1 Where BaFin is not responsible for the consolidated supervision of a group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group but supervises CRR credit institutions with significant branches in other EEA countries, it will establish a college of supervisors in order to facilitate cooperation with the competent authorities of the host member state pursuant to section 8 (3) as well as in emergency situations. 2 Subsection (2) sentences 1 and 2 and subsections (3) and (4) apply mutatis mutandis. (7) BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank will cooperate in performing the functions pursuant to subsections (1) to (6).
Section 8f
Cooperation in the supervision of significant branches (1) 1 At the request of the competent authority, BaFin will designate the branch of a CRR institution in a host member state or an EEA state as significant, with particular regard to whether the branch satisfies the requirements set forth in section 53b (8) sentence 4; in this case, BaFin will transmit to the competent authority 1 information pursuant to section 8 (3) sentence 6 numbers 3 and 4 and section 11 (3), 2 the results of the risk assessments of the CRR institution, and 3 decisions regarding the first-time or further use of internal approaches and regarding measures pursuant to section 6 (3), insofar as these affect the significant branch.

Section 9
48
2
BaFin will plan and coordinate the supervisory activities within the meaning of section 8a (1) number 2 in cooperation with the competent authorities within the meaning of sentence 1. (2) 1 BaFin will consult the competent authorities within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 on decisions regarding the institution's liquidity recovery plan where this is relevant for liquidity risks in connection with the currency of the host member state or of the EEA state. 2 If BaFin neglects to do this or upholds its own view, the competent authority may request assistance from EBA pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010. (3) If BaFin receives information and findings from the competent authority within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1, it shall duly consider this when drafting the inspection plan; in doing so, it shall take account of the potential impact on the stability of the financial system in the host member state or the EEA state.
Section 9
Professional secrecy requirements
(1) 1
Persons employed by BaFin and persons commissioned pursuant to section 4 (3) of the Act Establishing the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Finanzdienstleistungsaufsichtsgesetz), special commissioners appointed pursuant to section 45c, liquidators appointed pursuant to section 37 sentence 2 and section 38 (2) sentences 2 and 4, and persons employed by the Deutsche Bundesbank, insofar as they are acting to implement this Act, shall not disclose or use without authorisation information they receive in the course of their activities and which should be kept secret in the interests of the institution or a third party (especially business and trade secrets), including after they have left such employment or their activities have ended. 2 This is without prejudice to the provisions of the Federal Data Protection Act which must be complied with by the supervised institutions and entities. 3 This apples also to other persons who obtain the information referred to in sentence 1 through official reporting channels. 4 Disclosure or use shall be deemed not to be unauthorised within the meaning of sentence 1 where, in particular, information is communicated to 1 public prosecutors' offices or courts having jurisdiction in criminal cases and administrative fine cases, 2 authorities which are entrusted by law or public mandate with the oversight of institutions, investment management companies, externally managed investment companies, EU management companies or foreign AIF management companies, financial undertakings, insurance undertakings, the financial markets or the payment system, or which are tasked with the prevention of money laundering, and persons commissioned by such authorities, 3 authorities dealing with an institution's liquidation or insolvency proceedings over its assets, 4 persons entrusted with the statutory auditing of the accounts of institutions or financial undertakings, and authorities which supervise such persons,

Section 9
49
5 a deposit guarantee scheme or an investor compensation scheme, 6 stock exchanges or financial futures exchanges, 7 central banks, 8 operators of systems referred to in section 1 (16), 9 the competent authorities in other EEA states or in non-EEA states with which BaFin cooperates within colleges of supervisors pursuant to section 8e, 10 the European Central Bank (ECB), the European System of Central Banks (ESCB), EBA, EIOPA, ESMA, the Joint Committee of the European Supervisory Authorities, the ESRB or the European Commission, 11 authorities responsible for overseeing payment and settlement systems, 12 parliamentary enquiry committees pursuant to section 1 of the Enquiry Committee Act (Untersuchungsausschussgesetz) on the basis of a decision on a request pursuant to
section 18 (2) of the Enquiry Committee Act,
13 the Federal Constitutional Court (Bundesverfassungsgericht), 14 the Federal Court of Auditors (Bundesrechnungshof) insofar as its investigative mandate relates to the decisions and other activities of BaFin under this Act or Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 15 administrative courts in administrative law disputes in which BaFin is a defendant, except for cases brought under the Freedom of Information Act (Informationsfreiheitsgesetz), 16 the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), including the multilateral bodies it hosts, in particular the Financial Stability Board (FSB), 17 the International Monetary Fund (IMF), insofar as this is as required to enable the Fund to fulfil its statutory mandate or special tasks with which its members have entrusted it, 18 the Financial Stability Committee (Ausschuss für Finanzstabilität) or the ESRB, or 19 the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency (Bundesanstalt für Finanzmarktstabilisierung – FMSA), the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Panel (Gremium zum Finanzmarktstabilisierungsfonds)n within the meaning of section 10a (1) of the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act or the Steering Committee (Lenkungsausschuss) within the meaning of section 4 (1) sentence 2 of the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act, insofar as these authorities require the information to perform their functions. 5 The professional secrecy requirement pursuant to sentence 1 applies mutatis mutandis to persons employed by the authorities referred to in sentence 4 numbers 1 to 11 and 13 to 19 and to persons commissioned by these authorities and to members of the committees referred to in sentence 4 numbers 12 and 19. 6 Where an authority referred to in sentence 4 numbers 1 to 11 and 16 to 18 is located in another country, the information may be disclosed

Section 9
50 only if the persons employed or appointed by this authority are subject to a professional secrecy requirement equivalent to the requirement in sentence 1. 7 The foreign authority shall be informed that it may use information solely for the purpose for which it has been transmitted to it. 8 Information that originates in another country shall not be disclosed without the express agreement of the competent authorities which have disclosed it and solely for the purposes for which those authorities gave their consent. (2) Unauthorised disclosure or use of information within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 shall not obtain where the outcome of stress tests carried out in accordance with
Article 100 of Directive 2013/36/EU or Article 32 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010 as last
amended is published or transmitted to EBA for the publication of EU-wide stress test results. (3) Where the transmission of information pursuant to subsection (1) relates to personal data, the Federal Data Protection Act as last amended applies. (4) In an emergency situation BaFin may also disclose information to the competent authorities in other countries for supervisory purposes. (5) 1 Sections 93, 97 and 105 (1), section 111 (5) in conjunction with section 105 (1) and
section 116 (1) of the Tax Code do not apply to the persons referred to in subsection (1)
insofar as they are acting to implement this Act. 2 This does not apply if the fiscal authorities require the information for instituting tax evasion proceedings and associated tax assessment proceedings in the prosecution of which there is a pressing public interest, or if the person required to provide information or the persons acting on his/her behalf have intentionally supplied incorrect information. 3 Sentence 2 does not apply if the information involved was communicated to the persons referred to in subsection (1) sentence 1 or 3 by the competent supervisory authority of another country or by persons appointed by that authority.

Section 10
51
Part II
Provisions for institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups, financial conglomerates, mixed financial holding companies and mixed-activity holding companies Division 1 OWN FUNDS AND LIQUIDITY
Section 10
Supplementary own funds requirements for institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups; authority to issue orders (1) 1 In order for institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups to meet their obligations towards their creditors, and in particular to safeguard the assets entrusted to them, the Federal Ministry of Finance, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, shall be authorised to issue, by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the upper house of parliament (Bundesrat) and as a complement to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, more detailed provisions on the own funds adequacy (solvency) of institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups, in particular 1 supplementary provisions concerning the requirements for permission to use internal approaches, 2 provisions concerning the ongoing monitoring of internal approaches by BaFin, in particular concerning measures to be taken in the event of non-compliance with requirements for internal approaches and concerning the withdrawal of permission to use internal approaches, 3 more detailed procedural provisions concerning the permission to use, ongoing monitoring of and withdrawal of permission to use internal approaches, 4 more detailed provisions concerning the review of requirements for internal approaches by BaFin, in particular concerning suitability and follow-up examinations, 5 more detailed provisions concerning (a) the setting and determination of the countercyclical buffer rate pursuant to
section 10d, in particular concerning the setting of a buffer guide, concerning the
procedure for recognising countercyclical buffers of EEA and non-EEA states, concerning the publication requirements of BaFin and concerning the calculation of the institution-specific buffer rate, (b) the setting and determination of the systemic risk buffer rate pursuant to
section 10e, in particular concerning the inclusion of systemic or macroprudential
risk, concerning the determination of exposures to be taken into account and their

Section 10
52 geographical location and concerning the procedure for recognising the systemic risk buffers of EEA and non-EEA states, (c) the setting and determination of the buffer rate for global systemically important institutions pursuant to section 10f, in particular concerning the determination of global systemically important institutions and their mapping to size categories, concerning the upgrading or downgrading between size categories as well as concerning the publication of the indicators underlying the quantitative analysis, (d) the setting and determination of the buffer rate for other systemically important institutions pursuant to section 10g, in particular concerning the determination of other systemically important institutions and concerning the setting of the buffer rate on an individual, consolidated or sub-consolidated basis, (e) the amount of and more detailed information on calculating the maximum distributable amount for the combined buffer requirement pursuant to section 10i, 6 more detailed provisions concerning the setting of the percentages and factors pursuant to Article 465 (2), Article 467 (3), Article 468 (3), Article 478 (3), Article 479 (4), Article 480 (3), Article 481 (5) and Article 486 (6) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 7 more detailed provisions concerning the application and notification procedures envisaged in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and 8 requirements for measuring the mortgage lending value of immovable property pursuant to Article 4 (1) number 74 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, 9 more detailed provisions on supervisory benchmarking in the application of internal approaches for the purpose of determining own funds requirements, in particular more detailed provisions concerning the procedure and the nature, scale and frequency of the information to be presented by the institutions as well as more detailed provisions concerning the requirements to be set by BaFin regarding the composition of special benchmarking portfolios, and 10 the requirement for CRR institutions to publicly disclose the information set out in
section 26a (1) sentence 2 on a consolidated basis as well as the return on assets
pursuant to section 26a (1) sentences 3 and 4, including the subject matter of the public disclosure requirement as well as the medium, disclosure channel, frequency of disclosure and the scope of the data to be communicated on a confidential basis to the European Commission pursuant to section 26a (1) sentence 5. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 The central associations representing the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (2) 1 Institutions may, for the purpose of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and of the statutory order to be issued pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1, collect and use personal data on their customers, on persons with whom they enter into contractual negotiations on

Section 10
53 transactions which give rise to counterparty and credit risk and on persons responsible for the performance of a counterparty and credit risk, provided that these data 1 are verifiably material to determining and recognising counterparty and credit risk using a scientifically recognised mathematical-statistical method, 2 are necessary for the setting-up and operation, including the development and improvement, of internal rating systems for estimating risk parameters relating to the credit institution's or investment firm's counterparty and credit risk and 3 do not pertain to information about nationality or to data pursuant to section 3 (9) of the Federal Data Protection Act. 2 Business and trade secrets shall be deemed equivalent to personal data. 3 Notwithstanding sentence 1 number 1, institutions may, for the purpose of developing and improving rating systems, also collect and use data that may be material to determining and recognising counterparty and credit risk based on plausible economic rationale. 4 In particular, data that belong to the following categories or have been extracted from data in the following categories may be material to determining and recognising counterparty and credit risk:
1 income, financial and employment circumstances as well as other economic circumstances, in particular nature, scope and profitability of the business activity of the person concerned, 2 the past payment behaviour and contract fulfilment of the person concerned, 3 enforceable claims and judicial enforcement proceedings and measures against the person concerned, 4 insolvency proceedings relating to the assets of the person concerned where these have been initiated or an application has been made to initiate such proceedings. 5 These data may be collected from 1 the person concerned, 2 institutions that belong to the same group of institutions, 3 external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) and credit information agencies, and 4 publicly accessible sources. 6 Institutions may also transmit personal data pursuant to sentence 1 collected from service providers tasked with the setting-up and operation, including the development and improvement, of rating systems to other institutions within the same group of institutions and in a pseudo-anonymised form, provided that this is necessary for the setting-up and operation, including the development and improvement, of internal rating systems for estimating risk parameters relating to counterparty and credit risk. (3) 1 BaFin may issue an order requiring an institution, group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group to meet own funds requirements in respect of risks

Section 10
54 and risk elements not covered by Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 which go beyond the own funds requirements pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and the statutory order pursuant to subsection 1. 2 BaFin shall order such additional own funds requirements at least in the following cases and for the following purposes:
1 where risks or risk elements are not covered by the own funds requirements pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1), or the requirements pursuant to Article 393 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on the identification and management of large exposures are not complied with, 2 where the internal capital adequacy of the institution, group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group is not assured, 3 where the review pursuant to section 6b (2) sentence 2 number 2 makes it likely that the valuation adjustments taken by the institution are not sufficient to assure own funds adequacy, 4 where it is likely that risk is being understated despite compliance with the requirements under this Act, under Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and under the statutory orders pursuant to subsection (1) and to section 13 (1), 5 in order to safeguard the creation of an additional own funds buffer for adverse economic periods, 6 in order to take due account of a particular business situation of the institution, group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group such as the commencement of business operations, 7 where an institution has implicitly supported a securitisation position on more than one occasion; to this end, BaFin may order that the significant risk transfer for all securitisation positions for which the institution is the originator shall not be recognised, or be recognised only partially, in the calculation of the own funds required for the purpose of taking into account expected further occasions upon which it provides implicit support, 8 where the own funds requirements resulting from the outcome of the stress tests for the correlation trading portfolio pursuant to Article 377 (5) sentence 3, clause 2 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 materially exceed the own funds requirements for the correlation trading portfolio pursuant to Article 377 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 9 other measures are unlikely to sufficiently improve the institution's internal procedures, processes and methods within a suitable timeframe, 10 where the institution does not have in place a proper business organisation within the meaning of section 25a (1). 3 Insofar as institutions which BaFin believes to have similar risk profiles might be exposed to similar risks or pose similar risks to the financial system, BaFin may issue uniform orders for these institutions pursuant to sentence 1. 4 In the case of institutions for which colleges of

Section 10
55 supervisors have been set up pursuant to section 8e, BaFin will take account of the respective college's assessments when deciding on an order pursuant to sentence 1. (4) 1 BaFin may also require individual institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups or individual types or groups of institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups to maintain own funds in excess of the own funds requirements pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and to the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) for a limited period if such capital reinforcement is necessary 1 in order to counteract the threat of a financial market dysfunction or a danger to financial market stability, and 2 in order to prevent substantial negative repercussions for other financial sector undertakings and for the general confidence of depositors and other market participants in a functioning financial system. 2 A financial market dysfunction may be impending, in particular, if extraordinary market circumstances threaten to impair the ability of several institutions that are important to the financial market to refinance themselves. 3 In such cases BaFin may assess the adequacy of the own funds according to criteria which deviate from Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and from the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) and which take account of these special market circumstances. 4 Additional own funds may be stipulated, in particular, in the context of concerted action at the European Union level aimed at strengthening confidence in the resilience of the European banking sector and averting a potential danger to financial market stability in Europe. 5 In determining the amount and applicable composition of the additional own funds and the applicable deadline for complying with the higher own funds requirements, BaFin will take account of the standards which the competent European authorities have agreed to apply in the context of concerted action at the European Union level. 6 In this context, BaFin may require the institutions to draw up a plausible plan which spells out what measures they will take to comply with the higher own funds requirements by the deadline stipulated by BaFin pursuant to sentence 5. 7 Insofar as the plan impinges upon the concerns of the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund within the meaning of section 1 of the Act on the Establishment of a Financial Market Stabilisation Fund, the plan will be assessed in agreement with the Steering Committee pursuant to section 4 (1) sentence 2 of the Act on the Establishment of a Financial Market Stabilisation Fund (Steering Committee). 8 BaFin may demand a timely improvement of the plan submitted if it considers the stated measures and implementation periods to be inadequate or if the institution does not adhere to them. 9 In such cases, institutions shall also consider the option of applying for stabilisation measures pursuant
to the Act on the Establishment of a Financial Market Stabilisation Fund if no alternative measures are available. 10If BaFin, in agreement with the Steering Committee, establishes that the plan has not been improved or has been insufficiently improved, BaFin may appoint a special commissioner within the meaning of section 45c (1) and assign to him/her the task pursuant to section 45c (2) number 7(a). 11In addition, BaFin may order that withdrawals by the proprietors or shareholders, the distribution of profits and the payment of variable remuneration components are not permitted unless and until the required higher

Section 10a
56 level of own funds is reached. 12Any conflicting resolutions on profit distribution shall be void; no claims or entitlements may be derived from any conflicting contractual provisions. (5) Sections 313, 314, 489, 490, 723 to 725, 727 and 728 of the Civil Code and sections 132 to 135 of the Commercial Code shall not be applicable if the purpose of a capital commitment is the lending of own funds within the meaning of Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (6) BaFin may order an institution to submit to the Deutsche Bundesbank more frequent or also more detailed reports on its solvency than envisaged in Articles 99 to 101 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. (7) 1 BaFin may prescribe a filter for the own funds pursuant to Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2 If the filter is prescribed in order to take into account capital changes which have not yet been recognised in the balance sheet, this filter will become null and void upon the adoption of the next annual accounts drawn up for the end of a financial year. 3 At the institution's request, BaFin shall cancel its filter insofar as the reasons for it no longer apply.
Section 10a
Determining the own funds adequacy of groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups; authority to issue orders (1) 1 A group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group (group) in each case comprises a superordinated undertaking and one or more subordinated undertakings. 2 Superordinated undertakings are CRR institutions which pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 are required to carry out consolidation as well as institutions which pursuant to section 1a in conjunction with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 are required to carry out consolidation. 3 Subordinated undertakings are undertakings which must be included in consolidation pursuant to Article 18 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or are voluntarily included in consolidation; institutions which qualify as CRR institutions pursuant to section 1a are deemed to be institutions within the meaning of Article 18 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 4 If a credit institution which is not a CRR credit institution is a superordinated undertaking, entities which conduct banking business solely in the form of deposit business pursuant to section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 1 are also deemed to be subordinated undertakings. 5 Notwithstanding sentence 2, BaFin may, at the request of the superordinated undertaking, designate another group institution as the superordinated undertaking; the group institution shall be consulted beforehand. 6 If, in the case of cross￾shareholdings, no institution within the group of institutions fulfils the conditions of sentence 2, BaFin shall designate the group's superordinated undertaking. 7 In the case of a horizontal group within the meaning of Article 18 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the group institution established in Germany with the highest total assets is deemed to be the superordinated undertaking. 8 If the superordinated undertaking is a financial services institution which solely provides financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9 or 10, a group of institutions within the meaning of this provision is

Section 10a
57 deemed to exist only if at least one CRR institution established in Germany is subordinated to it as a subsidiary. (2) 1 If a financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 20 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or a mixed financial holding company within the meaning of
Article 4 (1) number 21 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 has several subordinated institutions
established in Germany, the institution with the highest total assets is deemed to be the superordinated undertaking; at the superordinated institution's request, BaFin will designate a different group institution established in Germany as the superordinated undertaking; the group institution shall be consulted beforehand 2 At the request of a financial holding company or mixed financial holding established in Germany, and after having consulted the regulated entity which, pursuant to Article 11 (2) or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or sentence 1, is deemed to be the superordinated undertaking or was designated as such by BaFin, BaFin may designate the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company as the superordinated undertaking insofar as the latter has demonstrated that it has the structure and organisation needed to ensure compliance with the group-related obligations. 3 After having consulted the regulated entity which, pursuant to
Article 11 (2) or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or sentence 1, is deemed to be
the superordinated undertaking or was designated as such by BaFin pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin may also designate a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company established in Germany as the superordinated undertaking without having been requested to do so insofar as this is necessary for prudential reasons, notably reasons pertaining to the organisation and structure of the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company. 4 The financial holding company or mixed financial holding company designated as the superordinated undertaking pursuant to sentence 2 or sentence 3 shall perform all the group-related obligations of a superordinated undertaking. 5 If the conditions for designation as the superordinated undertaking pursuant to sentence 2 or sentence 3 no longer exist, notably if the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company transfers its head office to another jurisdiction or is no longer in a position to ensure compliance with the group-related obligations, BaFin, after having consulted the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company, shall rescind its designation; section 35 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis. 6 BaFin shall have all the powers over a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company designated as the superordinated undertaking pursuant to sentence 2 or sentence 3 and its management bodies which it has over an institution as the superordinated undertaking and its management bodies. 7 If, in the case of cross￾shareholdings, no institution established in Germany fulfils the condition of itself not being subordinated to any other group institution, the institution with the highest total assets shall normally be deemed to be the superordinated undertaking; at the request of the superordinated undertaking BaFin will designate another group institution established in Germany as the superordinated undertaking; the group institution shall be consulted beforehand. (3) 1 By way of derogation from subsection (1) sentences 1 to 3, a financial holding group or mixed financial holding group is deemed not to exist if the financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 30 or 31 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or mixed

Section 10a
58 financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 32 or 33 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 is established in another EEA state, and 1 the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company has at least one CRR institution established in its country of incorporation subordinated to it as a subsidiary, or 2 the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company has at least one CRR institution established in Germany and no CRR institution established in its country of incorporation subordinated to it, and the total assets of the CRR institution established in Germany are not higher than the total assets of another CRR institution established in another EEA state that is subordinated to the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company as a subsidiary. 2 If, in a financial holding group or mixed financial holding group, more than one financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 30 or 31 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or mixed financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 32 or 33 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 incorporated both in Germany and in another EEA state are parent undertakings and if at least one CRR institution is established in each of these countries, a financial holding group or mixed financial holding group is deemed not to exist if the total assets of the CRR institution established in Germany is not higher than the total assets of another CRR institution established in another EEA state belonging to the financial holding group or mixed financial holding group as a subsidiary. (4) 1 To calculate own funds adequacy pursuant to Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended on a consolidated basis and to limit large exposure risk pursuant to Articles 387 to 403 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the superordinated undertakings shall aggregate the group's own funds and the relevant risk exposures. 2 The accounting values of capital instruments pursuant to Article 26 (1) letter (a), Article 51 letter (a) and Article 62 letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended that are attributable to group entities shall be deducted from the own funds to be aggregated pursuant to sentence 1. 3 In the case of participations mediated by non-group undertakings, such accounting values shall each be deducted in proportion to the arithmetical share of the capital. 4 Where the accounting value of a participation is greater than the part to be aggregated as own funds pursuant to sentence 1 of the subordinated undertaking's Common Equity Tier 1 items pursuant to Article 26 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, the superordinated undertaking shall deduct the difference from the group's Common Equity Tier 1 capital pursuant to Article 50 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 5 Counterparty and credit risk exposures arising from legal relationships between group undertakings shall be disregarded. 6 In the
case of subordinated undertakings which are not subsidiaries, the superordinated undertaking shall aggregate its own funds and the relevant risk exposures under Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended with the own funds and the relevant risk exposures of the subordinated undertakings, in each case in proportion to its capital share in the subordinated undertaking. 7 In other respects sentences 2 to 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis, in each case also in conjunction with the statutory order pursuant to subsection (7).

Section 10a
59
(5) 1
If the superordinated undertaking of a group of institutions is obliged to prepare group accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Commercial Code or if, pursuant to Article 4 of Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 July 2002 on the application of international accounting standards (OJ EC L 243/1 of 11 September 2002) as last amended or pursuant to section 315a (2) of the Commercial Code, it is obliged to apply the international accounting standards adopted pursuant to Articles 3 and 6 of Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 when preparing the group accounts, it shall base the determination of the aggregated own funds as well as of the aggregated risk exposures pursuant to Articles 24 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended on the group accounts no later than five years after the respective obligation comes into being. 2 If the superordinated undertaking of a group of institutions applies the aforementioned international accounting standards pursuant to section 315a (3) of the Commercial Code, sentences 1 and 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis; the coming into being of the obligation to apply the international accounting standards shall be replaced by the first￾time application thereof. 3 Subsection (4) shall not apply to the cases in sentences 1 to 3. 4 In these cases the own funds and other relevant risk exposures of undertakings which are included in the group accounts and which are not group entities within the meaning of this provision shall be disregarded. 5 Own funds and other relevant risk exposures of undertakings not included in the group accounts which are group entities within the meaning of this provision shall be additionally included, whereby the procedure pursuant to subsection (4) may be applied. 6 Sentences 1 to 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a financial holding group or mixed financial holding group if the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company is obliged under the aforementioned provisions to prepare group accounts or prepares group accounts according to the aforementioned international accounting standards pursuant to section 315a (3) of the Commercial Code. (6) 1 A group which, pursuant to subsection (5), must base the calculation of the aggregated own funds and the aggregated risk exposures on the group accounts may, subject to BaFin's permission, use the procedure pursuant to subsection (4) for these purposes if the use of the group accounts is unsuitable in a particular case. 2 In this case, the group's superordinated undertaking shall apply the procedure pursuant to subsection (4) for at least three consecutive years. (7) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, is authorised by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the Bundesrat to issue more detailed provisions on determining the own funds adequacy of groups, in particular with regard to 1 the use of data from the group accounts in
determining the aggregated own funds adequacy when using the procedure pursuant to subsection (5), 2 the treatment of participations valued using the equity method when using the procedure pursuant to subsection (5). 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche

Section 10b
60
Bundesbank. 3
The central associations of the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (8) 1 The superordinated undertaking is responsible for ensuring that the group has adequate own funds. 2 However, in meeting its obligations pursuant to sentence 1, it may exert influence on the group entities only insofar as this does not conflict with generally applicable company law. (9) Groups are exempt from applying the requirements on a consolidated basis pursuant to Articles 11 to 23 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 if all the group institutions are not required to apply Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on an individual basis unless they were exempted pursuant to Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 from applying Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on an individual basis. (10) In the case of sub-consolidation pursuant to Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, subsections (4) to (9) shall be applied mutatis mutandis.
Section 10b
(Repealed)
Section 10c
Capital conservation buffer
(1) 1
In addition to the Common Equity Tier 1 capital required, pursuant to section 10 (3), for compliance with the own funds requirement pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and higher own funds required to hedge risk and risk elements not covered by
Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, an institution shall maintain a capital conservation
buffer consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. 2 It shall equal 2.5% of the total risk exposure amount determined pursuant to Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (2) Subsection (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis to groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups which include at least one institution which is required to meet the requirement in subsection (1) on an individual basis as well as to institutions within the meaning of Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.
Section 10d
Countercyclical capital buffer
(1) 1
In addition to maintaining the Common Equity Tier 1 capital required for complying with 1 the own funds requirement pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 2 higher own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (3) to hedge risks and risk elements which are not covered by Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 3 higher own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (4), and

Section 10d
61
4 the capital conservation buffer pursuant to section 10c, an institution shall maintain an institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. 2 Sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups which include at least one institution which is required to meet the requirement in sentence 1 on an individual basis as well as to institutions within the meaning of Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (2) 1 The institution-specific countercyclical buffer rate comprises the weighted average of the countercyclical buffer rates that apply in Germany, in the EEA other countries and in non￾EEA states as well as in the associated European and overseas countries, territories and jurisdictions in which the institution's relevant exposures are located, in force or are applicable pursuant to the following subsections. 2 To calculate the weighted average, institutions should apply the applicable countercyclical buffer rate to the respective quotient of the total own funds requirements for credit risk determined in accordance with Articles 107 to 311 and 325 to 377 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in the relevant EEA state, the relevant non-EEA state as well as in the associated European and overseas countries, territories and jurisdictions and the total own funds requirements for credit risk for all relevant exposures. (3) 1 The domestic countercyclical buffer rate shall be between 0% and 2.5% of the total risk exposure amount determined pursuant to Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2 The rate shall be set by BaFin in gradients of 0.25 percentage point and assessed at quarterly intervals. 3 BaFin will take into account deviations in the credit-to-GDP ratio from its long-term trend and any recommendations made by the German Financial Stability Committee. 4 BaFin may, if necessary, set a rate of more than 2.5%. (4) 1 If BaFin sets the domestic countercyclical buffer rate for the first time at a value of more than zero or if it increases the prevailing rate, it will determine the date from which the institutions must apply the increased rate when calculating the institution-specific countercyclical buffer. 2 This date shall be not more than twelve months after the publication date of the initial definition or increase in the domestic countercyclical buffer rate. 3 If the date stipulated in sentence 1 and the publication date of the domestic countercyclical buffer rate are less than twelve months apart, this shorter time period must be justified by exceptional circumstances, such as a material increase in risk on account of excessive credit growth or a situation in which the profitability of institutions in the EEA allows the domestic countercyclical buffer rate to be increased at a faster pace. (5) 1 If BaFin reduces the existing domestic countercyclical buffer rate, it will simultaneously state a time period during which an
increase in the domestic countercyclical buffer rate is unlikely to be expected. 2 BaFin may resume the procedure at any time, also before expiry of the announced time period, and redefine or increase the domestic countercyclical buffer rate. 3 BaFin will publish the domestic countercyclical buffer rate defined for each quarter as well as the information set out under subsections (3) and (4) on its website.

Section 10e
62
(6) 1
BaFin may recognise the countercyclical buffer defined by a another EEA state or a non￾EEA state for the calculation of the institution-specific countercyclical buffer by the institutions authorised in Germany if the rate exceeds 2.5% of the total risk exposure amount stated in
Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2
As long as BaFin has not recognised the higher rate, the institutions authorised in Germany must apply a rate of 2.5% to the exposures located in that country when calculating the institution-specific countercyclical buffer. (7) Where the competent authority of a non-EEA state has not defined and published a countercyclical buffer rate, BaFin may define the rate which the institutions authorised in Germany must apply to the exposures located in that country when calculating the institution￾specific countercyclical buffer. (8) Where the competent authority of a non-EEA state has defined and published a countercyclical buffer rate, BaFin may define a higher countercyclical buffer rate which the institutions authorised in Germany must apply to the exposures located in that country when calculating the institution-specific countercyclical buffer if it may assume with reasonable assurance that the rate defined by the competent authority of the non-EEA state is insufficient to protect the institutions to an appropriate extent from the risks of excessive credit growth in the non-EEA state concerned. (9) Where BaFin recognises a countercyclical buffer rate pursuant to subsection (6) or defines a countercyclical buffer rate pursuant to subsection (7) or (8), BaFin will in each case publish this rate on its website and also provide at least the following additional information:
1 the EEA state or non-EEA state for which this rate shall apply, 2 the date from which the institutions authorised in Germany must apply the countercyclical buffer rate when calculating their institution-specific countercyclical buffer, 3 in those cases in which this date is less than twelve months after the publication date pursuant to this subsection, the exceptional circumstances which justify a shorter time period for application. (10) More detailed information will be set forth in the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 letter (a).
Section 10e
Systemic risk capital buffer
(1) 1
In addition to the Common Equity Tier 1 capital required for compliance with 1 the own funds requirement pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 2 higher own funds requirements to hedge risks and risk elements which are not covered by Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 pursuant to section 10 (3),

Section 10e
63
3 higher own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (4) 4 the capital conservation buffer pursuant to section 10c, and 5 the institution-specific countercyclical buffer pursuant to section 10d, BaFin may order all institutions or certain types or groups of institutions to maintain a systemic risk capital buffer consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. 2 The systemic risk buffer may be set for exposures located in Germany, another EEA state or a non-EEA state. 3 This rate will be at least 1.0% of the risk-weighted exposure values of these exposures which are included in the total risk exposure amount to be calculated pursuant to Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, and the rate will be set by BaFin in gradients of 0.5 percentage point. 4 Sentences 1 to 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups which include at least one CRR credit institution which is required to meet the requirements set out in sentences 1 to 3 on an individual basis as well as to credit institutions within the meaning of Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (2) 1 The systemic risk buffer may be set to mitigate or prevent long-term non-cyclical systemic or macroprudential risk which 1 may lead to a disruption which has significant effects on the national financial system and the German real economy, and 2 are not covered by Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2 The systemic risk buffer may be set only if these risks cannot be mitigated or prevented with reasonable assurance by other measures under this Act with the exception of measures pursuant to section 48t or pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 with the exception of measures pursuant to Articles 458 and 459 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 3 The systemic risk buffer may be set only if it does not disproportionately impair the financial system or parts of the financial system of another EEA state or of the European Economic Area as a whole, such that the functioning of the EEA internal market is impeded. 4 The systemic risk buffer shall be reviewed at least every two years. (3) 1 Before setting a systemic risk buffer, BaFin shall notify the European Commission, EBA, the ESRB as well as the competent authorities of the other EEA states and non-EEA states affected thereby of its intention to set such a buffer. 2 For a buffer rate of up to 3%, they shall be notified one month prior to its imposition. 3 The notifications should in each case contain at least the following information:
1 an exact description of the long-term non-cyclical systemic or macroprudential risk that is to be prevented or mitigated by setting the systemic risk buffers; 2 the reasons why the risk set out in number 1 poses a risk to financial stability at the national level that justifies setting the systemic risk buffer at the intended level;

Section 10e
64
3 the justification for why the systemic risk buffer in its specific design is considered likely to be effective and proportionate to prevent or mitigate the risk set out in number 1; 4 an assessment of the likely positive or negative impact of the imposition of the systemic risk buffer on the internal market based on all the information available to BaFin; 5 the justification for why none of the existing measures under this Act or Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, excluding measures pursuant to Articles 458 and 459 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, alone or in combination, will be sufficient to prevent or mitigate the risk set out in number 1, taking into account the relative effectiveness of those measures; 6 the intended level of the systemic risk buffer. (4) 1 A systemic risk buffer of up to 3.0% may be set in respect of exposures located in Germany and in non-EEA states. 2 A systemic risk buffer of up to 3.0% may be set in respect of exposures located in another EEA state insofar as this is done uniformly for all exposures located in EEA states. 3 A systemic risk buffer that is to be set at more than 3.0% may be set only after the European Commission has adopted an affirmative legal act pursuant to
Article 133 (15) of Directive 2013/36/EU.
(5) 1
In derogation from subsection (4) sentence 3, BaFin may set a systemic risk buffer rate of more than 3.0% and up to 5.0% in respect of exposures located in Germany or in non￾EEA states after 1 the European Commission has issued an affirmative recommendation or, where the European Commission has issued a negative recommendation, 2 BaFin has given the European Commission a justification why, contrary to the European Commission's recommendation, the imposition of the buffer is necessary. 2 If the imposition of the systemic risk buffer pursuant to sentence 1 also affects institutions whose parent institution is established in another EEA state, BaFin may set the systemic risk buffer only if it has previously notified the competent authority of the country concerned, the European Commission and the ESRB of its intention to set a systemic risk buffer pursuant to sentence 1 in respect of these institutions as well. 3 If the competent authority of an affected EEA state objects, within one month, to the imposition of the systemic risk buffer pursuant to sentence 1 in respect of an institution whose parent institution is established in that state, or if both the European Commission and the ESRB issue, within one month, negative recommendations, BaFin may refer the matter to EBA for implementation of a procedure to settle disagreements pursuant to Article19 of Regulation (EU) No 1093/2010. (6) 1 The systemic risk buffer may also be set and be made public as an administrative order (Allgemeinverfügung) without prior consultation. 2 The setting of the systemic risk buffer shall be published on BaFin's website. 3 The publication shall contain at least the following information:

Section 10f
65
1 the systemic risk buffer rate,
2 the institutions, types or groups of institutions to which the systemic risk buffer applies, 3 a justification for the systemic risk buffer, 4 the date from which the institutions must apply the systemic risk buffer, 5 the names of the countries where exposures located in those countries are recognised in the systemic risk buffer. 4 Publication pursuant to number 3 shall be waived if there is a danger that it might jeopardise financial market stability. (7) Subsection (6) sentences 1 and 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the withdrawal of a systemic risk buffer. (8) 1 BaFin may recognise the systemic risk buffer which was set in another EEA state by ordering all institutions or types or groups of institutions to apply the systemic risk buffer ordered in that country insofar as it relates to exposures located in that country. 2 Subsection (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to such recognition. 3 When deciding whether to recognise a systemic risk buffer rate, BaFin shall take into consideration the information presented by the other state that sets that buffer rate. 4 BaFin shall notify the European Commission, EBA, the ESRB and the state that sets that systemic risk buffer rate of its recognition. (9) BaFin may ask the ESRB to issue a recommendation as referred to in Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No 1092/2010 to one or more other EEA states to recognise the systemic risk buffer rate. (10) Further details will be set forth in the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 letter (b).
Section 10f
Capital buffer for global systemically important institutions (1) 1 BaFin will order global systemically important institutions, in addition to maintaining the Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to comply with 1 the own funds requirements pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 2 higher own funds requirements to hedge risks and risk elements pursuant to
section 10 (3) which are not covered by Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013,
3 higher own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (4), 4 the capital conservation buffer pursuant to section 10c, 5 the institution-specific countercyclical buffer pursuant to section 10d, and

Section 10f
66
6 the systemic buffer pursuant to section 10e insofar as it is not counted towards the buffer for global systemically important institutions, to maintain a capital buffer for global systemically important institutions (G-SII buffer) on a consolidated basis consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. 2 BaFin will set this rate at 1.0%, 1.5%, 2.0%, 2.5% or 3.5% of the total risk exposure amount determined pursuant to
Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in line with the size category to which the
global systemically important institution has been assigned and shall review the rate at least annually. (2) 1 BaFin, in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, will identify at least annually which institutions, EU parent institutions, EU parent financial holding companies or EU parent mixed financial holding companies established in Germany are to be classified on the basis of a quantitative analysis as globally systemically important (global systemically important institutions) on a consolidated basis. 2 Its quantitative analysis shall take into account the following categories:
1 size of the group,
2 cross-border activities of the group,
3 interconnectedness of the group with the financial system, 4 substitutability of the services or of the financial infrastructure provided by the group, and 5 complexity of the group. 3 Institutions are required to report the microdata needed to perform the quantitative analysis annually to BaFin and to the Deutsche Bundesbank. (3) 1 Depending on the results of the quantitative analysis, BaFin will assign a global systemically important institution to a particular size category. 2 BaFin may 1 assign a global systemically important institution to a higher size category, or 2 designate an institution that is required to participate in the quantitative procedure, and which was identified by the quantitative analysis as not being a global systemically important institution, as such and assign it to one of the size categories if, as part of the supplementary qualitative analysis, characteristics of systemic importance were identified which were not captured or were inadequately captured by the quantitative analysis. (4) 1 Institutions are required to publish the indicators underlying the quantitative analysis annually. 2 BaFin shall take into account, at its own discretion, the relevant guidelines and recommendations published by EBA and the ESRB when ordering and reviewing the buffer for global systemically important institutions pursuant to subsection (1) and when classifying institutions as global systemically important institutions as well as when assigning them to a size category pursuant to subsections (2) and (3).

Section 10g
67
(5) BaFin will notify EBA, the ESRB, the European Commission and the institutions classified as global systemically important institutions of the decisions pursuant to subsections (1) to (3) and publish information on the existence of a buffer order and the buffer rate for global systemically important institutions as well as a list of the institutions classified as global systemically important institutions. (6) Further details will be set forth in the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 letter (c).
Section 10g
Capital buffer for other systemically important institutions (1) BaFin may order other systemically important institutions, in addition to maintaining the Common Equity Tier 1 capital required for compliance with 1 the own funds requirements pursuant to Article 92 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 2 higher own funds requirements to hedge risks and risk elements pursuant to
section 10 (3) which are not covered by Article 1 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013,
3 higher own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (4), 4 the capital conservation buffer pursuant to section 10c, 5 the institution-specific countercyclical buffer pursuant to section 10d, and 6 the systemic buffer pursuant to section 10e insofar as it is not counted towards the buffer for global systemically important institutions, to maintain a capital buffer for other systemically important institutions (O-SII buffer) of up to 2.0% of the total risk exposure amount determined pursuant to Article 92 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on a consolidated, sub-consolidated or individual basis consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. (2) 1 BaFin, in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, will identify at least annually which institutions, EU parent institutions, EU parent financial holding companies or EU parent mixed financial holding companies established in Germany shall be classified as other systemically important (other systemically important institutions) on a consolidated basis, sub-consolidated or individual basis. 2 In performing the qualitative and quantitative analysis at the relevant level, BaFin will notably take into account the following factors:
1 size,
2 economic importance for the EEA and the Federal Republic of Germany, 3 cross-border activities, and 4 interconnectedness with the financial system. (3) 1 BaFin will review, at least annually, whether and at what rate the buffer for other systemically important institution is required. 2 It shall in each case take note of any relevant

Section 10h
68 guidelines and recommendations published by EBA and the ESRB. 3 A capital buffer for other systemically important institutions may be imposed only if does not entail disproportionate adverse effects on the whole or parts of the financial system of another EEA state or of the European Economic Area as a whole, forming or creating an obstacle to the functioning of the EEA internal market. (4) 1 At least one month before the publication of the decision to set or reset a buffer for other systemically important institutions, BaFin shall notify EBA, the ESRB and the European Commission as well as the competent authorities of any EEA states which may be affected of the proposed decision. 2 Each notification shall contain at least the following information:
1 a detailed justification for why the setting of an O-SII buffer is justified and is proportionate to the risk identified, 2 a detailed assessment of the likely positive or negative impact of the O-SII buffer on the EEA internal market, and 3 the buffer rate that is to be set. (5) BaFin will notify the respective other systemically important institution, EBA, the ESRB and the European Commission of the decisions pursuant to subsections (1) and (2) and publish a list of the institutions classified as being other systemically important institutions. (6) Where the other systemically important institution is a subsidiary of 1 a global systemically important institution, or 2 an EU parent institution established abroad which is another systemically important institution within the meaning of Article 131 (1) of Directive 2013/36/EU and is subject to an O-SII buffer on a consolidated basis, the buffer rate pursuant to subsection (2) shall not exceed the higher of 1.0% or of the buffer on a consolidated basis pursuant to Article 131 (4) or (5) of Directive 2013/36/EU. (7) Further details will be set forth in the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 letter (d).
Section 10h
Combination of a systemic risk buffer, a buffer for global systemically important institutions and a buffer for other systemically important institutions (1) Where a group is subject to a G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f and also to an O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g on a consolidated basis, only the higher of the two buffers shall apply. (2) Where a group is subject to a G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f and also to 1 an O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g on a consolidated basis exists, and

Section 10i
69
2 a systemic risk buffer pursuant to section 10e on a consolidated basis that was set not only for exposures located in the EEA state setting the buffer concerned, only the highest of the three buffers shall apply. (3) Where an institution, on an individual or sub-consolidated basis, is subject to an O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g and a systemic risk buffer pursuant to section 10e that was set not only for exposures located in the EEA state setting the buffer concerned, only the higher of the two buffers shall apply. (4) Where a systemic risk buffer pursuant to section 10e has been set solely for exposures located in the EEA state setting the buffer concerned, this buffer shall apply in addition to a G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f or an O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g.
Section 10i
Combined buffer requirement
(1) The combined buffer requirement is the total Common Equity Tier 1 capital of an institution which is required to comply with the following capital buffer requirements:
1 the capital conservation buffer pursuant to section 10c, 2 the institution-specific countercyclical buffer pursuant to section 10d, and 3 in cases relating and pursuant to (a) section 10h (1), the higher of the G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f and the O￾SII buffer pursuant to section 10g, (b) section 10h (2), the highest of the G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f, the O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g and the systemic risk buffer pursuant to
section 10e,
(c) section 10h (3), the higher of the systemic risk buffer pursuant to section 10e and the O-SII buffer pursuant to section 10g, or (d) section 10h (4), the sum of the systemic risk buffer pursuant to section 10e and the G-SII buffer pursuant to section 10f or the O-SII buffer pursuant to
section 10g.
(2) An institution which meets the combined buffer requirement shall not make a distribution in connection with Common Equity Tier 1 capital or Common Equity Tier 1 capital instruments pursuant to subsection (5) to an extent that would decrease its Common Equity Tier 1 capital to a level where the combined buffer requirement is no longer met. (3) 1 An institution which does not meet or no longer meets the combined buffer requirement shall calculate the maximum distributable amount (MDA) and notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of that MDA. 2 The institution shall maintain arrangements to ensure that the amount of distributable profits and the maximum distributable amount are calculated accurately, and must be able to demonstrate that accuracy to BaFin and the Deutsche

Section 10i
70
Bundesbank upon request. 3
Until BaFin has decided on the approval of the capital conservation plan pursuant to subsections (7) and (8), the credit institution shall not 1 make a distribution in connection with Common Equity Tier 1 capital or Common Equity Tier 1 capital instruments pursuant to subsection (5), 2 create an obligation to pay variable remuneration or discretionary pension benefits or pay variable remuneration if the obligation to pay was created at a time when the credit institution failed to meet the combined buffer requirement, and 3 make payments on Additional Tier 1 instruments. 4 Further details will be set forth in the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5 letter (e). (4) Where an institution does not meet or no longer meets the combined buffer requirement and intends to distribute any of its distributable profits or undertake an action pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 3 numbers 1 to 3, it shall notify this intention to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank and provide the following information:
1 the amount of capital maintained by the institution, subdivided as follows:
(a) Common Equity Tier 1 capital;
(b) Additional Tier 1 capital;
(c) Tier 2 capital;
2 the amount of its interim and year-end profits; 3 the maximum distributable amount; 4 the amount of distributable profits and how it intends to allocate them between the following:
(a) dividend payments;
(b) share buybacks;
(c) payments on Additional Tier 1 instruments; (d) the payment of variable remuneration or discretionary pension benefits, whether by creation of a new obligation to pay, or payment pursuant to an obligation to pay created at a time when the institution failed to meet its combined buffer requirement. (5) A distribution in connection with Common Equity Tier 1 capital or Common Equity Tier 1 capital instruments shall include the following:
1 a payment of cash dividends,
2 a distribution of fully or partly paid bonus shares or other capital instruments referred to in Article 26 (1) letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013,

Section 10i
71
3 a redemption or purchase by an institution of its own shares or other capital instruments referred to in Article 26 (1) letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, 4 a repayment of amounts paid up in connection with capital instruments referred to in
Article 26 (1) letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, and
5 a distribution of items referred to in Article 26 (1) letters (b) to (e) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (6) 1 An institution which does not meet or no longer meets its combined buffer requirement shall, in addition to the requirements set out in subsections (3) to (4), also prepare a capital conservation plan and submit it to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank no later than five working days after it identified that it was failing to meet the combined buffer requirement. 2 BaFin may authorise a longer delay of up to ten working days for submission if this appears appropriate on the basis of the individual situation of the credit institution and taking into account the scale and complexity of the institution's activities. The capital conservation plan shall include the following:
1 estimates of income and expenditure and a forecast balance sheet, 2 measures to increase the capital ratios of the institution, 3 a plan and timeframe for the increase of own funds with the objective of fully meeting the combined buffer requirement, and 4 any other information that BaFin considers to be necessary to carry out the assessment required by subsection (7). (7) 1 BaFin will assess the capital conservation plan, and will approve the plan only if it considers that the plan, if implemented, would be reasonably likely to conserve or raise sufficient capital to enable the institution to meet its combined buffer requirements within a period which BaFin considers appropriate. 2 BaFin will decide on the approval within 14 days of receiving the capital conservation plan. 3 Once the capital conservation plan has been approved, the institution may distribute distributable profits and implement measures pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 3 numbers 1 to 3 up to the maximum distributable amount. (8) 1 If BaFin does not approve the capital conservation plan, 1 BaFin will order that the restrictions on distributions pursuant to subsection (3) shall continue to apply, or 2 BaFin shall allow the institution to implement measures within the meaning of subsection (3) sentence 3 numbers 1 to 3 up to a certain amount which shall not to exceed the maximum distributable amount. 2 It may also require the institution to increase its own funds to a specified level within a specified period.

Section 11
72
(9) The restrictions imposed by this provision apply only to payments and distributions that result in a reduction of Common Equity Tier 1 capital or in a reduction of profits, and to the extent that a suspension of payment or failure to pay does not constitute an event of default or a condition for the commencement of proceedings under the insolvency regime applicable to the institution.
Section 11
Liquidity
(1) 1
Institutions shall invest their funds in such a way as to ensure that adequate funds for payment outflows (liquidity) are available at all times. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance is authorised, by way of a statutory order issued in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, to lay down more detailed liquidity adequacy requirements, in particular in respect of 1 methods for assessing liquidity adequacy and the requisite technical standards, 2 business transactions that are to be recognised as liquid assets and payment obligations, including their assessment basis, and 3 the institutions’ duty to provide BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank with the information required to demonstrate liquidity adequacy, including provisions on the contents, nature, scope and form of the information, on the frequency of provision thereof and on the permissible data storage media, transmission channels and data formats. 3 The statutory order shall be consistent with the definition of savings deposits given in
section 21 (4) of the Regulation on the Accounting of Credit Institutions and Financial
Services Institutions (Kreditinstituts-Rechnungslegungsverordnung). 4 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority by way of a statutory order to BaFin, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 5 The central associations representing the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (2) When assessing institutions' liquidity, BaFin may in individual cases order institutions to meet liquidity requirements which go beyond the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) if an institution's ongoing liquidity is not assured without such a measure. (3) 1 When assessing institutions' liquidity, BaFin may in individual cases order institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups to meet liquidity requirements which go beyond the requirements of Articles 411 to 428 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended so as to cover specific risks to which an institution is or may be exposed. 2 In so doing, BaFin will take into account the criteria set out in Article 105 of Directive 2013/36/EU as last amended. 3 BaFin may additionally impose restrictions on maturity transformation. 4
Section 10a subsections (1) to (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Section 12
73
(4) BaFin may order an institution, group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group to submit more frequent or more comprehensive reports on its liquidity.
Section 12
(Repealed)
Section 12a
Establishment of corporate relationships
(1) 1
An institution, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company, when acquiring a participation in an undertaking established outside Germany or when establishing a corporate link with such an undertaking via which the undertaking becomes a subordinated undertaking within the meaning of section 10a, shall ensure that it or, in the case of a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company, the superordinated undertaking responsible for consolidation obtains the information required to meet the respective obligations pursuant to sections 10a and 25 (1). 2 Sentence 1 shall not apply to the information required to meet the respective obligations pursuant to section 10a if an institution is unable to obtain the information required for consolidation for individual group entities pursuant to section 10a and the deduction of book values to be carried out pursuant to Article 36 in conjunction with Article 19 (2) letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended takes into account, in a manner similar to consolidation pursuant to
section 10a (4) or (5), the risk entailed in acquiring the participation or establishing the
corporate link and enables BaFin to assess compliance with this requirement. 3 The institution, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company shall notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay of the establishment, modification or discontinuation of a participation or close link as specified in sentence 1. (2) 1 BaFin may prohibit the continuation of the participation or corporate link if the superordinated undertaking or the institution within the meaning of Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 does not obtain the data required to meet the respective obligations pursuant to sections 10a, 13 (3), section 25 (1) or pursuant to the statutory orders pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 or section 13 (1) sentence 1 as well as pursuant to Articles 11 to 17 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2 The derogation pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the powers of prohibition conferred by sentence 1. (3) (Repealed)

Section 13
74
Division 2 LENDING BUSINESS
Section 13
Large exposures; authority to issue orders
(1) 1
The Federal Ministry of Finance, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, shall be authorised, by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the Bundesrat, to adopt, in the interests of the proper protection of institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups, more detailed provisions in respect of concentration risks as a supplement to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 for large exposures 1 on the decision-making requirements of senior managers pursuant to subsection (2) as well as exceptions thereto, 2 on the nature, scope, timing and form of the information, transmission channels and data formats of notifications of master data on large exposures and well as feedback thereon as part of the large exposure reporting procedure pursuant to Article 394 (1) to (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, 3 on the reporting of trading book business as a percentage of the sum of on- and off￾balance sheet trading book business as well as the use of the waiver pursuant to
Article 94 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013,
4 on the requirements which will be effective, until such time as the implementing technical standards pursuant to Article 394 (4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 have come into effect, regarding the nature, scope, timing and form of the information as well as the permissible data storage media, transmission channels and data formats of large exposure notifications pursuant to Article 394 (1) to (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and regarding the notification obligations existing under these provisions, which may be supplemented by the obligation to submit summary reports, insofar as this is necessary for the performance of BaFin's tasks, and especially to enable it to obtain consistent records for assessing the exposures entered into by the institutions, and 5 on the implementation of the exemption, permitted by Article 493 (3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, of certain exposures from the application of
Article 395 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended.
2
The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 The central associations representing the institutions are to be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (2) 1 An institution organised in the form of a legal person or a commercial partnership may – without prejudice to the validity of the legal transactions – incur a large exposure only by virtue of a unanimous decision by all its senior managers. 2 The decision should be taken before the exposure is incurred. 3 If this is not possible in individual cases owing to the urgency of the transaction, then the decision is to be taken promptly thereafter. 4 The decision

Section 13a
75 is to be placed on record. 5
If the large exposure has been incurred without a prior unanimous decision by all the senior managers and if the decision is not taken retrospectively within one month of the exposure having been incurred, the institution is to promptly notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of this fact. 6 If an exposure which has already been incurred becomes a large exposure owing to a reduction in the eligible capital pursuant to Article 4 (1) number 71 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the institution may maintain this exposure – without prejudice to the validity of the legal transaction – only by virtue of a unanimous decision by all its senior managers to be taken promptly thereafter. 7 The decision is to be placed on record. 8 If the decision is not taken retrospectively within one month starting from the date on which the exposure became a large exposure, the institution is to promptly notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of this fact. (3) The decision-making requirements pursuant to subsection (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the superordinated undertaking if an undertaking of the group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group makes use of Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (4) 1 In the case of loans from public promotional funds which the promotional institutions of the Federal Government and of state governments pass through to ultimate borrowers on the basis of independent loan agreements – if necessary via further pass-through institutions – via principal banks on predefined terms (principal bank principle), with regard to the application of Article 395 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, for the institutions concerned, the individual ultimate borrowers may be deemed to be the borrowers of the interbank loan granted by the institutions if the credit exposures are assigned to the institutions as collateral. 2 This shall apply mutatis mutandis to interest-subsidised loans granted by the promotional institutions using their own or public funds in accordance with the principal bank principle (own resources programmes), as well as to loans granted using non-public funds which a credit institution passes through to ultimate borrowers – if necessary via further pass-through institutions – via principal banks in accordance with statutory requirements.
Section 13a
(Repealed)
Section 13b
(Repealed)
Section 13c
Intra-group transactions with mixed-activity holding companies (1) 1 A CRR institution which is a subsidiary of a mixed-activity holding company is to notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of any significant intra-group transactions with mixed￾activity holding companies or other subsidiaries of such mixed-activity holding companies. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance shall be authorised, by way of a statutory order – not requiring the consent of the Bundesrat – to be issued in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, to specify in more detail:

Section 13c
76
1 the types of transactions to be notified and the thresholds used to identify which intra￾group transactions are to be deemed significant transactions; 2 the limits for intra-group transactions and any restrictions with regard to the nature of intra-group transactions; 3 the nature, scope, timing and form of the information as well as the permissible data storage media and transmission channels. 3 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order provided that the statutory order is to be issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 4 The central associations representing the institutions are to be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (2) The CRR institution within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 may – without prejudice to the validity of the legal transactions – conduct significant intra-group transactions with mixed-activity holding companies or other subsidiaries of such mixed-activity holding companies only by virtue of a unanimous decision by all its senior managers; section 13 (2) sentences 2 to 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis. (3) 1 Without prejudice to the validity of the legal transactions, the CRR institution within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 may not, without BaFin‘s permission, conduct any significant intra-group transactions with mixed-activity holding companies or other subsidiaries of such mixed-activity holding companies which exceed the limits laid down in the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 or violate the restrictions regarding the nature of significant intra-group transactions laid down in the statutory order. 2 BaFin may give permission pursuant to sentence 1 at its own discretion. 3 Regardless of whether BaFin gives permission, the institution is to notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank promptly if the limits are exceeded or if the restrictions with regard to the nature of intra-group transactions are violated. 4 BaFin may 1 require the CRR institution within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 to back the excess amount with own funds if the limits set in the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 are exceeded; 2 use appropriate and necessary measures to stop or prevent violations of the restrictions regarding the nature of intra-group transactions laid down in the statutory order pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2. (4) 1 In order to identify, quantify, monitor and manage significant intra-group transactions within a mixed-activity group, the CRR institutions belonging to the group must have an appropriate risk management structure and appropriate internal control mechanisms, including a proper reporting system and proper accounting procedures; this is without prejudice to section 13. 2
Section 10a (8), section 25a (1) sentence 2 as well as Article 11 (1)
sentences 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Section 13d
77
Section 13d
(Repealed)
Section 14
Loans of €1.5 million or more
(1) 1
Credit institutions, CRR investment firms that deal on their own account within the meaning of Annex 3 number 1 of Directive 2004/39/EC, financial services institutions within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4, 9 or 10, financial institutions within the meaning of Article 4 (4), number 26 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in conjunction with
Annex 1 number 2 of Directive 2013/36/EU that engage in factoring and the undertakings
and agencies mentioned in section 2 (2) (undertakings participating in the reporting procedures for loans of €1.5 million or more ) shall report to the Deutsche Bundesbank’s Central Credit Register (Evidenzzentrale) on a quarterly basis (observation period) those borrowers whose credit volume amounts to €1,500,000 or more (threshold for loans of €1.5 million or more); contents of the reports, reporting deadlines and more detailed provisions on the observation period shall be laid down in the statutory order pursuant to
section 22. 2
At the same time, superordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a shall report in respect of the undertakings belonging to the group within the meaning of sentence 1, which is to be applied as appropriate. 3 This shall not apply if these undertakings are themselves required to submit reports pursuant to sentence 1 or if they are exempt or released from the reporting requirement pursuant to section 2 (4), (7), (8) or (9a) or if the book value of the participating interest in the undertakings belonging to the group is deducted from the superordinated undertaking’s own funds pursuant to Article 36 in conjunction with
section 19 (2) sentence a of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 4
Those undertakings belonging to the group which are not themselves required to submit reports pursuant to sentence 1 shall transmit the requisite data to the superordinated undertaking. 5 In the case of syndicated loans of €1 million or more, sentence 1 shall apply even if the share of the individual undertaking does not amount to €1 million. (2) 1 If it is found that loans of €1.5 million or more have been granted to a single borrower by more than one undertaking, the Deutsche Bundesbank shall notify the reporting undertakings. 2 This notification shall include information about the borrower’s aggregate indebtedness and the aggregate indebtedness of the single borrower unit to which the borrower belongs, about the number of undertakings involved as well as information about the forecast probability of default within the meaning of the Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in respect of this borrower if an undertaking has itself reported such a probability of default. 3 The notification shall be structured in accordance with the regulation pursuant to section 22. 4 The Deutsche Bundesbank shall notify an undertaking required to submit reports at the latter's request of the indebtedness of a borrower or anticipated borrower or, if the borrower or anticipated borrower forms part of a single borrower unit, of the indebtedness of the single borrower unit. 5 In the case of an anticipated borrower, the undertaking shall inform the Deutsche Bundesbank upon request of the amount of the intended loan and prove that the anticipated borrower has consented to the disclosure of this information. 6 The undertakings participating in the reporting procedures for loans of €1.5

Section 15
78 million or more and the Deutsche Bundesbank may submit the report pursuant to subsection (1), the notification pursuant to sentence 1 and the information pursuant to sentence 4 also by electronic data transmission. 7 The details of the procedures shall be stipulated in the regulation pursuant to section 22. 8 The Deutsche Bundesbank may transmit personal data relating to several borrowers to the reporting undertaking to the extent that this is necessary for the purpose of assigning the report pursuant to subsection (1) to a particular borrower. 9 Such data may not contain information about the financial circumstances of the borrowers. 10The persons employed by an undertaking required to submit reports may not disclose information notified to the undertaking pursuant to this subsection to third parties and may not exploit such information. 11For the purpose of monitoring the protection of data on the
part of the responsible parties, the Deutsche Bundesbank shall log the time, the data
transmitted, and the parties involved during each transmission of data. 12The log data may not be used for purposes other than those specified above. 13The log data shall be kept for at least 18 months and must be deleted at the latest after 24 months. (3) 1 If several debtors are deemed to be a single borrower pursuant to section 19 (2), the indebtedness and information about the forecast probabilities of default of the individual debtors shall also be indicated in the reports pursuant to subsection (1). 2 The indebtedness of individual debtors and the information about the forecast probabilities of default shall be imparted only to those undertakings which themselves, or whose undertakings belonging to the group within the meaning of subsection (1), have incurred an exposure to these debtors or have reported information about the forecast probabilities of default of these debtors. (4) The Deutsche Bundesbank may, in agreement with BaFin and pursuant to section 4b of the Federal Data Protection Act, provide credit registers in other countries with data which it holds on borrowers, including for the purposes of forwarding to lenders located in those countries.
Section 15
Loans to managers etc
(1) 1
Loans to
1 senior managers of the institution,
2 partners of the institution who are not senior managers if the institution is organised in the form of a commercial partnership or private limited company, and to general partners of an institution who are not senior managers if the institution is organised in the form of a limited partnership company, 3 members of a governing body of the institution appointed to monitor the management of the institution if the monitoring powers of the body are laid down by law (supervisory body), 4 holders of a general commercial power of attorney and authorised officers of the institution empowered to represent it in all aspects of its business, 5 spouses, life partners and minors of the persons specified in numbers 1 to 4,

Section 15
79
6 silent partners of the institution,
7 undertakings organised in the form of a legal person or commercial partnership if a senior manager, a holder of a general commercial power of attorney or an authorised officer of the institution empowered to represent it in all aspects of its business is a legal representative or a member of the supervisory body of the legal person or a partner in the commercial partnership, 8 undertakings organised in the form of a legal person or commercial partnership if a legal representative of the legal person, a partner in the commercial partnership, a holder of a general commercial power of attorney or an authorised officer of this undertaking empowered to represent it in all aspects of its business is a member of the supervisory body of the institution, 9 undertakings in which the institution or a senior manager holds a participating interest of more than 10% of the undertaking's capital or in which the institution or a senior manager is a general partner, 10 undertakings which hold a participating interest in the institution of more than 10% of the institution's capital, 11 undertakings organised in the form of a legal person or commercial partnership if a legal representative of the legal person or a partner in the commercial partnership holds a participating interest in the institution of more than 10% of its capital, and 12 general partners, senior managers, members of the executive board or supervisory body, holders of a general commercial power of attorney and authorised officers empowered to represent in all aspects of business of an undertaking controlled by or controlling the institution, as well as their spouses, life partners and minors, (loans to managers etc) may be granted only by virtue of a unanimous decision by all of the institution's senior managers and – other than as part of staff programmes – only on market terms and with the explicit permission of the supervisory body or, in the case of number 12, of the supervisory body of the undertaking controlling the institution; the above provisions pertaining to commercial partnerships shall apply mutatis mutandis to other partnerships. 2 A unanimous decision by all senior managers and the explicit approval of the supervisory body may be dispensed with if a CRSA risk weight of 0% can be applied to a loan to an undertaking pursuant to sentence 1 numbers 9 and 10 in accordance with Article 113 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 3 A participating interest within the meaning of sentence 1 numbers 9 to 11 shall be deemed to be any holding of shares in the undertaking amounting to not less than one-quarter of the capital (nominal capital, sum total of the capital shares), irrespective of the duration of the holding. 4 The authorisation of withdrawals in excess of the remuneration due to a senior manager or a member of the supervisory body and, in particular, the authorisation of advances on such remuneration, shall be deemed to be equivalent to the granting of a loan. 5 Loans to managers etc which
are not granted on market terms shall be backed by liable capital at the decree of BaFin pursuant to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended.

Section 15
80
(2) 1
In individual cases BaFin may impose upper limits for the granting of loans to managers etc; it shall be entitled to do so even after such a loan has been granted. 2 Loans to managers etc which exceed the limits imposed by BaFin shall be reduced to the stipulated limits upon a further order issued by BaFin; in the meantime, they shall be backed with liable capital pursuant to Article 26 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. (3) Subsection (1) shall not apply to 1 loans to holders of a general commercial power of attorney or authorised officers of an institution empowered to represent it in all aspects of its business as well as to their spouses, life partners and minors if the loan does not exceed the amount of one annual salary of the holder of a general commercial power of attorney or of the authorised officer of the institution empowered to represent it in all aspects of its business, 2 loans to persons or undertakings specified in subsection (1) sentence 1 numbers 6 to 11 if the loan amounts to less than 1% of the institution's liable capital pursuant to
Article 4 (1) number 71 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or to less than €50,000, and
3 loans which are increased by no more than 10% of the amount approved pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1. (4) 1 The decision by the senior managers and the decision on approval shall be taken before the loan is granted. 2 The decisions shall include provisions on the interest rate payable on, and the repayment of, the loan. 3 They shall be placed on record. 4 If a loan to be granted pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 numbers 6 to 11 is urgent, it is sufficient if all the senior managers and the supervisory body promptly approve the granting of the loan subsequently. 5 If the decision by the senior managers has not been taken retrospectively within two months or the decision by the supervisory body has not been taken retrospectively within four months of the date on which the loan was granted, the institution shall promptly notify BaFin of this fact. 6 For certain lending operations and types of lending operations, the decision by the senior managers and the decision on the approval of loans to the persons specified in subsection (1) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 5 and 12 may be taken in advance, but no more than one year in advance. (5) If, contrary to subsection (1) or (4), a loan is granted to a person specified in subsection (1) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 5 and 12, it shall be repaid immediately, irrespective of any arrangements to the contrary, unless all of the senior managers and the supervisory body promptly approve the granting of the loan subsequently.

Section 16
81
Section 16
(Repealed)
Section 17
Liability
(1) If a loan is granted contrary to the provisions of section 15, the managers who thereby violate their duty and the members of the supervisory body who, in violation of their duty, fail to intervene to prevent the granting of an intended loan despite having knowledge thereof, shall be jointly and severally liable to the institution for any loss arising; the onus shall be on the managers and the members of the supervisory body to prove that they did not act culpably. (2) 1 The institution's right to compensation may also be asserted by its creditors insofar as they cannot obtain satisfaction from the institution. 2 The liability to compensate the creditors shall not be annulled by a waiver or by composition on the part of the institution nor, in the case of institutions organised in the form of a legal person, by the fact that the loan was granted by virtue of a decision by the institution's supreme body (shareholders' meeting, general meeting, partners' meeting). (3) Claims under subsection (1) shall be barred under the Statute of Limitations after five years.
Section 18
Borrower documentation
(1) 1
A credit institution may grant a loan amounting in the aggregate to more than €750,000 or 10% of the institution’s liable capital pursuant to Article 4 (1) number 71 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 only if it requires the borrower to disclose his or her financial situation, in particular by submitting the annual accounts. 2 The credit institution may waive this requirement if, in the light of the collateral provided or of the co-obligors, there is evidently no reason to require such disclosure. 3 The credit institution may waive the requirement of ongoing disclosure if 1 the loan is secured by mortgages on residential property that is used by the borrower himself, 2 the loan does not exceed four-fifths of the loan value of the pledged property within the meaning of section 16 (1) and (2) of the Pfandbrief Act, and 3 the borrower regularly effects the interest payments and principal repayments owed by him. 4 Disclosure is not required in the case of loans to 1 central governments or central banks outside Germany, the Federal Government, the Deutsche Bundesbank or a legally dependent special fund of the Federal Government if

Section 18a
82 they would be assigned a credit risk standardised approach risk weight (CRSA risk weight) of 0% without collateral, 2 multilateral development banks or international organisations if they would be assigned a CRSA risk weight of 0% without collateral, or 3 regional governments or local authorities in another EEA states, a state government, a local government, a local government association, a legally dependent special fund of a state government, a local government or a local government association or public-sector entities if they would be assigned a CRSA risk weight of 0% without collateral, as well as (2) 1 Before the conclusion of a consumer loan agreement or a contract on remunerated financial accommodation, institutions shall assess the consumer’s creditworthiness. 2 The assessment may be based on information provided by the consumer and, where required, information supplied by agencies whose business it is to collect, store or change, for transmission, personal data which may be used to assess consumers’ creditworthiness. 3 In the case of a change in the net amount of the loan, the data shall be updated. 4 In the case of a significant increase in the net amount of the loan, creditworthiness shall be reassessed. 5 This is without prejudice to the provisions for the protection of personal data.
Section 18a
(Repealed)
Section 18b
(Repealed)
Section 19
Concept of the loans for section 14 and of borrowers for sections 14, 15 and 18 (1) (1) 1 Loans within the meaning of section 14 are asset items, derivatives (with the exception of short positions in call options) as well as the guarantees assumed in respect thereof, and other off-balance-sheet items. 2 The positions to be deducted pursuant to sentence 1 are 1 balances with central banks and postal giro offices, 2 debt instruments issued by public authorities and bills of exchange eligible for refinancing at central banks, 3 cash items in the process of collection for which corresponding payment has already been advanced, 4 exposures to credit institutions and customers (including the trade exposures of credit institutions engaging in commodities trading), as well as capitalised rights to payments, under leasing agreements, which the lessee is or can be obliged to pay, and the lessee's option rights to buy the leased assets, which provide an incentive to exercise the option right,

Section 19
83
5 debt securities and other fixed-income securities, unless they evidence titles coming under the derivatives specified in sentence 1, 6 shares and other non-fixed-income securities, unless they evidence titles coming under the derivatives specified in sentence 1, 7 participating interests, 8 shares in affiliated undertakings, 9 (repealed) 10 other assets, insofar as they are subject to a counterparty risk. 3 The following are deemed to be other off-balance-sheet transactions within the meaning of sentence 1:
1 bills of exchange in circulation drawn by the credit institution, discounted and credited to borrowers, 2 endorsement liabilities arising from rediscounted bills, 3 sureties and guarantees in respect of asset items, 4 warranties and indemnities and other sureties and guarantees besides those specified in number 3, insofar as they do not refer to the derivatives specified in sentence 1, 5 the issuing and confirmation of documentary credits, 6 unconditional commitments by building and loan associations for the settlement of third-party interim and bridging loans to contract holders, 7 liability arising from the provision of collateral for third-party liabilities, 8 asset items deducted from the transferor’s portfolio which he/she has transferred to a third party subject to an agreement that he/she shall repurchase them upon request, 9 sales of asset items with recourse, in respect of which the credit risk remains with the selling institution, 10 assets purchased under outright forward purchase agreements, 11 forward forward deposits placed, 12 purchase and refinancing commitments, 13 undrawn credit commitments, 14 credit derivatives, 15 not yet capitalised rights to payments, under leasing agreements, which the lessee is or can be obliged to pay, and the lessee's option rights to buy the leased assets, which provide an incentive to exercise the option right, as well as 16 off-balance-sheet transactions, insofar as they are subject to a counterparty risk and are not included in numbers 1 to 14.

Section 19
84
(1a) 1
Derivatives within the meaning of this provision are futures or options contracts in the form of a purchase, exchange or similar transaction relating to an underlying, whose value is determined by the underlying and whose value can change in future owing to a deferred settlement date on the part of at least one contracting party, including financial contracts for differences. 2 The underlying within the meaning of sentence 1 can also be a derivative. (2) 1 Borrowers within the meaning of section 14 are deemed to be 1 two or more natural or legal persons or commercial partnerships if one of them can exercise a direct or indirect controlling influence over the other or others. A direct or indirect controlling influence applies in particular (a) in the case of all undertakings which are consolidated within the meaning of
section 290 (2) of the German Commercial Code, or
(b) in the case of all undertakings which are bound by agreements which provide that one undertaking is obliged to transfer its entire profit to another undertaking, or (c) if 50% or more of the voting rights or of the capital of an undertaking is held by another undertaking, irrespective of whether these shares are held in trust. 2 commercial partnerships or incorporated companies and each general partner, as well as other partnerships and each partner, 3 all undertakings that belong to the same group within the meaning of section 18 of the Companies Act (Aktiengesetz). 2 The general defining characteristics pursuant to sentences 1 and 3 shall be applied cumulatively. (3) Borrowers within the meaning of sections 15 to 18 (1) are deemed to be two or more natural or legal persons which form a group of connected clients pursuant to Article 4 (1) number 39 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. (4) (Repealed) (5) In the acquisition of monetary claims against payment, the seller of the claims shall be deemed to be the borrower within the meaning of sections 14 to 18 if he/she is responsible for the satisfaction of the transferred claim or is obliged to repurchase it at the purchaser’s request; otherwise, the claim debtor shall be deemed to be the borrower. (6) (Repealed)

Section 20
85
Section 20
Exceptions to the obligations pursuant to section 14 The following are not deemed to be loans within the meaning of section 14:
1 advance payments in exchange rate transactions which are settled within two business days of the advance payment under the usual clearing procedure; 2 advance payments in securities transactions which are settled within five business days of the advance payment under the usual clearing procedure; 3 in the case of the conduct of payment transactions including the execution of payment services, settlement and clearing in any currency and correspondent banking business or providing services for clients for the clearing, settlement and safe custody of financial instruments, late incoming payments on financing and other retail loans that run until the following business day at longest, 4 Monetary collateral deposited for clients in the context of financial market operations and whose agreed maturity or period of notice does not exceed one business day, 5 loans that are, in the case of the conduct of payment transactions including the execution of payment services, settlement and clearing in any currency and correspondent banking business, issued to institutions providing these services if the loans are repayable by the close of business, 6 exposures written off, and 7 drawings against credited amounts under the direct debit procedure which are marked “Subject to receipt” (“Eingang vorbehalten”).
Section 20a
(Repealed)
Section 20b
(Repealed)
Section 20c
(Repealed)
Section 21
Concept of exposure for sections 15 to 18 (1)
(1) 1
The following shall be deemed to be exposures within the meaning of sections 15 to 18 (1):
1 money loans of all types, monetary claims acquired against payment, acceptance credits and exposures arising from registered bonds, with the exception of registered Pfandbriefe and municipal bonds;

Section 21
86
2 the discounting of bills of exchange and cheques; 3 money claims arising from a credit institution's other commercial transactions, other than credit cooperatives' claims in respect of transactions in goods, unless these claims are prolonged beyond the customary period; 4 an institution's guarantees and other warranties and an institution's liability arising from the provision of collateral for third-party debts; 5 the obligation to meet money claims sold or to buy them back at the purchaser's request; 6 an institution’s ownership of stocks or shares in another undertaking amounting to at least a quarter of the associate undertaking's capital (nominal capital, sum total of the capital shares) irrespective of the duration of ownership; 7 assets in respect of which an institution, as the lessor, has concluded lease agreements, less any items created on account of the settlement or sale of claims arising from these lease agreements; such items may be deducted up to the book value of the respective leased asset. 2 Any collateral provided to, and balances maintained with, the institution by the borrower shall be disregarded. (2) The following shall not be deemed to be exposures within the meaning of sections 15 to 18:
1 loans granted to the Federal Government, a legally dependent special fund of the Federal Government or of a Land Government, a Land Government, a local authority or a local authority association; 2 unsecured claims on other institutions arising from balances maintained with those institutions and serving the purpose of financial investment only, which fall due within three months at the latest; claims of registered cooperative societies on their regional institutions, of savings banks on their regional institutions, and of such regional institutions on their central credit institutions may fall due later; 3 bills of exchange purchased from other institutions which an institution has accepted, endorsed or issued as promissory notes and which have a period to maturity of not more than three months and are normally traded in the money market; 4 exposures written off. (3) Section 15 (1) sentence 1 Nos 6 to 11 and section 18 shall not apply to 1 loans insofar as they satisfy the requirements of sections 14 and 16 (1) and (2) of the Pfandbrief Act (mortgages); 2 loans with periods to maturity of no more than 15 years secured by ship mortgages insofar as they satisfy the requirements of section 22 (1), (2) sentence 1 and (5)

Section 22
87 sentence 3, section 23 (1) and (4) as well as section 24 (2) in conjunction with (3) of the Pfandbrief Act; 3 loans granted to a domestic public-law legal person not specified in subsection (2) number 1, the European Union, the European Atomic Energy Community or the European Investment Bank; 4 loans which are guaranteed or secured in some other way by the Federal Government, one of its special funds, a Land Government, a local authority or a local authority association (publicly guaranteed loans). (4) The following are not deemed to be exposures and loans within the meaning of section 18 (1):
1 loans based on the acquisition against payment of a claim arising from non-banking commercial transactions if (a) claims arising from non-banking commercial transactions against the relevant debtor are acquired on an ongoing basis, (b) the seller of the claim is not responsible for the satisfaction of the claim, and (c) the claim falls due within three months of the date on which it was purchased; 2 exposures insofar as they are secured by collateral in the form of (a) cash on deposit with the lending institution or a third party institution which is the parent undertaking or a subsidiary of the lending institution, or cash which the institution receives under the issue of a credit linked note, or (b) certificates of deposit or similar paper issued by the lending institution or a third party institution which is the parent undertaking or a subsidiary of the lending institution that are lodged with such an institution, and the more detailed provisions of Articles 192 to 241 of Regulation (EU) No R575/2013 on credit risk mitigation are fulfilled.
Section 22
Statutory authorisation for loans of €1.5 million or more 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance shall be authorised to issue by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the Bundesrat, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, more detailed provisions on 1 determining the loan amounts and borrowers 2 calculating the credit equivalent amounts of derivatives as well as of securities repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing and of other transactions comparable thereto as well as calculating the warranties assumed for these transactions, 3 assigning exposures or loans to borrowers,

Section 22a
88
4 the contents of the reports, reporting deadlines and observation period pursuant to
section 14 (1) sentence 1,
5 additional data to be provided in the notification pursuant to section 14 (2) sentence 2 insofar as this is necessary owing to information which the Deutsche Bundesbank has received from central credit registers in other countries, 6 details concerning the data to be provided in the notification pursuant to section 14 (2) sentence 2, in particular the prerequisites for and the contents of the information feedback on the forecast probabilities of default, as well as the structure of this notification pursuant to section 14 (2) sentence 3, and 7 details concerning the electronic data transmission procedure pursuant to section 14 (2) sentence 6. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 Before the regulation is issued, the central associations of the institutions shall be consulted. Division 2a REFINANCING REGISTER
Section 22a
Register-keeping undertaking
(1) 1
If the refinancing undertaking is a credit institution or one of the entities mentioned in
section 2 (1) Nos 1 to 3a and if an undertaking within the meaning of section 1 (24)
sentence 1 numbers 1 to 6 is entitled to the transfer of a claim on the part of the refinancing undertaking or a lien on property held by the refinancing undertaking by way of collateral, these assets may be entered in a refinancing register kept by the refinancing undertaking; this applies accordingly to registered liens on aircraft and ship mortgages. 2 Each refinancing transaction is to be entered in a separate section. (1a) Subsection (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis if the exposures and mortgages are held in trust by the refinancing undertaking. (2) 1 This subsection shall not create an obligation on the part of the refinancing undertaking or the refinancing intermediary to keep a refinancing register. 2 The keeping of a register may cease or be transferred only under the conditions set out in section 22k. (3) It is not permissible to outsource register-keeping activities. (4) Subsections (1) to (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to refinancing intermediaries which are a credit institution or one of the entities mentioned in section 2 (1) numbers 1 to 3a.

Section 22b
89
Section 22b
Keeping a refinancing register for third parties (1) 1 If the refinancing undertaking is neither a credit institution nor one of the entities mentioned in section 2 (1) numbers 1 to 3a, the refinancing undertaking’s assets mentioned in section 22a (1) sentence 1, to which an undertaking within the meaning of section 1 (24) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 6 has a transfer claim, may be entered in a refinancing register kept by a credit institution or the KfW banking group. 2 If the refinancing register also contains assets which the register-keeping undertaking or another undertaking is obliged to transfer, then each obligor of transfer is to be entered in a separate section within the same refinancing register and each refinancing transaction is to be entered in a subsection of this
section.
(2) 1
If the refinancing undertaking is a credit institution for which the keeping of its own refinancing register constitutes an undue burden in terms of the nature and scope of its business operations, BaFin, upon the refinancing undertaking’s application, shall consent to the refinancing register being kept by another credit institution. 2 BaFin’s consent shall deem to have been given if it is not denied within one month of the application having been submitted. (3) Entries made for other credit institutions without BaFin’s permission pursuant to subsection (2) shall be invalid. (4) Section 22a (2) and (3), also in conjunction with (4), shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 22c
Refinancing intermediaries
Sections 22d to 22o apply accordingly to refinancing registers which are kept by a refinancing intermediary pursuant to section 22a (4) or for a refinancing intermediary pursuant to section 22b (4).
Section 22d
Refinancing registers
(1) 1
A refinancing register may be kept in electronic form provided that sufficient precautionary measures have been taken to prevent a loss of data. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance must lay down, by means of a statutory ordinance which does not require the Bundesrat’s approval, details regarding the form which a refinancing register should take as well as the way in which entries are to be made. 3 The Federal Ministry of Finance can transfer this authority to BaFin by means of a statutory ordinance. (2) 1 The register-keeping undertaking must record the following in the refinancing register.

Section 22d
90
1 the exposures or collateral to which the undertakings entered in the register as the parties entitled to transfer within the meaning of section 1 (24) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 6 have a transfer claim, 2 the entitled transferee 3 The date and time of registration. 4 If an asset serves as collateral, the legal basis, scope and ranking of the collateral as well as the date on which the contract containing the legal basis for the collateralisation was concluded. 2 With regard to numbers 1 and 4, the information entered shall be deemed to be sufficient if third parties, in particular, the administrator, the creditors’ trustee, BaFin or an insolvency administrator, are able to clearly define and identify the entries concerned. 3 If the transferee is a Pfandbrief bank, then it as well as the cover pool monitor appointed pursuant to section 7 (1) of the Pfandbrief Act shall be informed of the entry. 4 If the entitled transferee is an insurance undertaking, then it as well as the trustee appointed pursuant to section 70 of the Insurance Supervision Act is to be informed of the entry. (3) If data required pursuant to subsection (2) are lacking or if entries are incorrect or do not allow the details to be clearly defined and identified, the assets concerned shall be deemed not to have been entered properly. (4) 1 Receivables can also be registered and assigned to the entitled transferee after registration if transfer has been excluded through a verbal or implied agreement with the obligor. 2 This is without prejudice to section 354a of the Commercial Code as well as any statutory restraints on disposition. (5) 1 Entries may be deleted only with the consent of the entitled transferee. 2 If the entitled transferee is a Pfandbrief bank or an insurance undertaking, entries may be deleted only with the consent of the trustee of the Pfandbrief bank or the trustee of the insurance undertaking. 3 The date and time of deletion is to be recorded in all cases. Incorrect entries may be deleted with the administrator’s consent; (2) sentences 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5 The correction, the date and time of said correction, and the administrator’s consent are to be recorded in the refinancing register. 6 Re-registration without deletion of the previous entry shall not produce any legal effects. (6) The entitled transferee may, at any time, demand from the administrator an extract of the entries in the refinancing register which relate to the entitled transferee, on which the administrator has confirmed that this is identical with the record in the refinancing register.

Section 22e
91
Section 22e
Appointment of an administrator
(1) 1
Every register-keeping undertaking must appoint a natural person as an administrator of the refinancing register (the administrator). 2 The tenure of office shall expire upon cessation of the register or when a different person is appointed as the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register pursuant to section 22l (4) sentence 1. (2) 1 The administrator is appointed by BaFin on the recommendation of the register-keeping undertaking. 2 BaFin shall appoint the recommended person as the administrator if he appears to have the required independence, trustworthiness and expertise. 3 In making its decision, BaFin must take adequate account of the interests of the entitled transferee entered or to be entered in the refinancing register. (3) 1 The appointment may be for a limited period of time; BaFin may relieve the administrator from office at any time on objective professional grounds. 2 Subsection (2) sentence 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 If the administrator is employed or mandated by a party involved in a specific refinancing transaction, his appointment shall be suspended for the term of this refinancing transaction. (4) 1 A deputy administrator is to be appointed upon the register-keeping undertaking’s application. 2 An application is permissible at any time. 3 Subsections (2) and (3) shall apply accordingly to the appointment and dismissal of the deputy administrator. 4 If the administrator’s appointment is terminated pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 1, if the appointment is suspended or if the administrator is prevented from performing his tasks, the deputy administrator shall take his place. (5) 1 If, over a considerable period of time, an administrator is not available, if he is prevented from performing his tasks or if his appointment has been suspended without a deputy administrator taking his place, BaFin shall appoint a suitable administrator without consulting the register-keeping undertaking. 2 Subsection (2) sentence 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 The register-keeping undertaking must inform BaFin without delay if any of the circumstances described in sentence 1 arises. (6) 1 The administrator and his deputy shall be liable to the register-keeping undertaking and the transferees for their activities only in the case of intent or gross negligence. 2 The liability for damages of the administrator or deputy administrator shall be limited to €1 million for cases of gross negligence. 3 It cannot be contractually excluded or restricted. 4 f the administrator’s or deputy administrator's liability is covered by an insurance policy, an excess of one-and-a-half times the annual remuneration laid down pursuant to section 22i (1) shall be stipulated. 5 The register-keeping undertaking may conclude the insurance contract for the benefit of the administrator and the deputy administrator and pay the premiums.

Section 22f
92
Section 22f
Administrator’s relationship with BaFin
(1) The administrator shall provide BaFin with information about any findings and observations made in performing his/her tasks and shall also notify BaFin on his/her own initiative if circumstances exist which suggest that the register is not being kept properly. (2) The administrator is not bound by BaFin’s instructions.
Section 22g
Administrator’s tasks
(1) 1
The administrator is to ensure that the refinancing register is kept in accordance with regulations. 2 However, his tasks do not include checking whether the registered assets are the refinancing undertaking’s assets or registrable assets pursuant to section 22d (2). (2) 1 The administrator of the refinancing register shall ensure, in particular, that 1 the refinancing register contains the information required pursuant to section 22d (2); 2 the dates and times given in the refinancing register are correct; 3 the entries have not subsequently been altered. 2 In all other respects, the administrator of the refinancing register does not have to check whether the refinancing register’s contents are correct. (3) The administrator may make use of other persons and entities in performing his/her tasks.
Section 22h
Administrator’s relationship with the register-keeping undertaking and the refinancing undertaking (1) 1 The administrator is authorised to inspect the register-keeping undertaking’s books and documents at any time unless these are in no way connected with the keeping of the refinancing register. 2 In the cases cited in section 22b, the administrator also has the same powers vis-à-vis the refinancing undertaking. (2) 1 The administrator is bound to secrecy with regard to any facts of which he becomes aware through inspection of the register-keeping undertaking’s books and documents or those of the refinancing undertaking (should these undertakings not be identical). 2 He may notify BaFin or provide it with information only about facts connected with the monitoring of the refinancing register. (3) Disputes between the administrator and the register-keeping undertaking or, if different, the refinancing undertaking shall be settled by BaFin.

Section 22i
93
Section 22i
Administrator’s remuneration
(1) The administrator and his or her deputy shall receive from the register-keeping undertaking appropriate remuneration, the amount of which shall be set by BaFin, as well as reimbursement of reasonable expenses. (2) (Repealed) (3) Other than in the case stipulated in subsection (1), it is impermissible for the register￾keeping undertaking, the refinancing undertaking for which the register is kept and the entitled transferees to make payments to the administrator of the refinancing register.
Section 22j
Effects of entry in the refinancing register
1) 1
A refinancing undertaking’s assets which have been properly entered in a refinancing register can, in the event of the refinancing undertaking’s insolvency, be separated from the insolvent’s estate by the entitled transferee pursuant to section 47 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung). 2 The same applies to assets which supersede the assets properly entered in a refinancing register. 3 A transferee can raise an objection to orders or injunctions issued as part of compulsory enforcement or execution of attachment by way of litigation pursuant to section 771 of the Code of Civil Procedure (Zivilprozessordnung). (2) 1 Entry in the refinancing register does not limit the objections and pleas of third parties with regard to the registered receivables and rights. 2 If the assets entered in the refinancing register are separated from the insolvent’s estate or are transferred to the entitled transferee or to a third party by the entitled transferee, all objections and pleas can be put forward in the same way as in the event of assignment. 3 The provisions of section 1156 sentence 1 of the German Civil Code shall not apply. 4 If assets entered in the refinancing register serve as collateral for other assets, the collateral provider can put forward all objections and pleas laid down in the contract containing the legal basis for the collateralisation vis-à-vis the entitled transferee. 5 The provisions of section 1157 sentence 2 of the German Civil Code shall not apply. 6 This is without prejudice to section 22d (4) in conjunction with section 22j (1) sentences 1 and 2, however. (3) 1 The refinancing undertaking cannot offset any counterclaims against the entitled transferee’s claims for transfer of assets properly entered in a refinancing register and cannot assert any rights of retention. 2 Rights of avoidance on the part of its creditors pursuant to the Creditors’ Avoidance of Transfers Act (Anfechtungsgesetz) and sections 129 to 147 of the Insolvency Code shall remained unaffected. (4) The effects of sentences 1 to 3 do not prevent the refinancing undertaking, when selling the registered assets to the entitled transferee, from bearing the risk of their intrinsic value in whole or in part.

Section 22k
94
Section 22k
Cessation and transfer of register-keeping activities (1) 1 If all of the entitled transferees entered in the refinancing register and, if the entitled transferee is a Pfandbrief bank or an insurance undertaking, the trustee of the Pfandbrief bank or the trustee of the insurance undertaking consent thereto, the keeping of the refinancing register may cease one month after BaFin has been notified thereof 2 If all of the entitled transferees entered in a refinancing register and, if the entitled transferee is a Pfandbrief bank or an insurance undertaking, the trustee of the Pfandbrief bank or the trustee of the insurance undertaking consent thereto, the keeping of a register may be transferred under BaFin’s supervision to a suitable credit institution provided that the registered assets are those of the credit institution taking over the register or the conditions set out in section 22b regarding the keeping of a refinancing register for third parties have been fulfilled.
2) 1
Furthermore, the keeping of the register shall cease if BaFin deems the register-keeping undertaking to be unsuitable for this activity. 2 In this case, the keeping of the register shall be transferred under BaFin’s supervision to a credit institution which BaFin deems to be suitable for this activity. 3 The provisions of section 22b regarding the keeping of a refinancing register for third parties shall apply mutatis mutandis. (3) Subsection (2) shall not apply if insolvency proceedings are initiated over the assets of an undertaking which keeps a refinancing register not only for third parties.
Section 22l
Appointment of a creditors’ trustee upon the initiation of insolvency proceedings (1) 1 If insolvency proceedings are initiated over the assets of an undertaking which keeps a refinancing register not only for third parties, the insolvency court, upon BaFin’s application, shall appoint one or two natural persons proposed by BaFin as the creditors’ trustee(s) of the refinancing register (the creditors’ trustee(s)). 2 The court may deviate from BaFin’s proposal(s) if this appears necessary to ensure proper cooperation between the insolvency administrator and the creditors’ trustee(s). 3 The creditors’ trustee shall receive a certificate of appointment, which he should return to the insolvency court at the end of his tenure. (2) 1 BaFin shall submit an application pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 if, after consulting the entitled transferees, this appears necessary for the orderly management of the assets entered in the refinancing register. 2 BaFin is to nominate the administrator of the refinancing register as the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register or, if the administrator is not available or permanently prevented from performing his tasks, the deputy administrator or another suitable natural person. 3 The creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register is to be dismissed at BaFin’s request if there is good reason for doing so. (3) 1 If it appears necessary to appoint a second creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register to ensure the proper management of the assets entered in the refinancing register, BaFin, after consulting the transferees, can submit a further request pursuant to subsection (1)

Section 22m
95 sentence 1. 2
If it submits such an application, it is to nominate the deputy administrator of the refinancing register or, if there is no deputy, another suitable natural person. (4) 1 If a person other than the administrator is appointed as the creditors’ trustee, the administrator’s appointment shall expire. 2 The creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register shall take up this position. 3 Sentences 1 and 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the deputy administrator.
Section 22m
Announcement of the appointment of a creditors’ trustee (1) 1 The insolvency court must publicly announce and inform the relevant court of registration about the appointment or dismissal of a creditors’ trustee without delay. 2 The appointment and dismissal of a creditors’ trustee is to be entered officially in the Commercial Register following announcement. 3 These entries are not publicly announced. 4 The provisions of
section 15 of the Commercial Code shall not apply.
(2) 1
1If rights on the part of the register-keeping undertaking which are already entered in the land register ( are entered in the refinancing register, then the appointment of a creditors’ trustee shall be entered in the land register (Grundbuch) at the request of either the insolvency court or the creditors’ trustee if the type of rights concerned and circumstances suggest that the transferees’ interests could be at risk without such registration. 2 Sentence 1 shall apply as appropriate to rights on the part of the register-keeping undertaking which are entered in the shipping register (Schiffsregister), the shipbuilding register (Schiffsbauregister) or the register of liens on aircraft (Register für Pfandrechte an Luftfahrzeugen).
Section 22n
Legal position of the creditors’ trustee
(1) 1
The creditors’ trustee shall be subject to supervision by the insolvency court. 2 The insolvency court can ask the creditors’ trustee in particular for information or a report on the situation and the management at any time. 3 In addition, it shall be incumbent upon the creditors’ trustee to perform the duties of an administrator. 4 The creditors’ trustee and the insolvency administrator must provide one another with all information which may be of significance for the insolvency proceedings over the assets of the register-keeping undertaking and for managing the assets entered in the refinancing register. (2) 1 If the register-keeping undertaking was authorised to manage and dispose of the assets entered in the refinancing register, this right shall pass to the creditors’ trustee. 2 In consultation with the insolvency administrator, the creditors’ trustee shall use all of the register-keeping undertaking’s facilities that are required for the management of the registered assets. (3) 1 If the register-keeping undertaking disposes of an asset entered in the refinancing register after the creditors’ trustee has been appointed, this disposal shall be ineffective. 2 The

Section 22o
96 provisions of sections 892 and 893 of the German Civil Code, sections 16 and 17 of the Act Governing Rights in Registered Ships and Ships under Construction (Gesetz über Rechte an eingetragenen Schiffen und Schiffsbauwerken) and sections 16 and 17 of the Act Governing Rights in Aircraft (Gesetz über Rechte an Luftfahrzeugen) shall remain unaffected. 3 If the register-keeping undertaking disposes of an asset on the day on which the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register is appointed, it shall be assumed that the disposal occurred after the appointment. (4) 1 In performing his management activities, the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register must exercise the diligence of a prudent and conscientious creditors’ trustee. 2 If the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register breaches his duties, the entitled transferees and the register-keeping undertaking can demand compensation for the damage resulting therefrom. 3 This shall not apply if the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register is not responsible for the breach of duty. (5) 1 The creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register shall receive appropriate remuneration and reimbursement of his expenses from BaFin. 2 The amounts paid are to be refunded separately to BaFin by the entitled transferees on a pro rata basis depending on the number of assets registered on their behalf and, at BaFin’s request, shall be paid in advance. 3 If the refinancing register is kept for third parties, these parties as well as the entitled transferees, as joint and several debtors, shall be obliged to make refunds and advance payments. 4
Section 22i (2) and (3) sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5
Section 22i (3) sentence 2
shall apply mutatis mutandis subject to the proviso that BaFin is to file an application for removal with the insolvency court.
Section 22o
Appointment of a creditors’ trustee in the event of imminent insolvency (1) 1 Under the conditions set out in section 46, upon BaFin’s application, the court with jurisdiction at the register-keeping undertaking’s domicile shall appoint one or two persons as the creditors’ trustee(s). 2 BaFin shall submit an application pursuant to sentence 1 if, after consulting the entitled transferees, this appears necessary for the orderly management of the assets entered in the refinancing register. 3 In the event of imminent risk, this consultation shall be waived. 4 In this case, the entitled transferees shall be consulted afterwards without delay. (2) 1 The provisions of sections 22l to 22n shall apply with regard to the appointment and dismissal as well as the legal position of a creditors’ trustee appointed under these circumstances, whereby the court with jurisdiction at the register-keeping undertaking’s domicile shall take the place of the insolvency court. 2 A good reason within the meaning of
section 22l (2) sentence 3 shall be deemed to exist, in particular, if the conditions set out in
section 46a are no longer applicable. 3
In this case, BaFin is to appoint an administrator from among the creditors’ trustees.

Section 22p
97
(3) 1
If insolvency proceedings are initiated over the assets of a register-keeping undertaking after a creditors’ trustee has been appointed in accordance with subsections (3) and (2) then, for the period following the initiation of insolvency proceedings, the creditors’ trustee shall be regarded as having been appointed by the insolvency court upon the initiation of insolvency proceedings. 2 The insolvency court shall take the place of the court with jurisdiction at the register-keeping undertaking’s domicile. 3 The court with jurisdiction at the register-keeping undertaking’s domicile must hand over to the insolvency court all documents in connection with the appointment and supervision of the creditors’ trustee of the refinancing register. Division 3 CUSTOMERS’ RIGHTS
Section 22p
(Repealed)
Division 4 ADVERTISING, AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS OF INSTITUTIONS
Section 23
Advertising
(1) To counteract misleading advertising by institutions, BaFin may prohibit certain kinds of advertising. (2) Before general measures are taken under subsection (1), the central associations of the institutions and the consumer protection associations shall be consulted.
Section 23a
Guarantee scheme
(1) 1
An institution which conducts banking business within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 numbers 1, 4 or 10 or which provides financial services within the meaning of
section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 shall inform customers who are not institutions in
its price list of its membership of a scheme designed to safeguard the claims of depositors and investors (guarantee scheme). 2 In addition, the institution shall inform customers who are not institutions, in an easily comprehensible text form, prior to commencing a commercial relationship about the guarantee provisions, including the scope and amount of the guarantee. 3 If deposits and other repayable funds are not guaranteed, the institution shall draw attention to this fact in its General Terms and Conditions, in its price list and in a prominent position in the contract documents before the commercial relationship commences, unless the repayable funds are securitised by mortgage bonds, municipal bonds or other debt securities which satisfy the conditions of Article 52 (4) sentences 1 and 2 of Directive 2009/65/EC. 4 The information in the contract documents pursuant to sentence 3

Section 24
98 shall not include any other statements, and must be signed separately by the customer. 5 In addition, information must be available upon request on the terms and conditions of the guarantee scheme, including the requisite formalities for asserting compensation claims. (2) If an institution withdraws from a guarantee scheme, it shall report this fact without delay in text form to its customers which are not institutions, to BaFin and to the Deutsche Bundesbank. Division 5 SPECIAL DUTIES OF INSTITUTIONS, THEIR SENIOR MANAGERS, FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES, MIXED-ACTIVITY FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES AND MIXED-ACTIVITY HOLDING COMPANIES
Section 24
Reports
(1) An institution shall report to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay 1 the intention to appoint a senior manager and to authorise a person to represent the institution in all aspects of its business, stating the facts which are germane to assessing his/her trustworthiness, professional qualifications and sufficient availability to exercise his/her respective tasks, as well as the realisation, withdrawal or change of that intention; 2 the retirement of a senior manager and the revocation of the authorisation to represent the institution in all aspects of its business; 3 changes in the legal form, unless authorisation is already required pursuant to section 32 (1), and changes in the firm name; 4 a loss amounting to 25% of eligible capital pursuant to Article 4 (1) number 71 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; 5 the relocation of the office or domicile; 6 the establishment, relocation and closure of a branch in a non-EEA state and the commencement and termination of the provision of cross-border services without establishing a branch; 7 the discontinuation of business operations; 8 the intention of its governing bodies appointed according to law and its articles of association to bring about a decision on the institution's liquidation; 9 a fall in the initial capital below the minimum requirements pursuant to section 33 (1) sentence 1 number 1, and the discontinuation of appropriate insurance cover pursuant to section 33 (1) sentences 2 and 3; 10 the acquisition or disposal of a major participating interest in its own institution, the reaching, exceeding or falling below the thresholds for participating interests of 20%,

Section 24
99
30% and 50% of the voting rights or capital, and the fact that the institution becomes or ceases to be the subsidiary of another undertaking, as soon as the forthcoming change in these participatory relationships comes to the institution's attention; 11 each case in which the counterparty to a securities repurchase agreement, reverse repo, or a lending transaction in securities or commodities did not discharge his/her settlement obligations; 12 the emergence of, change in or termination of a close link with another natural person or another undertaking; 13 the emergence of, change in the level or termination of a qualifying participating interest in other undertakings; 14 the submission of a draft recommendation pursuant to section 25a (5) sentence 6; 14a the approval of a higher variable remuneration component pursuant to section 25a (5) sentence 5 stating the approved increase of the variable remuneration component in relation to the fixed remuneration component; 15 the appointment of a member of the supervisory body, stating the facts which are germane to assessing his/her trustworthiness, professional expertise and sufficient availability to exercise his/her respective tasks; 15a the retirement of a member of the supervisory body; 16 a change in the ratio of balance sheet capital to the sum of total assets, off-balance￾sheet liabilities and the replacement cost for claims arising from off-balance-sheet transactions (modified balance sheet capital ratio) of at least 5% based on the monthly return pursuant to section 25 (1) sentence 1 or the monthly balance sheet statistics pursuant to section 25 (1) sentence 3, in each case at the end of a quarter, in relation to the institution's approved annual accounts; where the institution prepares its accounts according to international accounting standards or is required to prepare interim accounts under the German Securities Trading Act, a corresponding change in the modified balance sheet capital ratio shall also be reported based on the interim accounts in relation to the approved annual accounts according to international accounting standards; 17 loans (a) to limited partners, to shareholders in a private or public limited company or in a limited partnership company, or to shareholders in a public institution if they own more than 25% of the capital (nominal capital, total amount of capital shares) of the institution, or if they hold more than 25% of the voting rights, if these have not been granted on market terms or if they are not adequately secured in line with banking practice, and (b) to persons who have granted loans, insofar as these are not loans pursuant to letter (a), pursuant to Article 26 (1) letter (a) and Article 51 letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, if these are more than 25% of the Tier 1 capital pursuant to Article 25 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended

Section 24
100 without taking account of capital pursuant to Article 26 (1) letter (a) and Article 51 letter (a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, if these have not been granted on market terms or if they are not adequately secured in line with banking practice. (1a) An institution shall report to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank annually 1 its close links with other natural persons or undertakings, 2 its qualifying participating interests in other undertakings, 3 the name and address of any holder of a major participating interest in the reporting institution and in the undertakings subordinated to it as described in section 10a that are domiciled abroad, as well as the amounts of these participating interests, 4 the number of its domestic branches, 5 the modified balance sheet capital ratio based on the approved annual accounts, 6 the classification as a major institution pursuant to section 17 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung) of 16 December 2013 (Federal Law Gazette I page 4270) as well as a change in this classification, 7 if the institution is a CRR institution, the information that is required by the European Banking Authority to compare remuneration trends and practices within the meaning of Article 75 (1) of Directive 2013/36/EU in conjunction with Article 450 (1) letters (g) and (h) of the Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, and 8 if the institution is a CRR institution, the information pertaining to senior managers and members of staff that earn total annual remuneration of at least €1 million within the meaning of Article 75 (1) of Directive 2013/36/EU in conjunction with Article 450 (1) letter (i) of the Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended that the European Banking Authority requires for publishing aggregate information. (1b) 1 When reporting a loan pursuant to subsection (1) number 17, the institution must state the collateral provided and the terms of the loan. 2 Such loans which it has reported pursuant to subsection (1) number 17 shall be reported once again to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay if the collateral provided or the terms of the loans are contractually altered, together with the corresponding alterations. 3 BaFin may require institutions to submit to itself and to the Deutsche Bundesbank every five years a summary report of the loans to be reported pursuant to subsection (1) number 17. (2) An institution intending to merge with another institution within the meaning of this Act or with an e-money institution or a payment institution within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act shall report this fact to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. (2a) A member of a supervisory body of a CRR institution that is of major importance within the meaning of section 25d (3) sentence 7, of a financial holding company or a mixed financial holding company shall inform BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay

Section 24
101 about the commencement and termination of activities as a senior manager or member of the supervisory board of another undertaking. (3) 1 A senior manager of an institution and the persons who actually manage the business of a financial holding company or a mixed financial holding company shall report to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay 1 the commencement and termination of activities as a senior manager or member of the supervisory board of another undertaking, and 2 the acquisition and disposal of a direct participating interest in an undertaking, as well as any changes in the amount of such a participating interest. 2 A direct participating interest within the meaning of sentence 1 number 2 shall be deemed to be the holding of at least 25% of the undertaking's capital. (3a) 1 A financial holding company shall report to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay 1 the intention to appoint a person who is actually to manage the business of the financial holding company, stating the facts which are germane to assessing his/her trustworthiness, professional qualifications and sufficient availability to exercise his/her respective tasks, as well as the realisation of that intention; 2 the retirement of any person who has actually managed the business of the financial holding company; 3 changes to the structure of the financial holding group which mean that the group will, in future, be active across sectors; 4 the appointment of a member of the supervisory body, stating the facts which are germane to assessing his/her trustworthiness, professional expertise and sufficient availability to exercise his/her respective tasks; 5 the retirement of a member of the supervisory body. 2 A financial holding company shall submit to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank annually a summary report of those institutions, German asset management companies, financial undertakings, ancillary service providers and payment institutions within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act, that are subordinated undertakings within the meaning of
section 10a. 3
BaFin will transmit a list of these to the competent agencies of the other EEA states, the European Banking Authority and the European Commission pursuant to sentence 1. 4 The establishment, modification or discontinuation of such participating interests or corporate relationships shall be reported to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. 5 Sentence 1 numbers 1 and 2 in respect of the persons who actually manage the business of this undertaking, sentence 1 numbers 4 and 5 in respect of members of the supervisory body of this undertaking as well as sentences 2 to 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to mixed financial holding companies.

Section 24a
102
(3b) BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank may impose additional notification and reporting requirements on institutions or certain types or categories of institutions, in particular in order to obtain more in-depth insights into developments in the institutions' financial situation, into their principles of proper management or into the abilities of members of the institution's governing bodies where this is necessary to fulfil the tasks of BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank. (4) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance, acting in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, may issue by way of a statutory order more detailed provisions on the nature, scope, timing and form of the reports and on the submission of the documentation provided for in this Act, as well as on the permissible data carriers, transmission channels and data formats, and may supplement the existing reporting requirements by the obligation to submit summary reports and summary lists, insofar as this is necessary for the performance of BaFin's tasks and especially to enable it to obtain consistent records for assessing the banking business conducted and financial services provided by institutions. 2 It may delegate this authority by way of a statutory order to BaFin, provided that statutory orders of BaFin are issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 The central associations of the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued.
Section 24a
Establishment of a branch and provision of cross-border services in other EEA states (1) 1 A CRR credit institution or securities trading firm shall report the intention to establish a branch in another EEA state to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay pursuant to sentence 2. 2 The report shall contain the following particulars 1 the member state in which the branch is to be established, 2 a business plan indicating the nature of the planned business and the organisational structure of the branch and any intention to use tied agents, 3 the address from which the institution's records can be requested in the host member state and to which documents can be delivered, and 4 the names of the managers of the branch. (2) 1 If there is no reason to doubt the suitability of the institution's organisational structure and financial standing, BaFin will forward the particulars pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 to the competent authorities of the host member state within two months of receiving the complete documentation and will inform the reporting institution of this. 2 BaFin will also inform the competent authorities of the host member state about the amount of own funds and the adequacy of own funds and, if applicable, about the deposit guarantee scheme or investor compensation scheme to which the institution belongs or about its comparable protection arrangements within the meaning of section 23a (1) sentence 1. 3 If BaFin does not forward the particulars pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 to the competent authorities of the host member state, it will notify the institution of its reasons for not doing so within two months of receiving all the particulars pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2. 4 After the report

Section 24a
103 has been forwarded to the competent authorities of the host member state, the institution may take up activities in the other state after receiving a corresponding notification from these authorities or after the expiry of a two-month period at the latest. (3) 1 Subsection (1) sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the intention to conduct banking business, to provide financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1, 1a, 1c, 2 to 4, 9 and 10 or sentence 3 or to engage in activities pursuant to
section 1 (3) sentence 1 numbers 2 to 8 or to provide credit reports or offer to rent out safe
deposit boxes or, in the case of CRR credit institutions, payment services within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act in another EEA state by way of cross-border services. 2 The report shall specify the state in which the cross-border service is to be provided and shall contain a business plan specifying the intended activities and whether tied agents are to be used in this state. 3 If there is no reason to doubt the suitability of the institution's organisational structure and financial situation, BaFin will notify the competent authorities of the host member state within one month of receiving the report. 4 The institution must wait until the competent authorities of the host member state have been notified within this period before it takes up activities in the other state. 5 Otherwise, BaFin will inform the institution without delay of its non-notification and its reasons for such non-notification. (3a) 1 If the operator of a multilateral trading system intends to grant trading participants in other states direct access to its trading system, it shall notify BaFin if this is the first time a trading participant in the country in question has been granted access. 2 BaFin will notify the competent authorities of the host member state of such intention within one month of receiving the report. 3 Upon request, the operator shall provide BaFin with the names of the trading participants from this state. 4 At the request of the competent authorities of the host member state, BaFin will disclose this information within a reasonable period of time. (3b) 1 If a financial services institution within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 intends to use tied agents for an activity within the meaning of subsection (3), BaFin will, at the request of the competent authorities of the host member state, inform them, within a reasonable period of time, of the name or the names of the tied agents which the institution in this state intends to use. 2 Sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the request of a host member state that it be advised of the names of the members of or participants in a domestically domiciled multilateral trading system which intends to provide such systems in this host member state. (3c) 1 Subsections (1) to (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to financial services institutions that engage in factoring within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9 or finance leasing within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 10 and that intend to establish a branch or provide cross-border services in other EEA states, provided that the conditions contained in section 53b (7) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 7 are met. 2 Subsection (2) sentence 2 shall apply with the proviso that the competent authority of the host member state is informed about the amount and composition of the financial services institution's own funds and the total risk exposure amounts calculated pursuant to Article 92 (3) and (4) of
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the credit institution which is its parent undertaking.

Section 24b
104
(4) 1
If changes occur in the circumstances reported pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 or subsection (3) sentence 2, the institution shall notify BaFin, the Deutsche Bundesbank and the competent authorities of the host member state of these changes in writing at least one month before the changes become effective. 2 The notification requirement pursuant to sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to an institution which has established its branch in another EEA state prior to the date on which it comes under the obligation to submit a report pursuant to subsection (1). 3 An institution which has established a branch pursuant to subsection (1) shall report any changes in the situation regarding the deposit guarantee scheme or investor compensation scheme or the comparable protection arrangements within the meaning of section 23a (1) sentence 1 to BaFin, the Deutsche Bundesbank and the competent authorities of the host member state at least one month before the changes become effective. 4 BaFin will inform the competent authorities of the host member state of the changes pursuant to sentence 3. (5) The Federal Ministry of Finance will be authorised, by way of a statutory order, to lay down whether subsections (1), (2) and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the use of a tied agent that is domiciled or habitually resident in another EEA state and that subsections (2) and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the establishment of a branch in a non-EEA state, insofar as this is necessary in the context of the right of establishment under agreements of the European Union with non-EEA states. (6) (Repealed)
Section 24b
Participation in payment and securities transfer and settlement systems as well as interoperable systems (1) 1 An institution shall report the intention to operate a system pursuant to section 1 (16) to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay and shall name the participants. 2 This also applies to any subsequent change in the group of participants and to agreements on the operation of interoperable systems. 3 The Deutsche Bundesbank will notify the European Securities and Markets Authority of the systems reported to it after having satisfied itself of the appropriateness of the rules governing the system. 4 In the case of an agreement on the operation of interoperable systems, the Deutsche Bundesbank will verify whether the rules of the systems involved concerning the timing of submission and the irrevocability of orders are compatible. (2) The institution shall provide information on the systems within the meaning of subsection (1) in which it is involved and on the basic rules governing their mode of operation to all parties which can demonstrate that they have a legitimate interest in the matter. (3) 1 An institution that operates a system pursuant to section 1 (16) shall grant CRR credit institutions domiciled in another EEA state equal access to the system according to the same transparent and objective criteria as apply to domestic participants in this system. 2 This is without prejudice to the institution's right to deny access for justified commercial reasons.

Section 24c
105
(4) The Federal Ministry of Finance will be authorised to issue a statutory order in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank regulating the details of the reporting requirements, notification of the European Securities and Markets Authority pursuant to subsection (1), the right to information pursuant to subsection (2) and the right to access pursuant to subsection (3). (5) Subsections (1) to (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to system operators which are not an institution.
Section 24c
Automated access to account details
(1) 1
Credit institutions shall maintain a data file in which they must store the following data without delay 1 the number of any account which is subject to the obligation to verify proof of identity within the meaning of section 154 (2) sentence 1 of the Fiscal Code or of a safe custody account, as well as the dates on which the account was opened and closed, 2 the name – and for natural persons the date of birth – of the holder and of any party authorised to draw on the account, as well as – in the cases specified in section 3 (1) number 3 of the Money Laundering Act – the name and, if available, the address of any other economic beneficiary within the meaning of section 1 (6) of the Money Laundering Act. 2 A new data record shall be created without delay for each change in the data entered pursuant to sentence 1. 3 The data shall be deleted three years after the account or safe custody account has been closed. 4 In the case of sentence 2 the previous data record shall be deleted three years after the new data record has been created. 5 The credit institution shall ensure that BaFin has automated access at all times to the data entered in the data file pursuant to sentence 1 by means of a procedure of BaFin's choice. 6 The institution shall ensure by means of technical and organisational measures that it cannot monitor such data retrievals. (2) BaFin may access individual data entered in the data file pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 insofar as this is necessary to enable it to perform its prudential functions under this Act or the Money Laundering Act, in particular with respect to unauthorised banking business and financial services or the misuse of the institutions by means of money laundering or fraudulent activities to the detriment of the institutions, and if there is particular urgency in individual cases. (3) 1 Upon request, BaFin will provide information entered in the data file pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 to

Section 24c
106
1 the supervisory authorities pursuant to section 9 (1) sentence 4 number 2 insofar as this is necessary to enable them to perform their prudential functions under the conditions set out in subsection (2), 2 the authorities or courts responsible for providing international judicial assistance in criminal cases, and otherwise for the prosecution and punishment of criminal offences, insofar as this is necessary to enable them to perform their statutory functions, 3 the national authority responsible for imposing restrictions on capital transfers and payment transactions pursuant to the Foreign Trade and Payments Act insofar as this is necessary to enable it to perform its functions ensuing from the Foreign Trade and Payments Act or from legal instruments of the European Union in connection with restrictions on economic and financial relations. 2 BaFin will access the data stored in the data files by means of an automated procedure and transmit them to the authority making the request. 3 BaFin will verify the permissibility of such transmission only if it has particular grounds for doing so. 4 The responsibility for the permissibility of the transmission shall lie with the authority making the request. 5 BaFin may, pursuant to section 4b of the Federal Data Protection Act, provide foreign agencies with information from the data file pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 for the purposes described in sentence 1. 6
Section 9 (1) sentences 5 and 6 and subsection (2) shall apply
mutatis mutandis. 7
This is without prejudice to the provisions on international judicial assistance in criminal matters. (4) 1 For the purpose of monitoring compliance with data protection rules on the part of the competent agency, BaFin will log the time of each data retrieval, the data used during the retrieval, the data retrieved, the name of the retriever, the reference number and, if the data are retrieved at the request of another agency, the name of that agency and its reference number. 2 The log data may not be used for any other purposes. 3 The log data will be kept for at least 18 months and will be deleted after two years at the latest. (5) 1 The credit institution shall put in place, at its own expense, all the measures necessary for the automated data access in its area of responsibility. 2 These include, in each case in accordance with the relevant BaFin provisions, the procurement of the equipment necessary to ensure confidentiality and protection against unauthorised access, the installation of a suitable telecommunications link and participation in the closed user system, as well as the ongoing provision of these facilities. (6) 1 The credit institution and BaFin shall put in place state-of-the-art measures to safeguard data protection and data security, which in particular shall guarantee the confidentiality and integrity of the retrieved and transmitted data. 2 The state of the art will be defined by BaFin in consultation with the Federal Office for Information Security (Bundesamt für Sicherheit in der Informationstechnik) by a procedure of BaFin's choice.

Section 25
107
(7) 1
The Federal Ministry of Finance may, by way of a statutory order, permit exemptions from the obligation to transmit data by means of an automated procedure. 2 It may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order. (8) Insofar as the Deutsche Bundesbank and the Federal Republic of Germany – Finance Agency (Bundesrepublik Deutschland – Finanzagentur GmbH) maintain accounts and safe custody accounts for third parties, they will be deemed to be credit institutions within the meaning of subsections (1), (5) and (6).
Section 25
Financial information, information on internal capital adequacy; authority to issue orders (1) 1 Institutions shall report information on their financial situation (financial information) to the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay after the end of each quarter. 2 In addition, credit institutions shall report information on their internal capital adequacy pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 and on the procedures pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 2 (internal capital adequacy information) to the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay once a year on a date specified by BaFin. 3 BaFin may shorten the reporting period pursuant to sentences 1 and 2 for an institution insofar as this is necessary for the fulfilment of BaFin's tasks. 4 The Deutsche Bundesbank shall forward the information pursuant to sentences 1 and 2 to BaFin along with its comments; BaFin may waive the forwarding of certain information pursuant to sentences 1 and 2. (2) 1 Superordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a shall also submit consolidated financial information to the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay after the end of each quarter. 2 If the group within the meaning of section 10a (1) includes a credit institution domiciled in Germany, superordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a shall also report consolidated group internal capital adequacy information to the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay once a year on a date specified by BaFin. 3 BaFin may shorten the reporting period pursuant to sentences 1 and 2 for a subordinated undertaking insofar as this is necessary for the fulfilment of BaFin's tasks. 4 Subsection (1) sentence 4 and section 10a (4) and (5) on the consolidation methodology, section 10a (10) on the subconsolidation of subsidiaries in non-EEA states and Article 11 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on the duty to provide information shall apply mutatis mutandis to the information pursuant to sentences 1 and 2. 5 In addition, section 25a (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the information pursuant to sentence 2. (3) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance shall be authorised to issue by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the Bundesrat, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, more detailed provisions on the nature and scope and on the permissible data storage media, transmission channels and data formats of the financial information and the internal capital adequacy information, in particular to gain an insight into developments in institutions' assets and liabilities position and profitability as well as into developments in the risk situation and risk management procedures of credit institutions, on additional information

Section 25a
108 as well as on a shortening of the reporting period pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 3 or subsection (2) sentence 3 for certain types or groups of institutions insofar as this is necessary to enable BaFin to perform its functions. 2 The information may also relate to subordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a, to subsidiaries domiciled in or outside Germany which are not included in supervision on a consolidated basis and to mixed-activity holding companies with subordinated institutions; the mixed-activity holding companies shall transmit the requisite data to the institutions. 3 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate the authority to issue a statutory order to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank.
Section 25a
Particular organisational duties; authority to issue orders (1) 1 An institution shall have in place a proper business organisation which ensures compliance with the legal provisions to be observed by the institution as well as business requirements. 2 The management board is responsible for ensuring the institution’s proper business organisation; it shall take the necessary measures to formulate the applicable internal guidelines except where such decisions are taken by the supervisory board. 3 A proper business organisation shall comprise, in particular, appropriate and effective risk management, on the basis of which an institution shall continuously safeguard its internal capital adequacy; risk management shall comprise, in particular, 1 the definition of strategies, in particular the definition of a business strategy geared to the institution’s sustainable development and a risk strategy that is consistent therewith, as well as the establishment of processes for planning, implementing, assessing and adjusting the strategies; 2 processes for determining and safeguarding internal capital adequacy, which shall be based on a conservative determination of risks and of the available financial resources to cover them; 3 the establishment of internal control mechanisms consisting of an internal control system and an internal audit function, whereby the internal control system shall comprise, in particular, (a) rules on the organisational and operational structure that include a clear delineation of competencies, (b) processes for identifying, assessing, managing as well as monitoring and reporting risks in accordance with the criteria laid down in Title VII, Chapter 2
Section II Sub-Section 2 of Directive 2013/36/EU, and
(c) a risk control function and a compliance function; 4 adequate staffing and technical and organisational resources; 5 the definition of an adequate contingency plan, especially for IT systems, and

Section 25a
109
6 suitable and transparent remuneration systems for both management board members and employees geared to the institution’s sustainable development, paying due regard to subsection (5); this shall not apply if remuneration has been regulated in a collective agreement or, within its scope of application, in an agreement between the social partners applying the provisions of the collective agreement or, on the basis of a collective agreement, in a plant-level or service agreement. 4 Risk management shall be geared to the nature, scope, complexity and riskiness of the institution's business activities 5 The institution shall regularly review the appropriateness and effectiveness of its risk management. 6 A proper business organisation shall additionally comprise 1 appropriate rules by means of which the institution’s financial situation can be gauged with sufficient accuracy at all times; 2 complete documentation of business operations permitting seamless monitoring by BaFin for its area of responsibility; requisite records shall be retained for at least five years; this is without prejudice to section 257 (4) of the Commercial Code; section 257 (3) and (5) of the Commercial Code shall apply mutatis mutandis; 3 a procedure which enables employees, whilst ensuring that their identity is kept confidential, to report to competent agencies breaches of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or of this Act or of statutory orders issued on the basis of this Act as well as any criminal actions committed within the undertaking. (2) 1 BaFin may lay down provisions on the modelling of a sudden and unexpected change in interest rates and on the methodology for computing the impact on the present value of the interest rate risk arising from non-trading book business. 2 In individual cases, BaFin may issue to an institution orders that are appropriate and necessary for ensuring a proper business organisation within the meaning of subsection (1) sentences 3 and 6 and for ensuring compliance with the provisions of sentence 1. (3) 1 Subsections (1) and (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups as well as to institutions within the meaning of Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 subject to the proviso that the senior managers of the superordinated undertaking are responsible for the proper business organisation of the group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group. 2 A group within the meaning of sentence 1 shall also include subsidiaries of a superordinated undertaking or of a subordinated subsidiary of a group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group which is not subject to either Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or section 1a. 3 The obligations resulting from inclusion in risk management at group level shall be fulfilled by group subsidiaries which are domiciled in a non-EEA state only insofar as these obligations do not conflict with
applicable the law in the subsidiary’s home state. (4) (Repealed)

Section 25a
110
(5) 1
Institutions shall set appropriate ratios between the variable and fixed annual remuneration components for employees and management board members. 2 In the absence of a decision pursuant to sentence 5, the variable remuneration component shall not exceed 100% of the fixed remuneration component for each individual employee or management board member. 3 Institutions may discount the future value of up to 25% of the variable remuneration component to the point in time when the respective employees or management board members are notified of the amount of the variable remuneration component for an assessment period, provided that this part of the variable remuneration component is paid in the form of instruments which are deferred for at least five years after this notification is given. 4 In cases of deferral, an entitlement and expectant right to this part of the variable remuneration component shall vest only after the deferral period has elapsed, and during the deferral period individuals shall solely have an entitlement to correct calculation of the unvested portion of this part of the variable remuneration component and not to this part of the variable remuneration component itself. 5 The shareholders, proprietors or members of the institution may decide whether to approve a higher variable remuneration component than that stipulated in sentence 2; this higher remuneration component shall not exceed 200% of the fixed remuneration component for each individual employee or management board member. 6 To seek approval of a higher variable remuneration component for employees than that stipulated in sentence 2 the management board and the supervisory board, and to seek approval of a higher variable remuneration component for members of the management board than that stipulated in sentence 2 the supervisory board only, shall submit a recommendation; the recommendation shall specify the reasons for the requested approval of a higher variable remuneration component than that stipulated in sentence 2 and its scope, including the number of employees and management board members affected together with their functions, as well as the expected impact of a higher variable remuneration component than that stipulated in sentence 2 on the requirement to maintain an adequate capital base. 7 The shareholders, owners or members of the institution shall be given sufficient notice of the recommendation to enable them to gather adequate information; where the shareholders, owners or members exercise their rights in the context of a meeting, the recommendation shall be disclosed when notice of the meeting is given. 8 The decision shall be approved by a majority of at least 66% of the votes submitted, provided that at least 50% of the voting rights are represented when the decision is taken, or by a majority of at least 75% of the votes submitted. 9 Shareholders, owners or members who, as employees or management board members, would benefit from a higher variable
remuneration component than that stipulated in sentence 2 shall not be permitted to exercise their voting rights either directly or indirectly. (6) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance shall be authorised to issue by way of a statutory order that does not require the consent of the Bundesrat, in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, more detailed provisions on 1 the structure of the remuneration systems pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 3 number 6, including the structure of (a) the decision-making processes and competencies,

Section 25b
111
(b) the ratio between the variable and fixed remuneration components and of the remuneration instruments for the variable remuneration component, (c) positive and negative remuneration parameters, performance periods and deferral periods, including the criteria and parameters for a complete loss or partial reduction of the variable remuneration component, and of the manner of taking account of the institution-specific and group-wide business and remuneration strategy, including its application and implementation in undertakings belonging to the group, and of the institution's objectives, values and long-term interests, 2 the discount factors for calculating the present value of the variable remuneration component prior to computing the ratio pursuant to subsection (5) sentences 2 to 4, 3 the institution's monitoring of the appropriateness and transparency of the remuneration systems and their ongoing refinement, also involving the remuneration committee and a remuneration officer, 4 disclosure of the structure of the remuneration systems and the component parts of the remuneration package, including the total amount of guaranteed bonus payments and individual contractual severance payments, stating the highest severance payment made and the number of beneficiaries, and 5 the disclosure medium and frequency of disclosure within the meaning of number 4. 2 The rules shall be geared, in particular, to the institution’s size and remuneration structure as well as to the nature, scope, complexity, riskiness and internationality of its business activities. 3 The provisions pursuant to sentence 1 number 4 shall be without prejudice to the commercial law provisions relating to the disclosure of remuneration pursuant to section 340a (1) and (2) in conjunction with section 340I (1) sentence 1 of the Commercial Code. 4 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 5 The central associations representing the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued.
Section 25b
Outsourcing of activities and processes
(1) 1
An institution shall, depending on the nature, scope, complexity and riskiness of outsourcing to another undertaking activities and processes that are material to the execution of banking business, financial services or any of an institution’s other usual services, make appropriate arrangements in order to avoid incurring excessive additional risks. 2 Outsourcing shall impair neither the proper execution of such business and services nor the business organisation within the meaning of section 25a (1). 3 In particular, the institution shall ensure ongoing appropriate and effective risk management that includes the outsourced activities and processes.

Section 25c
112
(2) 1
Outsourcing shall not entail the delegation of management board responsibility to the external service provider. 2 In the event of outsourcing, the institution shall remain responsible for ensuring compliance with the legal provisions to be observed by the institution. (3) 1 Outsourcing shall not prevent BaFin from performing its tasks; its right to request information, right to review and ability to supervise shall be ensured by means of suitable arrangements with regard to the outsourced activities and processes, including in the event of outsourcing to an undertaking domiciled in another EEA state or in a non-EEA state. 2 This shall apply mutatis mutandis to the performance of the tasks of the institution’s auditors. 3 Outsourcing shall require a written agreement which lays down the institution’s rights to ensure compliance with the aforementioned stipulations, including the right to give instructions and the right to give notice, as well as the corresponding duties on the part of the external service provider. (4) 1 If BaFin’s right to review and ability to supervise are impaired in connection with outsourcing, BaFin may, in individual cases, issue orders that are appropriate and necessary to eliminate this impairment. 2 This is without prejudice to BaFin’s powers pursuant to section 25a (2) sentence 2.
Section 25c
Management board members
(1) 1
The management board members of an institution shall have the necessary professional qualifications, be trustworthy and dedicate sufficient time to performing their functions. 2 A prerequisite for the professional qualifications of management board members is that they have adequate theoretical and practical knowledge of the business concerned, as well as managerial experience. 3 A person shall normally be assumed to have the necessary professional qualifications if he/she can demonstrate three years' managerial experience at an institution of comparable size and type of business. (2) 1 The number of directorships which may be held by a member of the management board at the same time shall take into account individual circumstances and the nature, scale and complexity of the institution's activities. 2 The following persons may not be members of the management board of a CRR institution which is significant within the meaning of sentence 6:
1 members of the supervisory board of the same undertaking or 2 members of the management board of another undertaking or persons who are already a supervisory board member of more than two undertakings. 3 Within the meaning of sentence 1 number 2, several directorships count as one directorship if the directorships are carried out at undertakings 1 which belong to the same group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group,

Section 25c
113
2 which are members of the same institutional protection scheme, or 3 in which the institution has a significant holding. 4 Directorships at organisations and undertakings which do not pursue predominantly commercial objectives, in particular undertakings which provide public services, are not included in the maximum number of directorships pursuant to sentence 1 number 2. 5 Taking into account the specific circumstances and the nature, scope and complexity of the activities of the institution, group of institutions, financial holding group, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company, BaFin may permit a management board member to hold an additional directorship on a supervisory board provided that this does not prevent the member from devoting sufficient time to performing his/her functions in the undertaking in question. 6 An institution is significant within the meaning of sentence 2 if its total assets equal or exceed €15 billion on average over the reporting dates of the preceding three completed financial years; the following institutions are always deemed to be significant:
1 institutions which, pursuant to Article 6 (4) of Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of 15 October 2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (OJ L 287/63 of 29 October 2013), are supervised by the European Central Bank, 2 institutions categorised as having the potential to pose a systemic threat within the meaning of section 47 (1), and 3 financial trading institutions within the meaning of section 25f (1). (3) As part of their overall responsibility to ensure a proper business organisation, the management board shall 1 decide upon principles of proper governance which ensure the necessary diligence in the governance of the institution and, in particular, establish a segregation of duties in the organisation and measures to prevent conflicts of interest, as well as ensuring that these principles are implemented. 2 monitor and periodically assess the effectiveness of the principles established and implemented pursuant to number 1; the management board members shall take appropriate steps to address any deficiencies; 3 devote sufficient time to establishing strategies and to risks, in particular counterparty and credit risk, market risk and operational risk; 4 ensure an adequate and transparent business structure which is geared to the strategies of the undertaking and takes account of the transparency in the institution's business activities which is needed to ensure effective risk management, and have the necessary knowledge of the business structure and of the associated risks to achieve this; for management board members of a superordinated undertaking this obligation also applies to the group pursuant to section 25a (3); 5 ensure the accuracy of accounting and financial reporting, including the necessary controls and compliance with the law and relevant standards; and

Section 25c
114
6 oversee the processes with regard to disclosure and communications. (4) Institutions shall devote adequate human and financial resources to easing the induction of management board members and facilitating such training as is necessary to ensure that they remain qualified for the position. (4a) As part of its overall responsibility to ensure a proper business organisation of the institution pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 2, the management board of an institution shall ensure that the institution has in place the following strategies, processes, procedures, functions and frameworks:
1 a business strategy geared to the institution’s sustainable development and a risk strategy that is consistent therewith, as well as processes for planning, implementing, assessing and adjusting the strategies pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 1; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that (a) the overall objective, the objectives of the institution for each material business activity and the measures to achieve these objectives are documented at all times; (b) the risk strategy covers at all times the objectives of the risk management of material business activities and the measures to achieve these objectives; 2 processes for determining and safeguarding internal capital adequacy pursuant to
section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 2; as a minimum, the management board shall
ensure that
(a) the institution's material risks, in particular counterparty and credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk, are identified and defined regularly and on an ad hoc basis in the context of a risk inventory (overall risk profile); (b) in the context of the risk inventory, risk concentrations are taken into account and possible material impairments of the financial position, financial performance or liquidity position are monitored; 3 internal control mechanisms consisting of an internal control system and an internal audit function pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 3 letters (a) to (c); as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that (a) in the context of the organisational and operational structure, lines of responsibility are clearly segregated, whereby material processes and related tasks, competencies, responsibilities, controls and reporting channels shall be clearly defined and it shall be ensured that employees do not perform activities which are incompatible with one another; (b) there is a general segregation between the unit which initiates credit transactions and has a vote in credit decisions (front office) as well as the trading unit, on the one hand, and the unit which has an additional vote in credit decisions (back

Section 25c
115 office), and the risk control functions and functions serving to settle and monitor trading, on the other hand; (c) the internal control system encompasses risk management and risk control processes to identify, assess, manage, monitor and report the material risks and associated risk concentrations as well as a risk control function and a compliance function; (d) the management board is informed of the risk situation, including a risk assessment, at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter; (e) the management board informs the supervisory board of the risk situation, including a risk assessment, at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter; (f) appropriate stress tests are regularly performed for the material risks and the overall risk profile of the institution, and a possible need for action is considered on the basis of the results; (g) the internal audit function reports to the management board and the supervisory board at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter; 4 adequate staffing and technical and organisational resources at the institution pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 4; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that the quantity and quality of the institution’s staffing and the scope and quality of its technical and organisational resources are commensurate with its internal operational needs, business activities and risk situation; 5 adequate contingency plans pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 5 for contingencies affecting time-critical activities and processes; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that regular contingency tests are carried out in order to verify the suitability and effectiveness of the contingency plan and the results are communicated to the respective responsible staff; 6 as a minimum, where activities and processes are outsourced to another undertaking pursuant to section 25b (1) sentence 1, appropriate processes and frameworks to avoid incurring excessive additional risks or impairing either the proper execution of business and services or the business organisation within the meaning of section 25a (1). (4b) 1 For groups of institutions, financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups as well as institutions within the meaning of Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the management board of the superordinated undertaking shall be responsible for compliance with due diligence obligations within the group of institutions, financial holding group, mixed financial holding group or institutions within the meaning of Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 if the superordinated undertaking is the parent undertaking which exercises a dominant influence within the meaning of section 290 (2) of the Commercial Code over other undertakings in the group without this being dependent on the legal form of the parent undertaking. 2 As part of its overall responsibility to ensure a proper business organisation of the group pursuant to
sentence 1, the management board of the superordinated undertaking

Section 25c
116 shall ensure that the group has in place the following strategies, processes, procedures, functions and frameworks:
1 a group-wide business strategy geared to the group's sustainable development and a group-wide risk strategy that is consistent therewith, as well as processes for planning, implementing, assessing and adjusting the strategies pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 1; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that (a) the group's overall objective, the group's objectives for each material business activity and the measures to achieve these objectives are documented at all times; (b) the group's risk strategy includes at all times the risk management objectives for the material business activities and the measures to achieve these objectives; (c) the strategic orientation of the undertakings belonging to the group is aligned with the group-wide business and risk strategies; 2 processes for determining and safeguarding the group's internal capital adequacy pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 2; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that (a) the group's material risks, in particular counterparty and credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk, are identified and defined regularly and on an ad hoc basis in the context of a risk inventory (overall risk profile of the group); (b) in the context of the risk inventory, risk concentrations within the group are taken into account and possible material impairments of the group's financial position, financial performance or liquidity position are monitored; 3 internal control mechanisms consisting of an internal control system and an internal audit function pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 3 letters a to c; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that (a) in the context of the group's organisational and operational structure, lines of responsibility are clearly segregated, whereby material processes and related tasks, competencies, responsibilities, controls and reporting channels within the group shall be clearly defined and it shall be ensured that employees do not perform activities which are incompatible with one another; (b) at the undertakings belonging to the group, there is a general segregation between the unit which initiates credit transactions and has a vote in credit decisions (front office) as well as the trading unit, on the one hand, and the unit which has an additional vote in credit decisions (back office), and the risk control functions and functions serving to settle and monitor trading, on the other hand; (c) the management board is informed of the risk situation, including a risk assessment, at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter;

Section 25c
117
(d) at group level, the management board informs the supervisory board of the group's risk situation, including a risk assessment, at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter; (e) the group's internal control system encompasses a risk control function and a compliance function as well as risk management and risk control processes to identify, assess, manage, monitor and report the material risks and associated risk concentrations; (f) appropriate stress tests are regularly performed for the material risks and the overall risk profile at group level, and a possible need for action is considered on the basis of the results; (g) the group audit function reports to the management board and the supervisory board at appropriate intervals and at least once a quarter; 4 adequate staffing and technical and organisational resources at the group pursuant to
section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 4; as a minimum, the management board shall
ensure that the quantity and quality of the staffing and the scope and quality of the technical and organisational resources of the undertakings belonging to the group are commensurate with the respective internal operational needs, business activities and risk situation of the undertakings belonging to the group; 5 adequate contingency plans pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 5 at group level for contingencies affecting time-critical activities and processes; as a minimum, the management board shall ensure that regular contingency tests are carried out in order to verify the suitability and effectiveness of the contingency plan at group level and the results are communicated to the respective responsible staff; 6 as a minimum, where activities and processes are outsourced to another undertaking pursuant to section 25b (1) sentence 1, appropriate processes and frameworks to avoid incurring excessive additional risks or impairing either the proper execution of business and services or the business organisation within the meaning of section 25a (1). (4c) Should BaFin conclude that the institution or group does not have in place the strategies, processes, procedures, functions and frameworks pursuant to subsections (4a) and (4b), it may order, irrespective of other measures pursuant to this Act, that suitable measures be taken to rectify the identified deficiencies within an appropriate period of time. (5) 1 In exceptional cases, BaFin may also revocably appoint as a management board member another person entrusted with the management of the business and empowered to represent it if that person is trustworthy and has the necessary professional qualifications; subsection (1) applies. 2 If the institution is operated by a sole proprietor, a person whom the proprietor has entrusted with the management of the business and empowered to represent it may be revocably appointed as a management board member in exceptional cases under the conditions set out in sentence 1. 3 If a person is appointed as a management board

Section 25d
118 member at the institution’s request, the appointment may be revoked only at the request of the institution or the management board member.
Section 25d
Supervisory board
(1) 1
The members of the supervisory board of an institution, a financial holding company or a mixed financial holding company must be trustworthy, have the necessary expertise to fulfil their control function as well as to assess and monitor the business of the undertaking, and devote sufficient time to performing their duties. 2 When assessing whether one of the persons specified in sentence 1 has the necessary expertise, BaFin takes account of the scope and complexity of the business conducted by the institution, group of institutions or financial holding group, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company. (2) 1 The supervisory board as a whole shall have the necessary knowledge, skills and experience to fulfil its control function as well as to assess and monitor the management board of the institution, group of institutions or financial holding group, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company. 2 This shall be without prejudice to the provisions of the laws on co-determination regarding the selection and removal from office of staff representatives on the supervisory board. (3) 1 The following persons may not be members of the supervisory board of a CRR institution which is significant within the meaning of sentence 7:
1 members of the management board of the same undertaking; 2 former management board members of the same undertaking if two former management board members of that undertaking are already members of the supervisory board; 3 members of the management board an undertaking who, at the same time, are members of the supervisory board of more than two undertakings or 4 persons who are supervisory board members of more than four undertakings. 2 Sentence 1 also applies to members of the supervisory board of a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company if this has been designated as the superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a (2) sentence 2 or 3 or section 10b (3) sentence 8 and a CRR institution is subordinated to it. 3 Within the meaning of sentence 1 numbers 3 and 4, several directorships are considered to be one directorship if the directorships are carried out at undertakings 1 which belong to the same group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group, 2 which are members of the same institutional protection scheme or 3 in which the institution has a significant holding.

Section 25d
119
4
Directorships at organisations and undertakings which do not pursue predominantly commercial objectives, in particular undertakings which provide public services, are not included in the maximum number of directorships pursuant to sentence 1 numbers 3 and 4. 5 Taking into account the specific circumstances and the nature, scope and complexity of the activities of the institution, group of institutions or financial holding group, financial holding company or mixed financial holding company, BaFin may permit a supervisory board member to hold an additional directorship on a supervisory board in excess of the maximum number of directorships permitted pursuant to sentence 1 numbers 3 and 4 provided that this does not prevent the member from devoting sufficient time to performing his/her functions in the undertaking in question. 6 Sentence 1 number 4 shall not apply to heads of the administration of a local authority, a district or a city which is administrated as an independent district who are obliged to hold a directorship in a local government undertaking or local government special-purpose association. 7 An institution is significant within the meaning of sentence 1 if its total assets equal or exceed €15 billion on average over the reporting dates of the preceding three completed financial years; the following institutions are always deemed to be significant:
1 institutions which, pursuant to Article 6 (4) of Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of 15 October 2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions (OJ L 287/63 of 29 October 2013), are supervised by the European Central Bank, 2 institutions categorised as having the potential to pose a systemic threat within the meaning of section 47 (1), and 3 financial trading institutions within the meaning of section 25f (1). (3a) The following persons may not be members of the supervisory board of an institution which is neither a CRR institution nor a significant institution within the meaning of subsection (3) sentence 7 or of a financial holding company:
1 former management board members of the same undertaking if two former management board members of that undertaking are already members of the supervisory board, or 2 supervisory board members of more than five undertakings supervised by BaFin unless these undertakings are members of the same institutional protection scheme. (4) Institutions, financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies shall devote adequate human and financial resources to easing the induction of supervisory board members and facilitating such training as is necessary to ensure that they maintain the necessary expertise for the position. (5) The structure of the remuneration systems for members of the supervisory board must not cause conflicts of interest with respect to the effective performance of the supervisory board's oversight function.

Section 25d
120
(6) 1
The supervisory board shall oversee the management board, also with regard to its adherence to the applicable prudential supervisory requirements. 2 It shall devote sufficient time to the discussion of strategies, risks and remuneration systems for management board members and employees. (7) 1 Depending on the size, internal organisation and the nature, scope, complexity and riskiness of the activities of the undertaking, the supervisory board of one of the undertakings specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 shall appoint from among its members committees pursuant to subsections (8) to (12) which advise and support it in its functions. 2 Each committee shall appoint one of its members as chair. 3 The members of the committees shall have the necessary knowledge, skills and experience to perform the respective committee functions. 4 To ensure cooperation and an exchange of expertise between the individual committees, at least one member of each committee shall belong to another committee. 5 BaFin may require the formation of one or more committees if this appears necessary, particularly in consideration of the criteria pursuant to sentence 1 or for the proper performance of the supervisory board's control function. (8) 1 Taking into account the criteria pursuant to subsection (7) sentence 1, the supervisory board of an undertaking specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 shall appoint from among its members a risk committee. The risk committee shall advise the supervisory board on the undertaking’s current and future overall risk appetite and strategy and support the supervisory board in monitoring the implementation of this strategy by senior management. 3 The risk committee shall monitor whether conditions in customer business are in line with the undertaking's business model and risk structure. 4 Where this is not the case, the risk committee shall require from the management board proposals on how to bring the conditions in customer business into line with the business model and risk structure, and monitor their implementation. 5 The risk committee shall examine whether incentives provided by the remuneration system take into consideration the risk, capital and liquidity structure of the undertaking and the likelihood and timing of earnings. 6 This shall be without prejudice to the tasks of the remuneration committee pursuant to subsection (12). 7 The chair of the risk committee or, if a risk committee has not been established, the chair of the supervisory board may make direct enquiries to both the head of the internal audit function and the head of the risk control unit. 8 The management board shall be informed thereof. 9 Where necessary, the risk committee may consult external experts. 10The risk committee or, if a risk committee has not been established, the supervisory board shall determine the nature, amount, format and frequency of the information to be provided by the management board on the subjects of strategy and risk. (9) 1 Taking
into account the criteria pursuant to subsection (7) sentence 1, the supervisory board of an undertaking specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 shall appoint from among its members an audit committee. 2 The audit committee shall support the supervisory board, in particular, in monitoring 1 the accounting process;

Section 25d
121
2 the effectiveness of the risk management system and, in particular, of the internal control system and the internal audit function; 3 the implementation of statutory audits of accounts, particularly with regard to the independence of the auditor and of the services provided by the auditor (scope, frequency, reporting). The audit committee shall present the supervisory board with proposals for the appointment of an auditor as well as for the size of his/her remuneration and advise the supervisory board on whether to terminate or renew the audit mandate, and 4 that the management board swiftly rectifies by means of suitable measures the deficiencies identified by the auditor. 3 The chair of the audit committee shall have expertise in the areas of accounting and statutory audits of accounts. 4 The chair of the audit committee or, if an audit committee has not been established, the chair of the supervisory board may make direct enquiries to both the head of the internal audit function and the head of the risk control unit. 5 The management board shall be informed thereof. (10) 1 The supervisory board of an undertaking specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 may appoint a joint risk and audit committee if this is appropriate in consideration of the criteria pursuant to subsection (7) sentence 1. 2 BaFin shall be informed thereof. 3 Subsections (8) and (9) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the joint audit and risk committee. (11) 1 Taking into account the criteria pursuant to subsection (7) sentence 1, the supervisory board of an undertaking specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 shall appoint from among its members a nomination committee. 2 The nomination committee shall support the supervisory board in 1 identifying candidates to fill management board vacancies and preparing proposals for the selection of members of the supervisory board; in so doing, the nomination committee shall take into account the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and experience of all members of the board in question, prepare a job description with a candidate profile, and state the time commitment associated with the task; 2 deciding on a target to encourage the representation of the underrepresented gender on the supervisory board and a policy on how to meet that target; 3 periodically, and at least annually, assessing the structure, size, composition and performance of the management board and the supervisory board and shall make recommendations to the supervisory board in this regard; in so doing, the nomination committee shall ensure that decision-making within the management board is not dominated by any individuals or groups in a manner that is detrimental to the undertaking. 4 periodically, and at least annually, assessing the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual members of the management board and the supervisory board as well as of the respective boards collectively, and

Section 25d
122
5 reviewing the policy of the management board for selection and appointment of senior management and making recommendations on this matter to the management board. 3 In performing its functions, the nomination committee may use all resources that it considers to be appropriate, and may take external advice. 4 It shall receive appropriate funding from the undertaking to that effect. (12) 1 Taking into account the criteria pursuant to subsection (7) sentence 1, the supervisory board of an undertaking specified in subsection (3) sentence 1 shall appoint from among its members a remuneration committee. 2 The remuneration committee 1 shall monitor the adequate structure of the remuneration systems for the management board and employees and, in particular, the adequate structure of remuneration for the heads of the risk control function and the compliance function and for those employees with a material impact on the overall risk profile of the institution, and shall support the supervisory board in monitoring the adequate structure of remuneration systems for the employees of the undertaking; the impact of the remuneration systems on the management of risk, capital and liquidity shall be assessed; 2 shall prepare the decisions of the supervisory board on the remuneration of the management board and, in so doing, take particular account of the impact of said decisions on the risks and risk management of the undertaking; the long-term interests of shareholders, investors, other stakeholders in the institution and the public interest shall be taken into account. 3 shall support the supervisory board in monitoring the proper inclusion of the internal control function and all other material functions in the structure of the remuneration systems. 3 At least one member of the remuneration committee shall have sufficient expertise and professional experience in the area of risk management and risk control, in particular with respect to mechanisms for gearing the remuneration systems to the overall risk appetite and strategy and to the capital base of the undertaking. 4 If the supervisory board includes employee representatives pursuant to the laws on co-determination, the remuneration committee shall include at least one employee representative. 5 The remuneration committee shall work together with the risk committee and shall take internal advice, for example, from the risk control unit and external advice from persons independent of the management board. 6 Members of the management board must not participate in remuneration committee meetings at which their remuneration is discussed. 7 The chair of the remuneration committee or, if a remuneration committee has not been established, the chair of the supervisory board may make direct enquiries to both the head of the internal audit function and the heads of the organisational units responsible for the structure of the remuneration systems. 8 The management board shall be informed thereof.

Section 25e
123
Section 25e
Requirements for tied agents
1
If a CRR credit institution or a securities trading firm avails itself of a tied agent within the meaning of section 2 (10) sentence 1, it shall ensure that he/she is trustworthy and has the necessary professional qualifications, fulfils the statutory requirements when providing financial services, informs customers about his/her status pursuant to section 2 (10) sentences 1 and 2 prior to commencing business relationships and notifies customers about the termination of this status without delay. 2 The CRR credit institution or securities trading firm shall keep the necessary evidence of the fulfilment of its duties pursuant to sentence 1 until at least five years have elapsed after the termination of the tied agent’s status. 3 More detailed provisions on the evidence required may be issued by way of a statutory order pursuant to section 24 (4). 4 The remuneration systems for tied agents shall be structured in such a way that they do not conflict with the legitimate interests of the customers in a proper and adequate provision of financial services by the tied agent.
Section 25f
Particular requirements for the proper business organisation of CRR credit institutions, groups of institutions, financial holding groups, mixed financial holding groups and financial conglomerates that include a CRR institution; authority to issue orders (1) 1 All business within the meaning of section 3 (2) and (4) shall be performed at an economically, organisationally and legally independent undertaking (financial trading institution). 2 The financial trading institution shall be subject to the additional requirements pursuant to subsections (2) to (6) for a proper business organisation. (2) Section 2a shall not apply to the financial trading institution. (3) 1 The financial trading institution shall safeguard its own refinancing. 2 Business with the financial trading institution conducted by the CRR credit institution or by the undertakings which belong to a group of institutions, a financial holding group, a mixed financial holding group or a financial conglomerate that includes a CRR credit institution shall be treated in the same way as business with third parties. (4) 1 In consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Federal Ministry of Finance may, by way of a statutory order for the purposes of monitoring compliance with the prohibition pursuant to section 3 (2) and (4) sentence 1 as well as for gauging the nature and scope of the business within the meaning of section 3 (2) sentence 2 and (4) sentence 1 for the CRR credit institution and the superordinated undertaking of a group of institutions, a financial holding group, a mixed financial holding group and a financial conglomerate that includes a CRR institution, establish reporting requirements and more detailed provisions on the nature, scope, timing and form of the information and submission of documents and on the permissible data storage media, transmission channels and data formats insofar as this is necessary for the fulfilment of BaFin's tasks, in particular in order to receive all information

Section 25g
124 that BaFin requires in the context of the prohibition pursuant to section 3 (2) and (4) sentence 1 as well as for gauging the nature and scope of the business within the meaning of section 3 (2) sentence 2 and (4) sentence 1. 2 It may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, provided that statutory orders by BaFin are issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 The central associations of the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued. (5) The supervisory board of the financial trading institution, the CRR credit institution or the superordinated undertaking of the group of institutions, the financial holding group, the mixed financial holding group and the financial conglomerate that includes a CRR institution shall keep itself informed regularly and on an ad hoc basis of the business of the financial trading institution as well as the associated risks and shall monitor, in particular, compliance with the aforementioned requirements. (6) The financial trading institution shall not provide any payment services nor conduct e￾money business within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act. (7) BaFin may issue to the CRR credit institution, the superordinated undertaking of a group of institutions, a financial holding group, a mixed financial holding group or a financial conglomerate that includes a CRR credit institution as well as to the financial trading institution orders that are appropriate and necessary for ensuring a proper business organisation, also within the meaning of subsections (1) to (6). Division 5a CASHLESS PAYMENTS; PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING, TERRORIST FINANCING AND OTHER CRIMINAL ACTIONS TO THE DETRIMENT OF INSTITUTIONS
Section 25g
Fulfilment of particular organisational duties in connection with cashless payments (1) BaFin will monitor the fulfilment of the credit institutions' duties pursuant to 1 Regulation (EC) No 1781/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 November 2006 on information on the payer accompanying transfers of funds (OJ L 345/1 of 8 December 2006), 2 Regulation (EC) No 924/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 September 2009 on cross-border payments in the Community and repealing Regulation (EC) No 2560/2001 (OJ L 266/1 of 9 October 2009), which was amended by Regulation (EU) No 260/2012 (OJ L 94/22 of 30 March 2012), and 3 EU Regulation No 260/2012 establishing technical and business requirements for credit transfers and direct debits in euro and amending Regulation (EC) No 924/2009 (OJ L 94/22 of 30 March 2012).

Section 25h
125
(2) A credit institution shall have in place internal procedures and control systems which ensure that the obligations set out in the Regulations pursuant to subsection (1) numbers 1 to 3 are met. (3) BaFin may issue to an institution and its management board orders which are appropriate and necessary to prevent or stop violations of the obligations under the regulations pursuant to subsection (1) numbers 1 to 3.
Section 25h
Internal safeguards
(1) 1
Notwithstanding the duties cited in section 25a (1) of this Act and section 9 (1) and (2) of the Money Laundering Act, institutions as well as financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies which are deemed to be superordinated undertakings pursuant to section 10a (2) sentence 2 or 3 or section 10a shall have in place adequate risk management as well as policies and procedures for the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing or other criminal actions which might jeopardise the institution's assets. 2 To this end, they shall create and update adequate business and customer-related safeguards, and conduct checks. 3 This includes the ongoing development of suitable strategies and safeguards to prevent the misuse of new financial products and technologies for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing or benefiting the anonymity of business relationships and transactions. (2) 1 Credit institutions shall operate and update appropriate IT systems which enable them to identify business relationships and individual transactions in payment operations that appear dubious or unusual in the light of knowledge of methods of money laundering, terrorist financing and other criminal actions within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 which is available publicly or to the credit institution. 2 The credit institutions may collect, process and use personal data insofar as this is necessary to fulfil this duty. 3 BaFin may lay down criteria which, if they are met, allow credit institutions to waive the use of systems pursuant to sentence 1. (3) 1 The credit institution shall investigate every circumstance that appears dubious or unusual pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 in order to be able to monitor and assess the risk involved in the relevant business relationships or transactions and, if necessary, examine whether grounds exist for making a suspicious transaction report pursuant to section 11 (1) of the Money Laundering Act or for notifying the appropriate authorities pursuant to section 158 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Strafprozessordnung). 2 The institution shall record and store appropriate information about these circumstances pursuant to section 8 of the Money Laundering Act which is necessary to demonstrate to BaFin that these circumstances do not suggest that an action pursuant to section 261 of the Criminal Code or terrorist financing has been or is being committed or attempted. 3 Subsection (2) sentence 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 4 In individual cases, institutions may transmit information to each other in keeping with their duty to investigate pursuant to sentence 1 if the matter concerns a striking or unusual circumstance relevant to money laundering, terrorist financing or some

Section 25h
126 other criminal action and there are tangible grounds for believing that the recipient of the information needs it in order to assess whether the matter should be reported pursuant to
section 11 of the Money Laundering Act or whether the relevant authorities should be notified
pursuant to section 158 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. 5 The recipient may use the information solely for the purpose of preventing money laundering, terrorist financing or other criminal actions and only under the conditions stipulated by the institution transmitting the information. (4) 1 Institutions shall appoint a compliance officer (money laundering), who shall be directly subordinate to the management board. 2 The compliance officer is responsible for carrying out the provisions regarding the combating and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing and is the contact person for the criminal prosecution authorities, the Federal Criminal Police Office – Financial Intelligence Unit – and BaFin. 3 The compliance officer shall report direct to the management board. 4 For institutions, this applies as the superordinated undertaking also vis-à-vis a group of institutions or a financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a, a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a or as the parent undertaking also vis-à-vis a financial conglomerate within the meaning of
section 1 (20). 5
Institutions shall maintain and effectively deploy the means and procedures necessary for properly performing the compliance officer's tasks. 6 The compliance officer shall be given unimpeded access to all information, data, records and systems that may be relevant to performing his/her tasks. 7 He/she shall be given sufficient powers to be able to fulfil his/her function. 8 BaFin shall be notified of the compliance officer's appointment and release from his/her duties. (5) 1 Subject to BaFin's prior consent, institutions may arrange to have internal safeguards pursuant to this provision carried out by a third party within the scope of contractual agreements. 2 Such consent may be granted if the third party guarantees that the safeguards will be properly carried out and that the institutions' ability to control and BaFin's ability to monitor are not impaired. (6) In individual cases, BaFin may issue orders to an institution that are appropriate and necessary for making the arrangements specified in subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4). (7) 1 The Federal Republic of Germany – Finance Agency shall be deemed to be an institution within the meaning of subsections (1) to (5). 2 To this extent, the Federal Ministry of Finance shall monitor compliance with subsections (1) to (5) as part of its supervision pursuant to
section 2 (1) of the Federal Government Debt Management Act
(Bundesschuldenwesengesetz).
(8) The Deutsche Bundesbank shall be deemed to be an institution within the meaning of subsections (1) to (4). (9) 1 The function of the compliance officer within the meaning of subsection (4) and the duties to prevent other criminal actions within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 shall be performed by one unit within the institution. 2 At the institution's request, BaFin can

Section 25i
127 determine that another unit within the institution is to be responsible for the prevention of other criminal actions if there is a good reason for doing so.
Section 25i
Simplified due diligence
(1) 1
Where the conditions specified in section 25k of this Act and section 6 of the Money Laundering Act do not exist, the institutions may, over and above section 5 of the Money Laundering Act, apply simplified due diligence, subject to a risk assessment of the institution, in the following case groups owing to special circumstances in individual cases:
1 subject to sentence 2, upon the conclusion of (a) a government-subsidised funded pension agreement, (b) an agreement on the investment of capital formation benefits, provided that the agreement fulfils the conditions for a government subsidy, c) a consumer loan agreement or an agreement on remunerated financial accommodation, provided that number 3 letter (d) is observed, (d) a credit agreement as part of a government promotion programme that is processed via a Federal Government or state government promotional bank and whose loan principal must be used for a specific purpose, (e) a credit agreement for sales financing, (f) any other credit agreement in which the credit account is used solely to process the loan and the loan is repaid from an account held by the borrower with a credit institution within the meaning of section 1 (1) with the exception of the undertakings specified in section 2 (1) numbers 3 to 8, with a credit institution in another member state of the European Union or with a branch in Germany of a credit institution domiciled outside Germany, (g) a savings agreement, and (h) a lease agreement; 2 subject to sentence 2, in any other cases insofar as the following conditions are met:
(a) the agreement is in writing,
(b) the transactions in question are settled via an account held by the customer with a credit institution within the meaning of section 1 (1) with the exception of the undertakings specified in section 2 (1) numbers 3 to 8, with a credit institution in another member state of the European Union or with a branch in Germany of a credit institution domiciled outside Germany or via a credit institution domiciled in a non-EEA state to which requirements equivalent to those in Directive 2005/60/EC apply,

Section 25i
128
(c) the product or the related transaction is not anonymous and enables section 3 (2) sentence 1 number 3 of the Money Laundering Act to be applied in good time, and (d) the payments under the agreement or the related transaction cannot be made in favour of a third party except in the event of death or impairment, if a certain age limit is exceeded or in comparable cases; 3 subject to sentence 2, in the case of products or related transactions allowing investment in financial assets or claims, such as insurance or any other contingent claims, if over and above the conditions specified in number 3 (a) the payments under the product or the transaction can be made only in the long term, (b) the product or the transaction cannot be used as collateral, and (c) it is not possible to make premature payments and apply buyback clauses during the term of the agreement and the agreement cannot be terminated prematurely. 2 However, a low risk shall be deemed to exist in the cases specified in sentence 1 numbers 1 to 3 only if the following thresholds are not exceeded:
1 for agreements within the meaning of sentence 1 number 1 letters (a), (b), (d) and (f) or for agreements within the meaning of sentence 1 numbers 2 and 3, payments totalling €15,000, 2 for agreements within the meaning of sentence 1 number 1 letters (c), (e) and (h) or for any other agreements involving the financing of assets or their use and in which ownership of the asset is not transferred to the contracting party or the user until the agreement is completed, payments totalling €15,000 per calendar year, 3 for savings agreements within the meaning of sentence 1 number 1 letter (g), €1,000 per calendar year in the case of periodic payments or €2,500 for a one-off payment. (2) 1 Subsection (1) shall not apply if an institution has information with regard to a specific transaction or business relationship which indicates that the risk of money laundering or terrorist financing is not low. 2 Institutions shall record and store appropriate information pursuant to section 8 of the Money Laundering Act which is necessary to demonstrate to BaFin that the conditions for applying simplified due diligence are met.

Section 25j
129
Section 25j
Simplified identification procedure
1
Notwithstanding section 4 (1) of the Money Laundering Act, verification of the identity of the contracting party and the economic beneficiary can also be completed without delay after an account or a safe custody account has been opened. 2 In this case, it must be ensured that no funds can be withdrawn from the account or safe custody account before the verification of identity has been completed. Where received funds are repaid, they may only be dispensed to the depositor.
Section 25k
Enhanced due diligence
(1) 1
Over and above section 6 of the Money Laundering Act, institutions must comply with enhanced due diligence standards commensurate with a higher risk also in the settlement of payment transactions as part of business relationships with correspondent institutions domiciled in a non-EEA state and correspondent institutions domiciled in an EEA country subject to an assessment by the institution as higher risk. 2 Insofar as these business relationships do not concern the settlement of payment transactions, this is without prejudice to section 5 (2) number 1 of the Money Laundering Act. 3
Section 3 (4) sentence 2 of the
Money Laundering Act shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(2) In the cases cited in subsection (1), institutions must 1 obtain sufficient publicly available information about the correspondent institution and its business and management structure in order to be able to understand fully, both before and during such a business relationship, the nature of the business operations conducted by the correspondent institution and assess its reputation and controls for combating money laundering and terrorist financing as well as the quality of its supervision, 2 lay down and document the respective responsibilities of both institutions with regard to compliance with the due diligence standards before establishing such a business relationship, 3 ensure that, before such a business relationship is established by an agent acting on the obligated party’s behalf, he/she obtains the approval of a superior at the institution, 4 take measures to ensure that they do not establish or maintain a business relationship with a credit institution of which it is known that its accounts are used by a shell bank within the meaning of Article 3 (10) of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing (OJ L 309/15) as last amended by Directive 2007/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 (OJ L 319/1), and

Section 25I
130
5 take measures to ensure that the correspondent institution does not permit transactions via interim accounts//pass-through accounts. (3) Notwithstanding section 3 (2) sentence 1 number 2 of the Money Laundering Act, the due diligence pursuant to section 3 (1) numbers 1 and 3 of the Money Laundering Act shall apply to obligated parties pursuant to section 2 (1) numbers 1 and 2 of the Money Laundering Act when accepting cash irrespective of any thresholds specified in the Money Laundering Act or in this Act, insofar as foreign currency dealing within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 7 is not settled via a customer account opened with the obligated party and the transaction involves a value of €2,500 or more. (4) Factoring institutions within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9 shall take appropriate measures to combat a perceptibly higher risk of money laundering when accepting payments from debtors who were unknown when the master agreement was concluded. (5) 1 If facts are known or assessments are received from national or international agencies that combat money laundering and terrorist financing, which warrant the assumption that a higher risk exists in additional cases, in particular in connection with compliance with due diligence standards in a state, BaFin may order that an institution must monitor a transaction or a business relationship more closely, in particular the origin of the transferred assets of a customer domiciled in such a state which are used within the scope of the business relationship or the transaction, and satisfy additional due diligence and organisational obligations commensurate with the higher risk. 2 Institutions shall record and store appropriate information on the measures taken in accordance with section 8 of the Money Laundering Act. 3 Sentences 1 and 2 shall also apply to institutions and superordinated undertakings pursuant to section 25l (1).
Section 25I
Group-wide compliance with due diligence standards (1) 1 The institutions and undertakings specified in section 25h (1), (3) and (4), as superordinated undertakings, must develop group-wide internal safeguards pursuant to
section 9 of the Money Laundering Act and section 25h (1), (3) and (4) of this Act and must
ensure compliance with the due diligence standards pursuant to sections 3, 5 and 6 of the Money Laundering Act and sections 25i and 25k of this Act as well as the record-keeping obligation pursuant to section 8 of the Money Laundering Act with regard to their subordinated undertakings and branches. 2 The senior managers within the meaning of
section 1 (2) sentence 1 shall be responsible for the proper fulfilment of the duties pursuant
to sentence 1. 3
Insofar as the measures to be taken pursuant to sentence 1 as part of establishing or conducting business relationships or transactions are not permissible or actually feasible in a non-EEA state in which the undertaking is domiciled pursuant to the laws of that state, the superordinated undertaking or the parent undertaking must ensure that a subordinated undertaking or branch does not establish or maintain any business relationships or conduct any transactions in this non-EEA state. 4 If a business relationship

Section 25m
131 already exists, the superordinated undertaking or the parent undertaking must ensure that the subordinated undertaking or branch ends this relationship by termination of contract or in some other way regardless of any other statutory or contractual provisions. 5 If stricter obligations apply in the foreign state in which a subordinated undertaking or branch is domiciled, these stricter obligations must be fulfilled there. (2) Financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies which are deemed to be the superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a are obligated parties within the meaning of section 2 (1) number 1 of the Money Laundering Act 2 In this respect, they shall also be subject to supervision by BaFin pursuant to section 16 (1) in conjunction with subsection (2) number 2 of the Money Laundering Act.
Section 25m
Prohibited business
The following activities are prohibited:
1 the establishment or maintenance of a correspondent banking relationship or any other business relationship with a shell bank within the meaning of Article 3 (10) of Directive 2005/60/EC and 2 the setting-up and maintenance of accounts in the name of the institution or for third￾party institutions which customers can operate independently to conduct their own transactions; this is without prejudice to section 154 (1) of the Fiscal Code.
Section 25n
Due diligence and organisational duties in e-money business (1) When issuing e-money within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act, the institution must comply with the duties of section 3 (1) numbers 1 and 4, section 4 (1) to (4),
section 7 (1) and (2) and section 8 of the Money Laundering Act.
(2) 1
These duties need not be met if the e-money amount issued to the e-money bearer and saved on an e-money carrier is 100 euro or less per calendar month and it is guaranteed that 1 the e-money issued cannot technically linked to the e-money of another e-money holder or to the e-money of another issuer, 2 the duties listed in subsection (1) are met when the e-money issued is redeemed against the issue of cash, unless the redemption of the e-money relates to a value of 20 euro or less or the redemption takes the form of a credit transfer to an account of the e-money holder with a CRR credit institution or of an e-money institution pursuant to section 1 (2a) of the Payment Services Oversight Act and 3 where the electronic money is issued on a rechargeable e-money carrier, the maximum amount of 100 euro per calendar month named in sentence 1 cannot be exceeded.

Section 26
132
2
For the threshold of sentence 1 it is immaterial whether the e-money holder acquires the e￾money through one process or various processes provided there is evidence to suggest that they are linked. (3) 1 Where e-money is issued via a rechargeable e-money carrier, the e-money issuer must maintain files recording all e-money amounts that have been issued to an already identified e-money holder and redeemed, citing the time and the issuing or redeeming bodies. 2
Section
8 (2) to (4) of the Money Laundering Act shall apply mutatis mutandis. (4) If facts are known that warrant the assumption that, when using an e-money carrier, the e-money issued can be associated with the e-money of another e￾money holder or with e-money of another issuer or if facts justify the assumption that, in connection with other technically possible uses of this e-money carrier, its sale or the involvement of certain acceptance points there is a heightened risk of money laundering, the financing of terrorism or other criminal actions pursuant to section 25c (1), BaFin may, in order to counteract these risks with suitable measures, 1 issue instructions to the management of the institution; 2 prohibit the institution from using this e-money carrier or order other suitable and necessary technical changes to this e-money carrier, 3 oblige the institution to meet risk-commensurate duties pursuant to sections 3 to 9 of the Money Laundering Act. (5) Where the use of an e-money carrier involves a small risk of money laundering, financing of terrorism or other criminal actions pursuant to section 25h (1), BaFin may, subject to the proviso that this can be revoked at any time, allow the institution to meet simplified due diligence duties pursuant to section 5 of the Money Laundering Act or absolve it from meeting other duties. Division 5b SUBMISSION OF ACCOUNTS
Section 26
Submission of annual accounts, management report and audit reports (1) 1 Institutions shall draw up their annual accounts for the previous financial year in the first three months of their financial year, and shall submit their annual accounts as drawn up, and subsequently also as approved, and their management report to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay pursuant to sentence 2. 2 The annual accounts shall bear an audit certificate (Bestätigungsvermerk) or a note accounting for the withholding of such a certificate. 3 The auditor shall submit his/her report on the auditing of the annual accounts (audit report) to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay after the completion of the audit. 4 In the case of credit institutions which belong to a credit cooperative audit

Section 26a
133 association or are audited by the audit office of a savings bank and giro association, the auditor shall submit the audit report only if requested to do so by BaFin. (2) If an additional audit has taken place in connection with a deposit guarantee scheme, the auditor or audit association shall submit the report on this audit to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. (3) 1 An institution which draws up a set of consolidated accounts or a consolidated management report shall submit these documents to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. 2 The superordinated undertaking of a financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a, of a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a or of a financial conglomerate shall submit a set of consolidated accounts or a consolidated management report without delay if the ultimate financial holding company in the financial holding group or the ultimate mixed financial holding company in the mixed financial holding group or in the financial conglomerate draws up a set of consolidated accounts or a consolidated management report. 3 The auditor of the consolidated accounts shall submit the audit reports on the consolidated accounts and consolidated management reports referred to in sentences 1 and 2 to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay after the completion of his/her audit. 4 In the case of credit institutions which belong to a credit cooperative audit association or are audited by the audit office of a savings bank and giro association, the auditor shall submit the audit report only if requested to do so by BaFin. (4) The provisions of subsection (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to single-entity annual accounts pursuant to section 325 (2a) of the Commercial Code. Division 5c DISCLOSURE
Section 26a
Disclosure by institutions
(1) 1
In addition to the disclosures to be made pursuant to Articles 435 to 455 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, the group's legal and organisational structure as well as its principles of proper management shall be disclosed. 2 CRR institutions shall additionally include in an annex to the annual accounts within the meaning of section 26 (1) sentence 2, specifying, by member state of the European Union and by third countries in which they have establishments, the following information on a consolidated basis, shall have it audited by an auditor pursuant to section 340k of the Commercial Code and shall disclose:
1 names, nature of activities and geographical location of the branches; 2 turnover; 3 number of employees on a full-time equivalent basis; 4 profit or loss before tax;

Section 27
134
5 tax on profit or loss;
6 public subsidies received.
3
If the CRR institution is included in the consolidated accounts of another parent undertaking with head offices in a member state of the European Union or in a signatory state to the Agreement on the European Economic Area, which is subject to the requirements of Directive 2013/36/EU, it shall not be required to make the disclosures pursuant to sentence
2. 4
CRR institutions shall disclose in their annual report their return on assets, calculated as their net profit divided by their total balance sheet. 5 By 1 July 2014, global systemically important institutions authorised within Germany shall be obligated to submit to the European Commission the information referred to in sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6 on a confidential basis. 6 Details on the requirements in sentences 2 to 5 shall be stipulated by the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 10. (2) 1 If an institution fails to comply with its disclosure requirements, does not comply with them correctly, in full or in time in cases other than those referred to in Article 432 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, BaFin may, in individual cases, issue orders that are appropriate and necessary for facilitating proper disclosure of the information. 2 BaFin may stipulate times and locations for publication that deviate from those referred to in Articles 433 and 434 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or may require additional information to be disclosed. Division 6 AUDITS AND THE APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS
Section 27
(Repealed)
Section 28
Appointment of the auditor in special cases
(1) 1
Institutions shall notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of the auditor they have appointed without delay after making the appointment. 2 Within one month of receiving such notification, BaFin may request the appointment of a different auditor if this appears necessary to achieve the object of the audit. 3 If the institution has appointed an audit firm as the auditor, which was the institution's auditor in one of the two preceding financial years, BaFin may request that the responsible audit partner be changed if the previous audit including the audit report did not fulfil the object of the audit; section 319a (1) sentence 5 of the Commercial Code shall apply mutatis mutandis. 4 Objections to and appeals against measures pursuant to sentence 2 or 3 shall have no suspensory effect. (2) 1 The court having jurisdiction at the domicile of the institution will appoint an auditor at the request of BaFin if

Section 29
135
1 the notification pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 is not effected without delay after the end of the financial year; 2 the institution does not comply without delay with the request to appoint a different auditor pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2; 3 the auditor chosen has declined to accept the auditing mandate, is no longer active, or is unable to conclude the audit in time, and the institution has not appointed a different auditor without delay. 2 The appointment by the court shall be final. 3
Section 318 (5) of the Commercial Code shall
apply mutatis mutandis. 4
The court, at the request of BaFin, may terminate the appointment of an auditor appointed pursuant to sentence 1. (3) Subsections (1) and (2) shall not apply for credit institutions which belong to a credit cooperative audit association or are audited by the audit office of a savings bank and giro association.
Section 29
Special duties of the auditor
(1) 1
When auditing the annual accounts or interim accounts, the auditor shall also examine the institution's financial situation. 2 When auditing the annual accounts, he/she shall determine in particular whether the institution has fulfilled the following notification requirements and other requirements:
1 the notification requirements pursuant to sections 11, 12a, 14 (1) and pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, pursuant to sections 15, 24 and 24a in each case also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 24 (4) sentence 1, pursuant to section 24a also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 24a (5), and 2 the requirements (a) pursuant to sections 10a, 10c to 10i in each case also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 number 5, pursuant to sections 11, 13 to 13c, 18, 25 (1) and (2), section 25a (1) sentence 3 in each case also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 25 (3) and
section 25a (5) also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 25a
(6), pursuant to section 25a (1) sentence 6 number 1, subsection (3), pursuant to sections 25b, 25c (2) to (4b), section 25d (3) to (12), section 26a, pursuant to sections 13 and 14 (1), in each case also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 22, pursuant to section 51a (1) also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 51a (1), pursuant to section 51b (1) also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 51b (2) and pursuant to
section 51c (1),

Section 29
136
(b) pursuant to sections 17, 20, 23, 25 and 27 of the Supervision of Financial Conglomerates Act, (c) pursuant to Article 4 (1), (2) and (3) subparagraph 2, Article 9 (1) to (4) and
Article 11 (1) to (10), (11) subparagraph 1 and (12) of Regulation (EU) No
648/2012,
(d) pursuant to Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1, pursuant to Articles 387 to 403 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 13 (1) sentence 1, pursuant to Articles 404 to 409 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 3 If an institution is exempt pursuant to section 2a (1), the auditor shall check for the continued existence of the conditions referred to in Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 4 If an institution is exempt pursuant to section 2a (3), the auditor shall check for the continued existence of the conditions referred to in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 5 If BaFin has issued provisions vis-à-vis the institution regarding the content of the audit pursuant to section 30, these provisions must be taken into consideration by the auditor. 6 If unrealised reserves are included in the institution's liable capital, the auditor, when auditing the annual accounts, shall likewise examine whether
section 10 (4a) to (4c) in the version in force up to 31 December 2013 was complied with
when ascertaining those reserves. 7
In the case of a credit institution that was requested to prepare a recovery plan pursuant to section 47 (1), the auditor shall likewise examine whether the recovery plan meets the criteria pursuant to section 47 (1) sentence 2 and pursuant to section 47a (1) to (3) and (4) sentences 2 and 4. 8 The findings shall be included in the audit report. (1a) 1 Subsection (1) shall apply with respect to the requirements pursuant to Article 4 (1), (2) and (3) subparagraph 2, Article 9 (1) to (4) and Article 11 (1) to (10), (11) subparagraph 1 and (12) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 for the auditing of the annual accounts of central counterparties subject to the proviso that the auditor shall additionally have to examine whether the requirements pursuant to Article 7 (1) to (4), Article 8 (1) to (4) and Articles 26, 29, 33 to 54 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 and the regulatory technical standards adopted in accordance with these articles are complied with. 2 Sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis for the condensed set of accounts of a central counterparty if such accounts must be prepared pursuant to statutory requirements. (2) 1 The auditor shall also examine whether the institution has fulfilled its obligations pursuant to sections 24c and 25h to 25n, the Money Laundering Act and Regulation (EC) No 1781/2006; in the case of credit institutions, the auditor shall also examine whether the credit institution has fulfilled its obligations pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 924/2009 and Regulation (EU) No 260/2012. 2 Furthermore, he/she shall examine compliance with the notification and publication requirements and other requirements contained in Articles 5 to 10 and 12 to 14 of Regulation (EU) No 236/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March 2012 regarding short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (OJ EU

Section 29
137
L 86/1 of 24 March 2012). 2
In the case of institutions, branches within the meaning of
section 53b and branches within the meaning of section 53 which conduct safe custody
business, he/she shall audit that business particularly carefully unless it is to be audited pursuant to section 36 (1) sentence 2 of the Securities Trading Act; this audit must also cover compliance with section 128 of the Companies Act on disclosure requirements and section 135 of the Companies Act on the exercising of voting rights. 4 The auditor shall report separately on the items mentioned in sentences 1 to 3, respectively; section 26 (1) sentence 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis. (3) 1 If, in the course of his/her audit, the auditor becomes aware of facts which might warrant the qualification or withholding of the audit certificate, jeopardise the existence of the institution or fundamentally impair its development, which constitute a material infringement of the provisions on the institution’s approval requirements or the pursuit of business under this Act, or which indicate that the senior managers have seriously infringed the law, the articles of association, articles of incorporation or the partnership agreement, he/she shall notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank without delay. 2 At the request of BaFin or the Deutsche Bundesbank, the auditor shall explain the audit report to them, and inform them of any other facts which have come to his/her attention in the course of the audit which suggest that the business of the institution is not being conducted properly. 3 The notification, explanatory and disclosure requirements pursuant to sentences 1 and 2 shall also apply in relation to an undertaking which is closely linked to the institution if the auditor becomes aware of the relevant facts while auditing the institution. 4 The auditor shall not be liable for the accuracy of facts which he/she reports in good faith pursuant to this subsection. (4) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance is authorised, in agreement with the Federal Ministry of Justice and after consulting the Deutsche Bundesbank, to issue by way of a statutory order more detailed provisions on 1 the object of the audit pursuant to subsections (1) and (2), 2 the time at which it is carried out and 3 the contents of the audit reports insofar as this is necessary for the performance of BaFin's functions, and especially in order to enable it to identify irregularities which may jeopardise the safety of the assets entrusted to the institution or which may impair the proper conduct of banking business or provision of financial services, and to obtain consistent records for assessing the business conducted by institutions. 2 The statutory order may stipulate that the requirements set out in subsections (1) to (3) shall also be complied with when auditing the consolidated accounts of a group of institutions, financial holding group or mixed financial holding group or a financial conglomerate; more detailed provisions on the object of the audit, the time at which it is to be carried out and the contents of the audit report may be issued pursuant to sentence 1. 3 The Federal Ministry of
Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order.

Section 30
138
Section 30
Definition of audit content
1
Without prejudice to the special duties of the auditor pursuant to section 29, BaFin can also issue provisions vis-à-vis the institution regarding the content of the audit, which must be taken into consideration by the auditor when auditing the annual accounts. 2 In particular, BaFin can determine areas of emphasis for the audits. Division 7 EXEMPTIONS
Section 31
Exemptions; authority to issue orders
(1) 1
The Federal Ministry of Finance, after consulting the Deutsche Bundesbank, may exempt, by way of a statutory order not requiring the consent of the Bundesrat, 1 all institutions, or certain types or categories of institutions, from the duty to report specific exposures and facts pursuant to section 14 (1) and section 24 (1) numbers 1 to 4 and 6 and (1a), certain types or categories of institutions from the duty to submit financial information pursuant to section 25 or from the duty pursuant to section 26 (1) sentence 2 to elucidate the annual accounts in notes thereon, and the senior manager(s) of an institution from the duty to report participating interests pursuant to
section 24 (3) number 2, if these disclosures are immaterial for supervisory purposes;
2 certain types or categories of institutions from compliance with section 26, if this is warranted by the particular nature of their business; 3 all institutions that are not CRR institutions, or certain types or categories of institutions that are not CRR institutions, from duties to report specific exposures and facts pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance may delegate this authority to BaFin by way of a statutory order, subject to the proviso that the statutory order is issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. (2) 1 BaFin may exempt individual institutions from the requirements of section 13 (1) and (2),
section 15 (1) sentence 1 numbers 6 to 11 and (2), section 24 (1) numbers 1 to 4, sections
25, 26 and 29 (2) sentence 2, as well as from the requirement of section 15 (1) sentence 1, ie to grant loans only on market terms, if this appears desirable for particular reasons, and especially because of the nature or scale of the business conducted. 2 BaFin may also exempt undertakings which exclusively provide financial services pursuant to section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9 or number 10 from the requirements of section 25a (1) sentence 3 number 3 letter (c) if this appears desirable for particular reasons, and especially because of the size of the institution. 3 The exemption may be granted either upon application by an institution or ex officio.

Section 31
139
(3) A superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a shall notify BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank of its intention to make use of Article 19 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended for an undertaking; it shall also submit a summary report once a year notifying which undertakings it has exempted pursuant to Article 19 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended from the aggregation pursuant to section 12a (1) sentence 1, section 25 (2) and pursuant to Articles 11 to 18 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. (4) (Repealed) (5) (Repealed) (6) (Repealed)

Section 32
140
Part III
Provisions concerning the prudential supervision of institutions Division 1 AUTHORISATION OF BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Section 32
Authorisation
(1) 1
Anyone wishing to conduct banking business or to provide financial services in Germany commercially or on a scale which requires commercially organised business operations needs written authorisation from BaFin; section 37 (4) of the Act on Administrative Procedures shall apply. 2 The application for authorisation shall contain the following information:
1 suitable evidence of having the resources needed for business operations; 2 the names of the senior managers; 3 the information required to assess the trustworthiness of the applicants and of the persons specified in section 1 (2) sentence 1; 4 the information required to assess whether the proprietors and the persons specified in section 1 (2) sentence 1 have the professional knowledge, skills and experience necessary to manage the institution; 4a the information required to assess whether the senior managers have sufficient time to dedicate to the performance of their tasks; 5 a viable business plan setting out the types of business envisaged, the structural organisation and the planned internal control mechanisms of the institution; 6 where significant holdings are held in the institution:
(a) the names of the holders of the significant holdings, (b) the amount of these holdings, (c) the information required to assess the trustworthiness of these holders or of the legal representatives or of the general partners, (d) where these holders are required to draw up annual accounts: their annual accounts for the past three financial years, along with the audit reports compiled by independent external auditors where such reports are to be prepared, and (e) where these holders belong to a group: particulars of the group structure and, where such accounts are to be drawn up, the consolidated group accounts for the past three financial years, along with the audit reports compiled by independent external auditors where such reports are to be prepared;

Section 32
141
6a where no significant holdings are held in the institution, the names of the up to 20 biggest shareholders; 7 information indicating a close link between the institution and other natural persons or other undertakings; 8 the names of the members of the supervisory body, along with the information required to assess their trustworthiness and expertise as well as the information required to assess whether they can commit sufficient time to the performance of their function. 3 The reports and documentation to be submitted pursuant to sentence 2 shall be specified in more detail by way of a statutory order pursuant to section 24 (4). 4 The requirements under sentence 2 number 6 letters (d) and (e) shall not apply to financial services institutions. (1a) 1 Anyone wishing not only to conduct banking business or to provide financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 5 and 11, but also to engage in proprietary business, also needs written authorisation from BaFin for this activity. 2 Subsection (1) sentence 1 clause 2 and subsections (2), (4) and (5) as well as sections 33 to 38 shall apply mutatis mutandis. (1b) Authorisation to engage in limited custody business within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 12 may be granted only if authorisation to provide at least one financial service within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 or to conduct banking business within the meaning of section 1 (1) sentence 2 has already been granted or is granted at the same time; the authorisation to engage in limited custody business shall expire upon the expiry or withdrawal of the aforementioned authorisation. (2) 1 BaFin may grant authorisation subject to conditions which shall be consistent with the objective pursued by this Act. 2 It may limit the authorisation to specific types of banking business or financial services. (3) Before granting authorisation, BaFin shall consult the guarantee scheme appropriate for the institution. (3a) On being granted authorisation, the institution, if it is liable to pay contributions pursuant to section 8 (1) of the Deposit Guarantee and Investor Compensation Act (Einlagensicherungs- und Anlegerentschädigungsgesetz), shall be informed of the compensation scheme to which it is assigned. (4) BaFin shall publicise the granting of authorisation in the Federal Gazette. (5) 1 BaFin shall keep a register of institutions on its website in which it shall enter all the domestic institutions which have been granted authorisation pursuant to subsection (1), also in conjunction with section 53 (1) and (2), along with the date on which authorisation was granted, the scope of the authorisation and, where applicable, the date of the authorisation’s expiry or withdrawal. 2 The Federal Ministry of Finance may, by way of a statutory order not

Section 33
142 requiring the consent of the Bundesrat, issue more detailed provisions on the contents of the register and the institutions’ duties to cooperate with regard to the keeping of the register. (6) 1 Where a payment institution has been granted authorisation pursuant to section 8 (1) of the Payment Services Oversight Act or an e-money institution has been granted authorisation pursuant to section 8a (1) of the Payment Services Oversight Act and additionally provides financial services within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 9, this payment institution or e-money institution shall not require authorisation pursuant to subsection (1). 2 The reporting requirement pursuant to section 14 (1) shall be fulfilled and section 14 (2) to (4) shall apply.
Section 33
Refusal of authorisation
(1) 1
Authorisation must be refused if
1 the resources needed for business operations, in particular sufficient initial capital consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, are not available in Germany; the initial capital which must be available is as follows:
(a) in the case of investment advisers, investment brokers, contract brokers, asset managers and portfolio managers, operators of multilateral trading systems or undertakings engaging in placement business who, in providing financial services, are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers and who do not trade in financial instruments for their own account: an amount equivalent to at least €50,000, (b) in the case of other financial services institutions which do not trade in financial instruments for their own account: an amount equivalent to at least €125,000, (c) in the case of financial services institutions which trade in financing instruments for their own account, financial services institutions which provide a limited custody business within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 1 number 12, as well as securities trading banks: an amount equivalent to at least €730,000. (d) in the case of CRR credit institutions: an amount equivalent to at least €5 million, (e) (repealed) (f) in the case of investment advisers, investment brokers and contract brokers who, in providing financial services, are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers and who do not trade in financial instruments for their own account, the amount of €25,000 if they are also entered in a register as an insurance intermediary pursuant to Directive 2002/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 December 2002 on insurance mediation (Official Journal of the European Union L 9 pp 3-10) and fulfil the requirements of Article 4 (3) of Directive 2002/92/EC, and

Section 33
143
(g) in the case of undertakings which conduct proprietary business also on foreign derivatives markets and on spot markets only for the purpose of hedging these positions, which engage in principal broking services or investment broking only for other members of these markets or which determine prices for other members of these markets through proprietary trading within the meaning of section 1 (1a) sentence 2 number 4 letter (a) as a market maker within the meaning of section 23 (4) of the Securities Trading Act, the amount of €25,000 if clearing members of these markets or trading systems are liable for the fulfilment of the contracts which the aforementioned undertakings conclude on the said markets or in the said trading systems; 2 facts are known which reveal that an applicant or one of the persons specified in
section 1 (2) sentence 1 is not trustworthy;
3 facts are known which warrant the assumption that the holder of a major participating interest or, if this is a legal person, a legal representative or representative pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation or, in the case of a commercial partnership, a partner is not trustworthy or, for other reasons, fails to satisfy the requirements to be set in the interests of the sound and prudent management of the institution; 4 facts are known which reveal that the proprietor or one of the persons specified in
section 1 (2) sentence 1 does not have the professional qualifications required to
manage the institution and if no other has been designated as senior manager pursuant to section 25c (5); 4a facts are known which reveal that a senior manager does not have sufficient time to perform his/her tasks; 4b facts are known which reveal that a senior manager is in breach of the requirements of section 25c (2); 4c the institution, after having been granted authorisation, becomes a subsidiary of a financial holding company within the meaning of Article 4 (1) number 20 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or of a mixed financial holding company within the meaning of
Article 4 (1) number 32 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and facts are known which
warrant the assumption that a person within the meaning of section 2d is not trustworthy or does not have the professional qualifications required to manage the business of the financial holding company or of the mixed financial holding company; 5 a credit institution or a financial services institution which, in providing financial services, is authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers or which, in accordance with an attestation from BaFin pursuant to section 4 (1) number 2 of the Act Governing the Certification of Old-Age Pension Contracts (Gesetz über die Zertifizierung von Altersvorsorgeverträgen), is authorised to offer old-age pension contracts, does not have at least two senior managers who work for the institution not merely in an honorary capacity;

Section 33
144
6 the institution's main office and, to the extent that it is a legal person and not a branch within the meaning of section 53, its legal domicile are not in Germany; 7 the institution is not prepared or in a position to make the organisational arrangements necessary for the proper operation of the business for which it is seeking authorisation; 8 the applicant is a subsidiary of a foreign credit institution and the foreign supervisory authority responsible for overseeing this credit institution has not given permission for the establishment of the subsidiary. 2 An investment adviser or investment broker who, in providing financial services, is not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers and who does not trade in financial instruments for his/her own account shall not be refused authorisation pursuant to sentence 1 letter (a) if, instead of the initial capital, he/she can demonstrate that, for the protection of customers, he/she has taken out appropriate insurance with an indemnity of at least €1,000,000 for each insured loss and at least €1,500,000 for all insured losses in an insurance year. 3 Sentence 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to investment advisers and investment brokers who are also entered in a register as insurance intermediaries pursuant to Directive 2002/92/EC and fulfil the requirements of
Article 4 (3) of Directive 2002/92/EC subject to the proviso that an indemnity of at least
€500,000 for each insured loss and at least €750,000 for all insured losses in an insurance year is envisaged. (2) 1 BaFin may refuse authorisation if facts are known which warrant the assumption that effective supervision of the institution is impaired. 2 This is especially the case if 1 the institution is integrated in a corporate network with other individuals or undertakings or is closely linked to such a network which, owing to the structure of cross-shareholdings or because of inadequate economic transparency, impairs the effective supervision of the institution; 2 effective supervision of the institution is impaired by the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of a non-EEA state applicable to such individuals or undertakings; 3 the institution is a subsidiary of an institution domiciled in a non-EEA state that is not effectively supervised in the state in which it has its domicile or head office, or whose competent supervisory agency is not willing to cooperate satisfactorily with BaFin; 3 BaFin may also refuse to grant authorisation if, contrary to section 32 (1) sentence 2, the application contains insufficient data or documentation. (3) Authorisation may not be refused for reasons other than those specified in subsections (1) and (3). (4) 1 BaFin must inform the applicant whether authorisation will be granted or refused within six months of the applicant having submitted the complete documentation required for an

Section 33a
145 application for authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1) sentence 2. 2 The application will be rejected if BaFin, within twelve months of it receiving the application, does not have sufficient information or documentation for it to make a decision on the application, despite having issued a deadline of one month for the application to be completed.
Section 33a
Deferral or restriction of authorisation in the case of undertakings domiciled outside the European Union 1 BaFin must defer the decision on an application for authorisation by undertakings domiciled outside the European Union or by subsidiaries of such undertakings, or must limit the authorisation, if a decision to this effect has been taken by the Council or the European Commission pursuant to Article 147 of Directive 2013/36/EU. 1 The deferral or limitation may not exceed three months from the date of the decision. 3 Sentences 1 and 2 shall also apply to applications for authorisation submitted after the date of the decision. 4 If the Council of the European Union decides to prolong the period pursuant to sentence 2, BaFin must take due account of this prolongation and prolong the deferral or limitation accordingly.
Section 33b
Consultation of the competent agencies of another EEA state 1 If authorisation is to be granted to conduct banking business pursuant to section 1 (1) sentence 2 number 1, 2, 4, or 10 or to provide financial services pursuant to section 1 (1a) sentence 2 numbers 1 to 4 to an undertaking which 1 is a subsidiary or an affiliated undertaking of a CRR institution or a primary insurance company and whose parent undertaking is authorised to operate in another EEA state, or 2 is controlled by the same natural persons or undertakings which control a CRR institution or a primary insurance company domiciled in another EEA state, BaFin will consult the competent agencies in the home member state before granting authorisation. 2 The consultation will include, in particular, the information required to assess the trustworthiness and professional qualifications of the persons specified in section 1 (2) sentence 1 as well as to assess the trustworthiness of the holders of a major participating interest in undertakings of the same group domiciled in the EEA state in question.
Section 34
Representation and continuation of business in the event of death (1) Section 45 of the Industrial Code (Gewerbeordnung) shall not apply to institutions. (2) 1 In the event of the death of the holder of authorisation, an institution's business may be continued on behalf of the heirs by two representatives without authorisation for a period of up to one year. 2 The representatives shall be designated without delay following the death of

Section 35
146 the holder of authorisation; they shall be deemed to be senior managers. 3 If a representative is not trustworthy or does not have the necessary professional qualifications, BaFin can prohibit the continuation of business. 4 BaFin can prolong the period pursuant to sentence 1 if there are special reasons for doing so. 5 One representative shall be sufficient in the case of financial services institutions which, in providing financial services, are not authorised to obtain ownership or possession of funds or securities of customers.
Section 35
Expiry and revocation of authorisation
(1) 1
Authorisation shall expire if it is not used within one year from the date on which it is granted. 2 Authorisation shall likewise expire if the institution has been excluded from the compensation scheme pursuant to section 11 of the Deposit Guarantee and Investor Compensation Act. 3 Authorisation to conduct banking business within the meaning of section 1 sentence 2 number 12 shall likewise expire if the authorisation of the central counterparty pursuant to Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on the provision of clearing services has been rejected by BaFin and the rejection is final and absolute. (2) BaFin may revoke authorisation pursuant to the provisions of the Act on Administrative Procedures, and also if 1 the business operations to which the authorisation relates have not been conducted for more than six months; 2 a credit institution is operated in the legal form of a sole proprietorship; 3 it becomes aware of facts which would warrant refusal of authorisation pursuant to
section 33 (1) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 8 or (2) numbers 1 to 3;
4 the discharge of an institution's obligations to its creditors, and particularly the safety of the assets entrusted to it, is endangered, and the danger cannot be averted by taking other measures under this Act; the safety of the assets entrusted to the institution is endangered, inter alia, by (a) a loss amounting to half of its liable capital pursuant to Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, or (b) a loss amounting to more than 10 per cent of its liable capital pursuant to Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended in each of at least three successive financial years; 5 (repealed) 6 the institution has persistently contravened provisions of this Act, the Money Laundering Act, the Securities Trading Act or the regulations or orders issued to implement these Acts; 7 (repealed)

Section 36
147
8 the prudential requirements in Articles 92 to 403 as well as 411 to 428 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 are no longer fulfilled. (2a) 1 The authorisation will be revoked by BaFin if insolvency proceedings are initiated in respect of the institution or a dissolution order has been issued. 2 The revocation of the authorisation shall not hinder the persons responsible for the liquidation from continuing to carry out certain activities of the institution, provided these are necessary or advisable for the purposes of the insolvency or liquidation proceedings. (3) Section 48 (4) sentence 1 and section 49 (2) sentence 2 of the Act on Administrative Procedures concerning the period of one year shall not apply. (4) If an institution's authorisation to conduct banking business or provide financial services is revoked, BaFin will inform without delay the competent agencies of the other EEA states in which the institution has established branches or has been providing cross-border services.
Section 36
Removal of senior managers or members of the supervisory body (1) 1 In the cases specified in section 35 (2) numbers 3, 4, and 6, BaFin, instead of revoking authorisation, may demand the removal of the senior managers responsible and may also prohibit these senior managers from carrying out their activities at institutions organised in the form of a legal person. 2 For the purposes of sentence 1, section 35 (2) number 4 shall apply subject to the proviso that, when calculating the amount of the loss, accounting conveniences used to reduce or avoid a balance sheet loss are disregarded. (1a) 1 In the cases specified in Article 20 (1) letters (b) to (d) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, BaFin, instead of revoking authorisation, may demand the removal of the senior managers responsible and may also prohibit these senior managers from carrying out their activities at institutions organised in the form of a legal person. 2 BaFin can also demand removal if the requirements of Article 27 (1) of Regulation No 648/2012 are not fulfilled or the requirements of Article 31 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 are fulfilled. (2) BaFin may also demand the removal of a senior manager and prohibit that senior manager from carrying out his/her activities at institutions organised in the form of a legal person if he/she has intentionally or recklessly contravened the provisions of this Act, Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, the Act on Building and Loan Associations, the Safe Custody Act (Depotgesetz), the Money Laundering Act, the Capital Investment Code, the Pfandbrief Act, the Payment Services Oversight Act or the Securities Trading Act, the regulations issued to implement these laws, the legal acts adopted to implement Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the legal acts adopted to implement Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, or orders issued by BaFin and he/she persists in such behaviour despite having been duly warned by BaFin. (3) 1 BaFin can demand the removal of a person specified in section 25d (3) sentences 1 and 2 and section 25d (3a) sentence 1 from the undertakings specified in section 25d (3)

Section 36
148 sentences 1 and 2 and section 25d (3a) sentence 1 and prohibit such a person from carrying out his/her activities, if 1 facts are known which reveal that the person is not trustworthy; 2 facts are known which reveal that the person lacks the necessary expertise; 3 facts are known which reveal that the person does not devote sufficient time to carrying out his/her tasks; 4 the person was kept unaware of serious violations of the principles of proper management by his or her institution due to careless exercise of its oversight and control function and such behaviour persists despite due warning by BaFin; 5 the person did not do everything needed to counter detected infringements and continues to refrain from doing so despite due warning by BaFin; 6 the person specified by section 25d (3) sentence 1 or sentence 2 is already a senior manager of the same undertaking; 7 the person specified by section 25d (3) sentence 1 or sentence 2 was a senior manager of the same undertaking and two former senior managers of the undertaking are already members of its supervisory body; 8 the person specified by section 25d (3) sentence 1 or sentence 2 exercises more than four controlling mandates and BaFin has not authorised him/her to exercise additional mandates; 9 the person specified by section 25d (3) sentence 1 or sentence 2 exercises more than one senior management function and two supervisory functions and BaFin has not authorised him/her to exercise additional mandates; 10 the person specified by section 25d (3a) sentence 1 exercises more than five controlling mandates at institutions under BaFin's supervision. 2 For institutions that are subject to separate legal supervision on account of their legal form, a measure pursuant to sentence 1 shall only take place following consultation with the authority responsible for the legal supervision of such institutions. 3 Where the court has, at the request of the supervisory body, been called upon to remove a member of that body, the relevant application may, provided that the requirements of sentence 1 numbers 1 to 9 have been met, also be submitted by BaFin if the supervisory board has failed to act on the removal instruction issued by the Supervisory Authority. 4 The removal of employee representatives in the supervisory body shall take place solely in accordance with the provisions of the laws on co-determination (Mitbestimmungsgesetze).

Section 37
149
Section 37
Intervention against unauthorised or prohibited business (1) 1 If banking business is carried out or financial services are provided without the authorisation required under section 32, if clearing services are carried out without the authorisation as a central counterparty required by Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, or if business prohibited under section 3 is conducted, BaFin can order the undertaking and the members of its governing bodies to cease business operations immediately and to settle this business without delay. 2 It may issue instructions for the settlement of the business and appoint a suitable person as the liquidator. 3 It may publicise its measures pursuant to sentences 1 and 2. 4 BaFin’s powers pursuant to sentences 1 to 3 shall also apply vis-à-vis the undertaking involved in the initiation, conclusion or settlement of such business. (2) The liquidator shall be authorised to file a petition for the initiation of insolvency proceedings over the undertaking's assets. (3) 1 The liquidator shall receive appropriate remuneration and reimbursement of his/her expenses from BaFin. 2 The amounts paid shall be refunded separately to BaFin by the undertaking and, at BaFin’s request, shall be provided in advance. 3 BaFin can instruct the undertaking concerned to pay the amount laid down by BaFin directly to the liquidator on BaFin’s behalf if there is no reason to suspect that this may affect the liquidator's independence.
Section 38
Consequences of the revocation and expiry of authorisation; measures in the event of liquidation (1) 1 If BaFin revokes authorisation or if authorisation expires, in the case of legal persons and commercial partnerships it may decide that the institution is to be liquidated. 2 BaFin’s decision shall have the effect of a dissolution order. 3 The court of registration shall be informed of the decision and shall enter it accordingly in the commercial register or register of cooperative societies (Genossenschaftsregister). (2) 1 BaFin may issue instructions regarding the liquidation of an institution or its banking business and financial services. 2 The court shall appoint liquidators at BaFin’s request if the persons otherwise appointed to liquidate the banking business and financial services offer no guarantee of proper liquidation. 3 If responsibility therefor does not lie with the court, BaFin will appoint the liquidator. (2a) 1 The liquidator shall receive appropriate remuneration and reimbursement of his/her expenses from BaFin. 2 The amounts paid shall be refunded separately to BaFin by the legal person or commercial partnership concerned and, at BaFin’s request, shall be provided in advance. 3 BaFin can instruct the legal person or commercial partnership concerned to pay the amount laid down by BaFin directly to the liquidator on BaFin’s behalf if there is no reason to suspect that this may affect the liquidator's independence.

Section 39
150
(3) 1
BaFin will publicise the revocation or expiry of authorisation in the Federal Gazette. 2 It will inform the competent agencies of the other EEA states in which the institution has established branches or has been providing cross-border services. (4) Subsections (1) and (2) shall not apply to legal persons governed by public law. Division 2 PROTECTED TERMS
Section 39
The terms "bank" and "banker"
(1) The terms “bank” (“Bank”) or “banker” (“Bankier”) or a term in which the words “bank” or “banker” appear, unless otherwise stipulated by law, may be used in the corporate name, as an addendum to the corporate name, to describe the business purpose or for advertising purposes only by 1 credit institutions with authorisation pursuant to section 32 or branches of undertakings pursuant to section 53b (1) sentences 1 and 2 or (7); 2 other undertakings which, upon this Act coming into force, were legitimately using such a term pursuant to previous provisions; (2) The term “people's bank” (“Volksbank”) or a term in which the words “people's bank” appear may be newly taken up only by credit institutions operating in the legal form of a registered cooperative society and belonging to an audit association. (3) When granting authorisation, BaFin may decide that the terms specified in subsection (1) may not be used if, according to generally accepted standards, the nature or volume of the business conducted by the credit institution does not warrant the use of such a term.
Section 40
The term “savings bank”
(1) The term “savings bank” (“Sparkasse”) or a term in which the words “savings bank” appear may be used in the corporate name, as an addendum to the corporate name, to describe the business purpose or for advertising purposes only by 1 public savings banks with authorisation pursuant to section 32; 2 other undertakings which, upon this Act coming into force, were legitimately using such a term pursuant to previous provisions; 3 undertakings which are newly established by restructuring the undertakings specified in number 2 as long as they, by virtue of their articles of association or articles of incorporation, exhibit specific features (in particular, tasks geared towards public

Section 41
151 welfare and a restriction of their principal business operations to the economic area in which the undertaking is domiciled) to the same extent as before restructuring. (2) Credit institutions within the meaning of section 1 of the Act on Building and Loan Associations may use the term “building and loan association” (“Bausparkasse”); registered cooperative societies which belong to an audit association may use the term “savings and loans bank” (“Spar- und Darlehenskasse”).
Section 41
Exceptions
1
Sections 39 and 40 shall not apply to undertakings that use the words “bank”, “banker” or “savings bank” in a context which precludes the impression that they conduct banking business. 2 Credit institutions domiciled outside Germany may use the terms specified in
section 39 (2) and section 40 in their corporate name, as an addendum to their corporate
name, to describe their business purpose or for advertising purposes for their operations in Germany if they are entitled to use these terms in their country of domicile and append an addendum to the term referring to their country of domicile.
Section 42
BaFin’s decision
1
In cases of doubt, BaFin will decide whether an undertaking is authorised to use the terms specified in sections 39 and 40. 2 It will inform the court of registration of its decisions.
Section 43
Registration provisions
(1) If authorisation is required to conduct banking business or provide financial services pursuant to section 32, entries in public registers may be made only if the court of registration has been furnished with evidence of such authorisation. (2) 1 If an undertaking uses a corporate name or an addendum to a corporate name which is impermissible pursuant to sections 39 to 41, the court of registration shall compel the undertaking to refrain from using the corporate name or addendum to the corporate name by imposing an administrative fine; section 392 of the Act on the Procedure in Cases Involving Family Law and on Matters of Non-Contentious Jurisdiction (Gesetz über das Verfahren in Familiensachen und in den Angelegenheiten der freiwilligen Gerichtsbarkeit) shall apply mutatis mutandis. 2 This is without prejudice to section 395 of the Act on the Procedure in Cases Involving Family Law and on Matters of Non-Contentious Jurisdiction. (3) BaFin shall be entitled to file petitions in proceedings before the court of registration regarding the entry or amendment of the legal relationships or corporate name of credit institutions or undertakings using terms that are impermissible pursuant to sections 39 to 41,

Section 44
152 and may also seek the legal remedies permissible under the Act on the Procedure in Cases Involving Family Law and on Matters of Non-Contentious Jurisdiction. Division 3 INFORMATION AND INSPECTIONS
Section 44
Information from and inspections of institutions, ancillary service providers, financial holding companies, mixed financial holding companies and undertakings included in supervision on a consolidated basis (1) 1 An institution or a superordinated undertaking, the members of its governing bodies and its employees shall, upon request, provide BaFin, the persons and entities which BaFin uses in performing its functions and the Deutsche Bundesbank with information about all business activities, documentation and, if necessary, copies. 2 BaFin may perform inspections at the institutions and superordinated undertakings, with or without a special reason, and may entrust the Deutsche Bundesbank with the task of carrying out such inspections; this shall include undertakings to which an institution or superordinated undertaking has outsourced major areas within the meaning of section 25b (external service providers). 3 BaFin’s staff, the staff of the Deutsche Bundesbank as well as any other persons whom BaFin uses to perform the inspections may enter and inspect the business premises of the institution, the external service provider and the superordinated undertaking for this purpose during ordinary office and business hours. 4 The parties affected shall acquiesce to the measures taken under sentences 2 and 3. (1a) If a central counterparty outsources operational functions, services or activities to an undertaking in accordance with the requirements of Article 35 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, BaFin's powers pursuant to subsection (1) sentences 2 and 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to these undertakings; subsection (1) sentence 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis. (2) 1 A subordinated undertaking within the meaning of section 10a, a financial holding company at the head of a financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a, a mixed financial holding company at the head of a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a or a mixed holding company and a member of a governing body of such an undertaking shall, upon request, provide information, documentation and, if necessary, copies to BaFin, the persons and agencies which BaFin uses in performing its functions and the Deutsche Bundesbank, in order to enable them to check the accuracy of the information or data supplied and which are required for supervision on a consolidated basis or which are to be supplied in connection with a statutory order pursuant to section 25 (3) sentence 1. 2 BaFin may perform inspections at the undertakings specified in sentence 1, with or without a special reason, and may entrust the Deutsche Bundesbank with the task of carrying out such inspections; subsection (1) sentence 2 clause 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 BaFin’s staff, the staff of the Deutsche Bundesbank as well as any other persons whom BaFin uses to perform the inspections may enter and inspect the undertakings’ business premises for this

Section 44
153 purpose during ordinary office and business hours. 4 The parties affected shall acquiesce to the measures taken under sentences 2 and 3. 5 Sentences 1 to 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a subsidiary not included in the consolidation and to a mixed holding company and its subsidiaries. (2a) 1 If, in the supervision of a group of institutions, a financial holding group, a mixed financial holding group or a mixed holding group, BaFin requires information which has already been submitted to another competent agency, it will initially address its request for information to this competent agency. 2 When supervising institutions which are subordinated to an EU parent institution pursuant to section 10a, BaFin addresses, as a matter of routine, its initial requests for information on the implementation of the approaches and measures under Directive 2013/36/EU to the agency responsible for consolidated supervision. (3) 1 Undertakings domiciled outside Germany which are included in the consolidation must, upon request, allow BaFin to carry out the inspections permitted under this Act, in particular checks of the accuracy of the data supplied for the consolidation pursuant to section 10a (4) to (7), section 25 (2) and (3) and Articles 11 to 17 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, insofar as this is both necessary to enable BaFin to perform its functions and permissible under the laws of the other state. 2 This shall also apply to subsidiaries domiciled outside Germany which are not included in the consolidation. (3a) (Repealed) (4) 1 BaFin can send representatives to shareholders' meetings, general meetings or partners' meetings, as well as to meetings of the supervisory bodies of institutions, financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies organised in the form of a legal person. 2 They may address these meetings. 3 The parties affected shall acquiesce to the measures taken under sentences 1 and 2. (5) 1 Institutions, financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies organised in the form of a legal person shall, at BaFin’s request, call the meetings specified in subsection (4) sentence 1, call meetings of the supervisory bodies and announce subjects on which decisions are to be taken. 2 BaFin can send representatives to a meeting called pursuant to sentence 1. 3 They may address the meeting. 4 The parties affected shall acquiesce to the measures taken under sentences 2 and 3. 5 This is without prejudice to
section 4.
(6) A person obliged to furnish information may refuse to do so in respect of any questions, the answers to which would place him/her or one of his/her relatives as designated in section 383 (1) numbers 1 to 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure at risk of criminal prosecution or proceedings under the Act on Breaches of Administrative Regulations (Gesetz über Ordnungswidrigkeiten).

Section 44a
154
Section 44a
Cross-border information and audits
(1) 1
Legislation that hinders the transmission of data shall not apply to the transmission of data between an institution, a German asset management company, a financial undertaking, a financial holding company, a mixed financial holding company, an ancillary service provider, an e-money institution within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act, a payment institution within the meaning of the Payment Services Oversight Act, or an undertaking domiciled outside Germany which directly or indirectly holds at least 20 per cent of the capital shares or voting rights in the undertaking, is a parent undertaking or can exercise a controlling influence, or between a mixed-activity holding company and its subsidiaries domiciled outside Germany, if such transmission of data is necessary to comply with the prudential provisions pursuant to Directive 2013/36/EU or Directive 2002/87/EC for the undertaking domiciled outside Germany. 2 BaFin can prohibit an institution from transmitting data to a non-EEA state. (2) 1 At the request of an agency responsible for the supervision of an undertaking domiciled in another EEA state, BaFin will check the accuracy of the data transmitted by an undertaking within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 for that supervisory body pursuant to Directive 2013/36/EU, Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 or Directive 2002/87/EC, or shall permit the agency making the request, an external auditor or an expert to check such data; BaFin may, at its own diligent discretion, adopt the same procedure vis-à-vis supervisory bodies in non-EEA states provided that reciprocity is assured. 2
Section 5 (2) of
the Act on Administrative Procedures regarding the limits to administrative assistance shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 The undertakings within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 1 shall acquiesce to the checks. (3) 1 BaFin can request from CRR credit institutions, securities trading firms, German asset management companies, financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies domiciled in another EEA state that it be given information that facilitates the supervision of institutions which are subsidiaries of these undertakings and which are not included in supervision on a consolidated basis by the competent agencies of the other state for reasons corresponding to those specified in Article 19 (1) or (2) letter (b) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.
Section 44b
Information from and inspections of the holders of major participating interests (1) 1 The obligations vis-à-vis BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank to provide information and present documentation pursuant to section 44 (1) sentence 1 shall also apply to 1 persons and undertakings who report the intention to acquire a participating interest pursuant to section 2c or who are named as holders of major participating interests in connection with an application for authorisation pursuant to section 32 (1) sentence 2 number 6 or a supplementary report pursuant to section 64e (2) sentence 4,

Section 44c
155
2 the holders of a major participating interest in an institution and the undertakings controlled by them, 3 persons and undertakings about whom facts are known which warrant the assumption that they are persons or undertakings within the meaning of number 2, and 4 persons and undertakings who are associated with a person or an undertaking within the meaning of numbers 1 to 3 pursuant to section 15 of the Companies Act. 2 At BaFin’s request, the party obliged to present documentation shall, at its own expense, arrange for the documentation to be submitted pursuant to section 2c (1) sentence 2 to be examined by an external auditor determined by BaFin. (2) 1 BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank may take measures pursuant to section 44 (1) sentences 2 and 3 in respect of the persons and undertakings specified in subsection (1) if there is evidence of grounds for a prohibition pursuant to section 2c (1b) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 6. 2 The parties affected shall acquiesce to these measures. (3) A person obliged to furnish information pursuant to subsections (1) or (2) may refuse to do so in respect of any questions, the answers to which would place him/her or one of his/her relatives as designated in section 383 (1) numbers 1 to 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure at risk of criminal prosecution or proceedings under the Act on Breaches of Administrative Regulations.
Section 44c
Prosecution of unauthorised banking business and financial services (1) 1 An undertaking about which facts are known which warrant the assumption that it conducts banking business or provides financial services without the authorisation required under this Act or without the authorisation required under Article 14 of Regulation (EU) 648/2012 or that it conducts business prohibited under section 3, a member of its governing bodies, an employee of this undertaking as well as other undertakings which are or were involved in performing such business shall, upon request, provide information about all of the undertaking's business activities and submit documentation to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank. 2 A member of a governing body and an employee shall, upon request, provide information even after they have left the governing body or the undertaking. (2) 1 BaFin can carry out inspections on the premises of the undertaking as well as on the premises of the persons and undertakings obliged to provide information and present documentation pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 insofar as this is necessary to determine the nature or volume of the business or activities, and it may entrust the Deutsche Bundesbank with the task of carrying out such inspections. 2 To this end, BaFin’s staff and the staff of the Deutsche Bundesbank may enter and inspect these premises during ordinary office and business hours. 3 In order to prevent imminent risks to public order and safety, they will be authorised to enter and inspect these premises also outside ordinary office and business hours, and may enter and inspect premises which also serve as living

Section 44c
156 accommodation; the basic right enshrined in Article 13 of the Basic Law (Grundgesetz) shall be limited in this respect. (3) 1 BaFin’s staff and the staff of the Deutsche Bundesbank may search these premises of the undertaking as well as those of the persons and undertakings obliged to provide information and present documentation pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1. 2 When conducting the search the staff may also search the persons obliged to provide information and documentation for the purposes of securing objects within the meaning of section 4. 3 The basic right enshrined in Article 13 of the Basic Law shall be limited in this respect. 4 Searches of business premises and persons shall require a judicial order except in the event of imminent danger. 5 Searches of premises which serve as living accommodation shall require a judicial order. 6 The court responsible shall be the local court (Amtsgericht) in whose area of jurisdiction the premises are located. 7 An appeal may be lodged against the judicial decision; sections 306 to 310 and 311a of the Code of Criminal Procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis. 8 A written record shall be made of the search. 9 It must specify which official agency was responsible for carrying out the search, the reason, time and place of the search and its outcome and, if no judicial order was issued, the facts substantiating the presumption of imminent danger. (4) BaFin’s staff and the staff of the Deutsche Bundesbank may seize items which could be of importance as evidence in their investigations. (5) 1 The parties affected shall acquiesce to measures taken pursuant to subsection (2), subsection (3) sentence 1 and subsection (4). 2
Section 44 (6) shall apply.
(6) 1
The rights of BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank as well as the duties to cooperate and acquiesce incumbent upon the parties affected shall also apply to the undertakings and persons about which facts are known which warrant the assumption that they are involved in the initiation, conclusion or settlement of unauthorised banking business or financial services. 2 If the competent authority of another state makes an appropriate request to BaFin, the aforementioned rights and duties shall also apply in respect of the undertakings and persons about which facts are known which warrant the assumption that the undertakings or persons are involved in the initiation, conclusion or settlement of banking business or financial services, which are being conducted or provided in the other state contrary to a prohibition in effect in that state.

Section 45
157
Division 4 MEASURES IN SPECIAL CASES
Section 45
Measures to improve the adequacy of own funds and liquidity (1) 1 If the assets and liabilities, financial position and profitability of an institution justifies the assumption that it will not be able to sustainably fulfil the requirements of Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or of section 10 (3) and (4), section 45b (1) sentence 2, section 11 or section 51a (1) or (2) or section 51b, BaFin may order the institution to take measures to improve its own capital adequacy and liquidity, in particular 1 to produce a well-founded description of the development of the key business activities over a period of at least three years, including projected balance sheets and projected profit and loss accounts as well as of the development of the prudential ratios and present said description to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank. 2 to review measures for improving protection against or reducing the major risks identified by the institution and thus the associated risk concentrations and to report this to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank; concepts for exiting from individual business areas or severing parts of the institution or group should also be considered. 3 to report on suitable measures to increase the institution’s tier 1 capital, own funds and liquidity to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank, 4 to develop a concept for averting a potentially dangerous situation within the meaning of section 35 (2) number 4 and present said concept to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank. 2 The assumption that the institution will not be able to sustainably fulfil the requirements of Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or section 10 (3) and (4),
section 45b (1) sentence 2, section 11 or section 51a (1) or (2) or section 51b is routinely
justified if
1 the total capital ratio for the ratio of own funds to the sum, multiplied by 12.5, of the total capital charge for credit risk, the capital charge for operational risk and the sum of the capital charges for market risk exposures including options trades pursuant to Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 or the ratios pursuant to the statutory order pursuant to section 51a (1) sentence 2, has decreased from one reporting date to the next by at least 10%, or the liquidity ratio to be calculated in accordance with the statutory order pursuant to section 11 (1) or in accordance with the statutory order pursuant to section 51b (2) sentence 1 has decreased from one reporting date to the next by at least 25% and it can be expected on the basis of this development that the minimum requirements will be undershot within the next 12 months, or 2 The total capital ratio for the ratio of own funds to the sum, multiplied by 12.5, of the total capital charge for credit risk, the capital charge for operational risk and the sum of the capital charges for market risk exposures including options trades pursuant to

Section 45
158
Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or the statutory order pursuant to section 10 (1) sentence 1 or the ratios pursuant to the statutory order pursuant to section 51a (1) sentence 2, has decreased on at least three successive reporting dates by more than 3% in each case, or the liquidity ratio to be calculated in accordance with the statutory order pursuant to section 11 (1) or in accordance with the statutory order pursuant to section 51b (2) sentence 1 has decreased on at least three successive reporting dates by more than 10% in each case and it can be expected on the basis of this development that the minimum requirements will be undershot within the next 18 months and no facts are apparent which justify the assumption that it is highly likely that the minimum requirements will not be undershot. 3 In conjunction with or in place of the measures pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin may also order the adoption of measures pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 7 if the measures pursuant to sentence 1 do not provide sufficient assurance of sustainably ensuring compliance with the requirements of Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or section 10 (3) and (4), section 45b (1) sentence 2, section 11 or section 51a (1) or (2) or section 51b; subsection (5) is thus to be applied accordingly. (2) 1 If an institution’s own funds do not meet the requirements laid down in Articles 24 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, section 10 (3) and (4) or section 45b (1) sentence 2 or if the investment of its funds does not meet the requirements laid down in
section 11 or if the liable capital of a housing undertaking with a savings facility does not
meet the requirements laid down in section 51a (1) and (2) or section 45b (1) sentence 2 or the investment of its funds does not meet the requirements laid down in section 51b, BaFin can 1 prohibit or limit both withdrawals by the proprietors or partners and the distribution of profits, 2 prohibit or limit balance sheet measures that serve to offset an existing annual loss or to show a balance sheet profit; 3 order that the distribution of all types of profit-related disbursements on own funds instruments be dispensed with fully or in part and without replacement if they are not fully covered by an existing annual profit; 4 prohibit or limit lending within the meaning of section 19 (1); 5 order the institution to take measures to reduce risks insofar as they arise from certain types of activities and products or through the use of certain systems; 5a order the institution to limit the total annual amount designated for the variable remuneration of all senior managers and employees (total amount of variable remuneration) to a certain proportion of the profit for the year or to completely cancel it; this does not apply to variable components of remuneration established in a collective wage agreement or within its scope of application through an agreement of the contracting parties on the application of the provisions of the collective wage

Section 45
159 agreement or on the basis of a collective wage agreement in a plant-level or service agreement; 6 prohibit or limit variable components of remuneration to a certain proportion of the profit for the year; this does not apply to variable components of remuneration established in a collective wage agreement or within its scope of application through an agreement of the contracting parties on the application of the provisions of the collective wage agreement or on the basis of a collective wage agreement in a plant￾level or service agreement; 7 order that the institution describe how and it what period of time the adequacy of own funds or liquidity of the institution is to be sustainably restored (restructuring plan) and that BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank are regularly informed of the progress of these measures, and 8 order that the institution implement one or more options from a resolution plan pursuant to section 47a. 2 The restructuring plan pursuant to subsection (1) number 7 must be transparent, plausible and justified. 3 For the implementation of the measures described, the plan must name concrete aims, interim targets and deadlines that can be monitored by BaFin. 4 BaFin can, at any time, inspect the restructuring plan and the associated documents. 5 BaFin can demand that the restructuring plan be amended and impose specifications in this regard if it considers the stated objectives, interim target and implementation deadlines to be insufficient or if the institution does not adhere to them. (3) 1 Subsections (1) and (2) sentence 1 numbers 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to superordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a as well as institutions that are required to sub-consolidate pursuant to Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 if the consolidated own funds of the undertakings belonging to the group do not meet the requirements laid down in Articles 24 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended or section 45b (1). 2 In the case of an institution belonging to the group making use of the exemption pursuant to section 2a (1), BaFin can, on a temporary basis, partly or fully postpone the application of this exemption with regard to the provisions of Articles 24 to 403 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. (4) (Repealed) (5) 1BaFin may issue the orders specified in subsections (2) and (3) only if the institution or the mixed financial holding company has failed to remedy the deficiency within a period set by BaFin. 2 If this is required to prevent a foreseeable short-term deterioration in the adequacy of own funds or the liquidity of the institution or if measures pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 have already been taken, such orders are permissible even without prior warning with the setting of a deadline. 2 Decisions on the distribution of profits shall be void insofar as they contradict an order issued pursuant to subsections (2) and (3). 4 If provisions in contracts on own
funds instruments contradict an order issued pursuant to subsections (2) and (3), no rights can be derived from them. 5 At the same time as or subsequent to

Section 45
160 prohibiting the payment of variable components of remuneration pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 number 6, BaFin can order that entitlements to confer variable remuneration components are rendered completely or partly invalid if 1 the institution, at the time that the payment is prohibited or within a period of two years thereafter, makes use of exceptional government intervention, including measures from the Restructuring Fund Act or the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act, and the preconditions for the prohibition of the payment have, by this point in time, not ceased to apply, or have done so only on the basis of said measures, 2 an order by BaFin pursuant to subsection (2) numbers 1 to 7 is issued or already exists at the time the payment is prohibited or within a period of two years thereafter, or 3 measures pursuant to section 46 or pursuant to section 48a are taken at the time the payment is prohibited or within a period of two years thereafter. 6 Such an order may be also issued, in particular, if 1 the entitlements to grant variable remuneration were created on the basis of provisions of an institution's remuneration system which contradict the prudential requirements of this law for suitable and transparent remuneration systems geared towards the institution’s sustainable development, or 2 it is to be assumed that without the granting of financial assistance by the Restructuring Fund or the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund the institution would not have been in a position to grant the variable remuneration components; if it is to be assumed that the institution would have been able to grant some of the variable remuneration components, the variable remuneration components are to be cut commensurately. 7 BaFin can also issue orders pursuant to sentence 5 and pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 numbers 5a and 6 if an institution makes use of exceptional government intervention, including measures from the Restructuring Fund Act or the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act, and it appears necessary to issue an order for the institution to maintain a sound capital base or sound liquidity and for the early termination of government assistance. 8 If an institution makes use of government assistance, BaFin can also completely or partially prohibit the payment of variable remuneration components to members of the governing bodies and senior managers of the institution and order the revocation of corresponding entitlements; such an order shall not be issued if the payment or the maintenance of the entitlements is justified in spite of the conditions for the prohibition being met and the existence of circumstances specified in sentence 6. 9 Sentences 5 to7 do not apply if the entitlements to grant variable remuneration came into existence before 1 January
2011. 10Sentence 8 does not apply if the entitlements to grant variable remuneration came
into existence before 1 January 2012. 11Institutions must take account of the power to issue orders pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 numbers 5a and 6 and the provisions in sentences 5 to 8 in corresponding contractual agreements with members of their governing

Section 45a
161 bodies and their senior management and staff members. 12If contractual agreements on the granting of variable remuneration run counter to an order pursuant to subsection (2) sentence 1 numbers 5a and 6 or the provisions in sentences 5 to 8, no rights can be derived from them. (6) BaFin can also order measures pursuant to subsections (1) to (5) if an institution, the superordinated undertaking of a group of institutions, of a financial holding group or of a mixed financial holding group does not comply with the increased capital requirements ordered pursuant to section 10 (4). (7) 1 For the implementation of orders pursuant to subsection (6) or section 10 (4), until BaFin determines that the capital requirements have been met, sections 7 to 7f, 9, 11, 11a, 14 and 15 of the Financial Market Stabilisation Acceleration Act (Finanzmarktstabilisierungsbeschleunigungsgesetz) shall apply mutatis mutandis to decisions on capital measures taken by the shareholders’ meeting of the institution. 2 This shall also apply if private or public bodies other than the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund make a partial or full contribution to meeting the capital requirements.
Section 45a
Measures vis-à-vis financial holding companies and mixed financial holding companies (1) BaFin can prohibit a financial holding company at the head of a financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a or a mixed financial holding company at the head of a mixed financial holding group within the meaning of section 10a from exercising its voting rights in the superordinated undertaking and the other subordinated undertakings if 1 the financial holding company or the mixed financial holding company fails to transmit to the superordinated undertaking the data pursuant to Article 11 (1) sentence 2 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 required for consolidation pursuant to Articles 11 to 23 of Regulation (EU ) No 575/2013, unless the supervisory consolidation requirements can be satisfied in some other way; 2 facts are known which reveal that a person who actually manages the business of the financial holding company or the mixed financial holding company is not trustworthy or does not have the professional qualifications required to manage the business. (1a) 1 In the cases cited in subsection (1) sentence 1 number 2, BaFin can also order the superordinated undertaking of a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group not to comply with the instructions of the financial holding company or of the mixed financial holding company if there are no possibilities under company law for removing the persons who actually manage the business of the financial holding company or of the mixed financial holding company. 2 The same shall apply if such possibilities do exist but they have been used without success.

Section 45b
162
(2) 1
In the case of a prohibition pursuant to subsection (1) and at the request of BaFin, the court having jurisdiction at the domicile of the superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a shall appoint a trustee to whom it transfers the exercise of the voting rights. 2 In exercising the voting rights, the trustee must take due account of the interests of a sound management of the undertakings concerned, in conformity with banking supervisory requirements. 3 BaFin may request the appointment of a different trustee for good cause. 4 If the prerequisites specified in subsection (1) no longer exist, BaFin shall apply for the appointment of the trustee to be revoked. 5 The trustee shall be entitled to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses and remuneration for his/her activities. 6 The court shall determine such expenses and remuneration at the trustee’s request; an appeal on a point of law against the fixing of remuneration by the court shall not be permissible. 7 The Federal Government will advance such expenses and remuneration; the financial holding company or the mixed financial holding company and the undertakings concerned shall be jointly and severally liable to the Federal Government in respect of its outlays. (3) As long as the prohibition order pursuant to subsection (1) is enforceable, the undertakings concerned shall not be deemed to be subordinated undertakings of the financial holding company or the mixed financial holding company within the meaning of sections 10a and 13b.
Section 45b
Measures in the case of organisational deficiencies (1) 1 If an institution does not have a proper business organisation within the meaning of
section 25a (1), BaFin can, either prior to or together with an order pursuant to section 25a
(2) sentence 2 or pursuant to section 25c (4c), also in conjunction with a statutory order pursuant to section 25a (6) or pursuant to section 25b, order, in particular, that the institution 1 must take measures to reduce risks insofar as they arise from certain types of activities and products or through the use of certain systems or from the outsourcing of activities and processes to another undertaking, 2 may establish further branches only with BaFin’s approval, and 3 may not engage in certain types of business, in particular the acceptance of deposits, funds or securities of customers and lending pursuant to section 19 (1), or may engage in such business only to a limited extent. 2 BaFin is entitled to order measures pursuant to sentence 1 in addition to setting out increased own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (3) sentence 2 number 10 as well as together with or additionally to setting out increased own funds requirements pursuant to
section 51a (2) number 4.
(2) 1
Subsection (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the relevant superordinated undertaking within the meaning of section 10a as well as to an institution that is required pursuant to
section 22 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 to carry out sub-consolidation, if a group of
institutions or a financial holding group or a mixed financial holding group does not have a

Section 45c
163 proper business organisation in contravention of section 25a (1) and section 25b; subsection (1) sentence 1 number 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis provided that, instead of prohibiting or limiting lending, BaFin can lower the large exposure limits applicable to the group of institutions or financial holding group or mixed financial holding group pursuant to Articles 387 to 403 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended. 2 If a branch of the institution in a non-EEA country does not have an appropriate business organisation or is not in a position to provide the information necessary to assess its business organisation or for inclusion in the institution's organisational structure, or if it is not supervised effectively in the non-EEA country or if the supervisory agency responsible for the branch is not prepared to engage in satisfactory cooperation with BaFin, BaFin can also limit the business activities of the branch or order its closure and liquidation. (3) (Repealed)
Section 45c
Special representative
(1) 1
BaFin may appoint a special representative, entrust him/her with the performance of activities at an institution and assign him/her the requisite powers. 2 The special representative must be independent, trustworthy and suited to carrying out the activities entrusted to him/her to ensure the sustainability of the institution’s business policy and to safeguard financial stability; in cases where the special representative assumes tasks of a senior manager or governing body, he/she must guarantee the professional qualifications required. 3 As part of the appointment, he/she is authorised to request information and documentation from members of the governing bodies and employees of the institution, attend in an advisory role all meetings of the governing bodies and other bodies of the institution, enter the institution’s business premises, inspect its books and papers and conduct enquiries. 4 The governing bodies and members thereof are obliged to help the special representative conduct his/her activities. 5 He/she is obliged to furnish BaFin with all information about any findings made in performing his/her tasks. (2) In particular, BaFin may appoint the special representative to do the following:
1 to take over the activities and powers of one or more senior managers if facts are known which reveal that the senior manager(s) of the institution is/are not trustworthy or does/do not have the professional qualifications required to manage the institution. 2 to take over the activities and powers of one or more senior managers if the institution no longer has the requisite number of senior managers, in particular because BaFin has demanded the removal of a senior manager or prohibited that senior manager from carrying out his/her activities. 3 To take over the activities and powers of governing bodies of the institution entirely or in part if the conditions set out in section 36 (3) sentence 1 number 1 to 9 apply.

Section 45c
164
4 to take over the activities and powers of governing bodies of the institution entirely or in part if the supervision of the institution is hampered as a result of circumstances within the meaning of section 33 (3). 5 to take suitable measures to set up and safeguard proper business organisation including appropriate risk management if the institution has persistently contravened provisions of this Act, the Act on Building and Loan Associations, the Safe Custody Act, the Money Laundering Act, the Capital Investment Code, the Pfandbrief Act, the Payment Services Oversight Act, the Securities Trading Act, the regulations issued to implement these Acts or the orders issued by BaFin. 6 to monitor the institution’s compliance with the orders issued by BaFin. 7 to draw up a restructuring plan for the institution if the conditions set out in section 45 (1) sentence 3 or (2) apply, to follow the execution of the restructuring plan and to take over the powers as defined in section 45 (2) sentences 4 and 5. 7a to draw up a plan pursuant to section 10 (4) sentence 6 for the institution if the requirements of section 10 (4) sentence 1 are met and the institution has not presented a suitable plan within a deadline set by BaFin, and to ensure the implementation of said plan; 8 to monitor measures taken by the institution to avert a danger within the meaning of
section 35 (2) number 4 or of section 46 (1) sentence 1, to take measures him/herself
to avert a danger or to monitor compliance with measures taken by BaFin pursuant to
section 46.
9 to prepare a transfer order pursuant to section 48a.
10 to check claims for damages against members of governing bodies or former members of governing bodies if there is evidence of grounds for damage to the institution through breach of duty by said members. (3) 1 If the special representative takes over all activities and powers of a governing body or the member of a governing body of the institution, the tasks and powers of the governing body or member of the governing body in question shall be suspended. 2 The special representative may not carry out the role of one or more senior managers at the same time as that of one or more members of an administrative or supervisory body. 3 If the special representative is granted only some of the powers of a governing body or a member of a governing body, this shall have no effect on the powers of the appointed governing body or member of a governing body of the institution. 4 The activities and powers of one or more senior managers may be transferred in their entirety to the special representative only in the cases cited in (2) numbers 1, 2 and 4. 5 His/her scope of powers of representation shall be determined by the scope of powers of representation of the senior manager to whose position he/she has been appointed. 6 In cases where BaFin has transferred the role of senior manager to a special representative, persons or governing bodies entitled under other legislation to appoint senior managers may do so only with BaFin’s approval.

Section 46
165
(4) If BaFin transfers the activities and powers of a senior manager as defined in (2) number 1 or number 2 to a special representative, the transfer, scope of powers of representation and revocation of the transfer shall be entered officially in the commercial register. (5) The institution’s governing body that is responsible for the debarment of partners from the management and representation or for the removal of persons with powers of management or representation may, if there is good cause, apply to have the transfer of a senior manager’s role to the special representative revoked. (6) 1 The costs incurred through the appointment of the special representative, including reasonable expenses and the remuneration which he/she is to be paid, shall be borne by the institution. 2 The amount of the remuneration will be determined by BaFin. 3 BaFin will advance such expenses and remuneration at the special representative’s request. (7) 1 The special representative shall be liable for wilful intent and negligence. 2 In the case of negligent conduct, the special representative’s liability for damages shall be limited to €1 million. 3 If this institution is a public limited company whose shares are admitted to trading on the regulated market, liability for damages shall be limited to €50 million. (8) Subsections (1) to (7) shall apply mutatis mutandis to financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies which are deemed to be superordinated undertakings pursuant to section 10a and to persons who actually manage the business of such financial holding companies or mixed financial holding companies.
Section 46
Measures in the case of danger
(1) 1
If there is any danger to the discharge of an institution's obligations to its creditors, especially to the safety of the assets entrusted to it, or if there are grounds for suspecting that effective supervision of the institution is not possible (section 33 (3) numbers 1 to 3), BaFin may take temporary measures to avert this danger. 2 In particular, it may 1 issue instructions on the institution's management, 2 forbid the acceptance of deposits, funds or securities of customers and the granting of loans (section 19 (1)), 3 prohibit proprietors and senior managers from carrying out their activities, or limit the performance of these activities, 4 temporarily impose a ban on sales and payments by the institution, 5 order that the institution be closed for business with customers, and 6 prohibit the acceptance of payments not intended for the payment of debt vis-à-vis the institution, unless the competent compensation scheme or other guarantee scheme warrants that the obligees will be satisfied in full.

Section 46
166
3
Subject to the provisions of sentence 1, BaFin may ban or restrict payments to affiliated undertakings if these transactions are disadvantageous to the institution. 4 Furthermore, it may stipulate that payments are only permitted under certain circumstances. 5 Without delay, BaFin shall notify the affected supervisory authorities in the member states of the European Union, the European Central Bank and the Deutsche Bundesbank of the measures it intends to take pursuant to sentences 3 and 4. 6 Decisions on the distribution of profits shall be invalid insofar as they contradict any order issued pursuant to sentences 1 and 2. 7 In the case of institutions organised in a form other than that of a sole proprietorship, managers who have been prohibited from carrying out their activities shall be barred from managing and representing the institution for the duration of the prohibition. 8 Regarding the claims arising from the employment contract or from other provisions governing the activities of the manager, the general regulations shall apply. 9 Rights permitting a manager to participate as a partner or in other ways in decisions on measures affecting the management of the institution may not be exercised for the duration of the prohibition. (2) 1 The competent compensation scheme or other guarantee scheme may make its commitment within the meaning of subsection (1) sentence 2 number 6 subject to the condition that incoming payments not intended for the payment of debts pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 6 to the institution are held and administered on behalf of the scheme separately from the assets held by the institution at the time when the ban on sales and payments pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 4 was imposed. 2 After the issuing of the ban on sales and payments pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 4, the institution may complete the transactions in progress at the time of the issuing of the ban and enter into new transactions insofar as these are necessary for completing the former transactions, if and insofar as the appropriate deposit guarantee scheme or investor compensation scheme supplies the funds required for the purpose or undertakes to compensate the institution for any diminution in its assets resulting from these transactions as a whole, insofar as such compensation is needed for the full satisfaction of all creditors. 3 Moreover, BaFin may authorise exceptions to the ban on sales and payments pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 4 insofar as this is necessary for the performance of transactions or the administration of the institution. 4 In particular, it may order the reimbursement of payments accepted or received by the institution contrary to an order pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 number 6. 5 It may establish a limit below which special representatives can authorise exceptions from the ban on sales and payments. 6 Compulsory enforcements, attachments and temporary injunctions against
the institution’s assets shall not be permissible for the duration of measures pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6. 7 The provisions of the Insolvency Code relating to the protection of payment and securities transfer and settlement systems, including interoperable systems, as well as of central banks' collateral security and of financial collateral arrangements shall apply mutatis mutandis when ordering a measure pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6. 8 The ordering of security measures pursuant to section 21 of the Insolvency Code shall not affect the validity of the reimbursement of a payment accepted or received via a system or an intermediary or received by the institution contrary to an order pursuant to subsection

Section 46a
167
(1) sentence 2 number 6 and which BaFin has ordered to be reimbursed pursuant to sentence 4. (3) (Repealed)
Section 46a
(Repealed)
Section 46b
Insolvency petition
(1) 1
If an institution permitted to conduct business operations in Germany or a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company which is deemed to be a superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a becomes insolvent or overindebted, the senior managers, the proprietor in the case of an institution operating in the form of a sole proprietorship and the persons who actually manage the business of the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company shall report this fact to BaFin without delay, enclosing informative documentation; the aforementioned persons must also provide such notification along with the corresponding documentation if the institution or the financial holding company or mixed financial holding company which is deemed to be a superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a is not expected to be in a position to fulfil its existing payment obligations when they fall due (imminent insolvency). 2 Insofar as these persons are required under other legislation to file a petition for the initiation of insolvency proceedings in the event of insolvency or overindebtedness, the reporting requirement pursuant to sentence 1 shall replace the requirement to file such a petition. 3 Insolvency proceedings over the assets of an institution or a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company which is deemed to be a superordinated undertaking pursuant to
section 10a shall be initiated in the event of insolvency, overindebtedness or, under the
conditions set out in sentence 5, also in the event of imminent insolvency. 4 The petition for the initiation of insolvency proceedings over the assets of an institution or a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company which is deemed to be a superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a may be filed only by BaFin. 5 In the event of imminent insolvency, however, BaFin may file the petition only with the consent of the institution and, in the case of a financial holding company or mixed financial holding company deemed to be a superordinated undertaking pursuant to section 10a, with its consent. 6 The insolvency court must consult BaFin before appointing a suitable insolvency administrator. 7 The court order to commence insolvency proceedings shall be specially delivered to BaFin. 8 The insolvency court shall send BaFin all further decisions relating to the proceedings and shall inform it of the status and progress of the proceedings when requested to do so. 9 BaFin may inspect the records relating to the insolvency proceedings. (2) 1 If insolvency proceedings are initiated in respect of an institution which participates in a system within the meaning of section 24b (1), BaFin shall notify the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), the ESRB and the agencies whose names have been communicated by the other EEA states to the European Commission without delay.

Section 46c
168
2
Sentence 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to system operators within the meaning of section 24b (5). (3) 1 The insolvency administrator shall inform BaFin on an ongoing basis about the status and progress of the insolvency proceedings, in particular by transferring the reports for the insolvency court, the creditors' meeting or a committee of creditors. 2 BaFin may also request additional information and documents relating to the insolvency proceedings.
Section 46c
Insolvency law periods and liability issues
(1) The periods to be calculated pursuant to sections 88 and 130 to 136 of the Insolvency Code from the date on which the request to open the insolvency proceedings was filed shall be calculated from the day on which a measure pursuant to section 46 (1) is ordered. (2) 1 It is assumed that any payments that were made by the institution between a BaFin order pursuant to section 46 (1) sentence 2 numbers 4 to 6 and the insolvency petition and that are permitted under section 46 do not disadvantage the institution’s creditors and are compatible with the diligence of a prudent businessman. 2 BaFin acts dutifully in its activities if, in exercising its powers, it could reasonably assume that it could achieve the aims of the Act based on appropriate information. 3 This is without prejudice to section 4 (4) of the Act Establishing the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority.
Section 46d
Notification of the other EEA states with regard to reorganisation measures (1) 1 BaFin shall notify the competent authorities in the other EEA states before it orders reorganisation measures, in particular measures pursuant to section 46, to be carried out at a CRR credit institution. 2 If this is not possible, the competent authorities must be informed immediately after such measures have been ordered. 3 The same shall apply insofar as measures pursuant to section 46 are taken against the branches of an undertaking within the meaning of section 53 domiciled in a non-EEA state. 4 In this case, BaFin shall inform the competent authorities in the other EEA states in which the undertaking has established further branches. 5 This shall be without prejudice to the provisions of section 8 (3) to (7). (2) 1 Reorganisation measures which prejudice the rights of third parties in a host member state and against which legal remedies may be sought must be announced immediately without an accompanying statement of reasons in the Official Journal of the European Union and in at least two national newspapers of the host member states in the official language or languages of the relevant EEA states. 2 This announcement must stipulate which agency or authority has received the accompanying explanatory memorandum, the subject matter of and legal basis for the decision, the time limits for legal remedies including deadlines, BaFin’s address as the authority which would decide if an objection were filed and the address of the competent administrative court. 3 Such announcement is not a prerequisite for validity.

Section 46e
169
(3) 1
Reorganisation measures within the meaning of subsections (1) and (2) are measures pursuant to both section 46 and section 6 (3) by means of which the financial situation of a CRR credit institution is to be reinforced or restored and which could prejudice the existing rights of third parties in a host member state of the EEA, including measures which allow a suspension of payments or which serve to bolster the reorganisation measures ordered by supervisory authorities in the EEA. 2 Reorganisation measures are to be designated as such. 3 With due regard for the reorganisation measures, sections 336, 337, 338, 340 and 351 (2) of the Insolvency Code shall apply as appropriate to contracts on the use or acquisition of an immovable object, to employment contracts and employment relationships, to set-offs, to repurchase agreements within the meaning of section 340b of the German Commercial Code, to netting agreements and contracts for novation as well as to the rights in rem of third parties unless otherwise stipulated in this Act. (4) 1 Subsections (1) and (2) shall not apply if and insofar as only the rights of persons involved in the internal corporate structure as well as those of the management and shareholders of a CRR credit institution may be prejudiced in one of these capacities. 2 Notification and announcement pursuant to subsections (1) and (2) are not necessary in the case of CRR credit institutions which do not operate on a cross-border basis. (5) 1 BaFin shall support reorganisation measures ordered by the authorities of the home state to be carried out at a CRR credit institution domiciled in another EEA state. 2 If it considers it necessary to carry out remedial measures at a CRR credit institution domiciled in another EEA state, it shall inform the competent authorities of this state accordingly.
Section 46e
Insolvency proceedings in EEA states
(1) 1
The relevant authorities or courts of the home member state shall be solely responsible for initiating insolvency proceedings over the assets of a CRR credit institution within the EEA. 2 If another state of the EEA is the home member state of a CRR credit institution and insolvency proceedings are initiated there over the assets of this institution, then these proceedings shall be recognised irrespective of the provisions of section 343 (1) of the Insolvency Code. (2) Secondary insolvency proceedings pursuant to section 356 of the Insolvency Code and any other territorial insolvency proceedings pursuant to section 354 of the Insolvency Code are not permissible with regard to CRR credit institutions which are domiciled in another EEA state. (3) 1 The office of the insolvency court must immediately forward the order to initiate proceedings to BaFin, which in turn shall promptly inform the competent authorities in the other EEA host member states that proceedings have been initiated. 2 Notwithstanding the announcement envisaged by section 30 of the Insolvency Code, the insolvency court must publish extracts from the court order to initiate proceedings in the Official Journal of the European Union and in at least two national newspapers of the host member states in which

Section 46f
170 the credit institution concerned has a branch or provides services. 3 This publication is to be preceded by the form pursuant to section 46f (1) of this Act. (4) 1 BaFin can request information about the status of the insolvency proceedings from the insolvency court and the insolvency administrator at any time. 2 It is obliged, upon the request of the competent authorities in other EEA states, to inform the said authorities about the status of the insolvency proceedings. (5) 1 If BaFin files a petition for the initiation of insolvency proceedings over the assets of a branch of an undertaking domiciled in a non-EEA state, it shall, without delay, notify the competent authorities in the EEA states in which the undertaking has a further branch or provides services. 2 The notification must also include information about the contents and legal validity of the permission pursuant to section 32. 3 The persons and bodies involved shall endeavour to take a concerted approach.
Section 46f
Notification of creditors in insolvency proceedings (1) 1 On issuing the court order to initiate proceedings, the office of the insolvency court shall send the creditors a form bearing the heading “Invitation to lodge a claim and submit observations relating to a claim. Time limits to be observed” in all of the official languages of the EEA. 2 The form shall be published in the Federal Gazette by the Federal Ministry of Justice and shall contain the following information in particular:
1 the time limits which are to be observed and the penalties for breaching these time limits. 2 the body empowered to accept the lodgement of claims or observations relating to claims. 3 other measures which have been laid down. 4 how important it is for creditors whose claims are preferential or secured in rem to lodge these claims and the extent to which they must do so. (2) 1 Creditors whose place of habitual abode, residence or domicile is in another EEA state can lodge their claims in the official language or one of the official languages of that state. 2 The lodgement of claims must bear the heading “Lodgement of claim and submission of observations relating to claims” in German, ie "Anmeldung und Erläuterung einer Forderung". 3 Upon request, the creditor must provide a translation of the lodgement of claim and submission of observations relating to claims, which is to be certified by a person authorised to do so in the state relevant to sentence 1. (3) The insolvency administrator must regularly inform the creditors about developments in the insolvency proceedings in an appropriate form.

Section 46g
171
Section 46g
Moratorium, suspension of banking and stock exchange business (1) If there is reason to fear that credit institutions may encounter financial difficulties which are likely to pose grave dangers to the economy as a whole, and particularly to the proper functioning of the general payment system, the Federal Government may, by way of a statutory order, 1 grant a credit institution an extension of time to discharge its obligations and order that compulsory enforcements, attachments and temporary injunctions against the credit institution as well as the initiation of insolvency proceedings over the credit institution's assets are not permissible for the duration of the extension; 2 order that credit institutions be temporarily closed for business with customers and that they may neither make nor accept payments and credit transfers connected with such customer business; it may limit this order to certain types or categories of credit institutions and to particular types of banking business; 3 order that stock exchanges within the meaning of the Stock Exchange Act (Börsengesetz) be temporarily closed. (2) Before taking measures pursuant to subsection (1), the Federal Government must consult the Deutsche Bundesbank. (3) If the Federal Government takes measures pursuant to subsection (1), it must specify by way of a statutory order the legal consequences of these measures for prescribed periods and deadlines in the fields of civil law, commercial law, company law, bill of exchange law, cheque law and procedural law.
Section 46h
Resumption of banking and stock exchange business (1) 1 For the period after a temporary closure of credit institutions and stock exchanges pursuant to section 46g (1) numbers 2 and 3, the Federal Government, after having consulted the Deutsche Bundesbank, may issue by way of a regulation provisions on the resumption of payments, credit transfers and stock market business. 2 In particular, it may rule that the withdrawal of credit balances is subject to temporary restrictions. 3 Such restrictions may not be imposed in respect of sums of money accepted after a temporary closure of credit institutions. (2) The statutory orders issued pursuant to subsection (1) and section 46g (1) shall become inoperative three months after the date of their promulgation if they have not already been rescinded.

Section 47
172
Division 4a MEASURES TO PREPARE AND CONDUCT RECOVERY AND RESOLUTION ACTIONS
Section 47
Recovery plan and resolution planning at credit institutions and financial groups with the potential to pose a systemic risk (1) 1 Credit institutions regarded as potentially posing a systemic risk by BaFin shall prepare a recovery plan. 2 The recovery plan shall specify which of the measures to be taken by the credit institution can be used to restore the financial stability of the credit institution if there is a major deterioration in its financial situation and if this deterioration may lead to a going￾concern risk if suitable countermeasures are not taken promptly by the credit institution (crisis event). 3 If the credit institution regarded as potentially posing a systemic risk is part of a group of institutions or financial holding group (referred to in this subsection as financial groups) or if the financial group with the potential to poses a systemic risk, sentence one shall apply under the condition that only the superordinated undertaking must prepare a recovery plan which applies to the entire financial group. 4 A credit institution has the potential to pose a systemic risk if its going-concern risk could trigger a systemic risk within the meaning of section 48a (2) number 1 in conjunction with section 48b (2). 5 A financial group has the potential to pose a systemic risk if the going-concern risk of at least one group company can trigger a systemic risk; the provisions of sections 48o and 48p shall apply mutatis mutandis. 6 In consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, BaFin shall classify credit institutions with the potential to pose a systemic risk on the basis of a qualitative and quantitative analysis, taking particular account of the size of the credit institution, its domestic and cross-border business activities, its interconnectedness with the German and international financial system and the replaceability of the services and the financial infrastructure it provides. (2) 1 BaFin shall be responsible for resolution planning. 2 Resolution planning shall comprise the following tasks:
1 assessing the resolvability of credit institutions and financial groups pursuant to
section 47d
2 removing obstacles to resolvability pursuant to section 47e 3 creating resolution plans pursuant to sections 47f and 47g for credit institutions and financial groups with the potential to pose a systemic risk 4 exercising the powers pursuant to section 47h and 5 preparing measures imposed by BaFin pursuant to sections 48a to 48s.

Section 47a
173
Section 47a
Design of recovery plans
(1) The structure of the recovery plan shall depend on the size, complexity and interconnectedness of the credit institution or the financial group as well as the type, scale and complexity of the business model and the associated risk. (2) The recovery plan shall contain the following major components, in particular 1 a summary of the main content of the recovery plan, including an assessment of the credit institution or the financial group's ability to restructure 2 a strategic analysis of the credit institution or the financial group, which shall contain the following:
(a) a presentation of its corporate structure and business model, (b) a list of its material business activities and critical business activities, (c) a description of its internal and external connective structures; 3 a list of recovery options available to the credit institution or the financial group in order to restore financial stability in the event of a crisis; 4 a description of the conditions and the key steps for implementing recovery options. This shall also include a description of the consequences of the recovery options for employees and their representatives; 5 a list of the impediments which limit or prevent the implementation of the recovery options and a description of whether and how these impediments can be overcome; 6 a list of severe stress scenarios that could trigger a crisis, and their impact on the credit institution or the financial group; the stress scenarios should contain both systemic events and events that affect the individual credit institution and that reflect the risk potential specific to the credit institution or group; 7 the definition of indicators that allow the prompt implementation of recovery options intended to restore the financial stability of the credit institution or the financial group so that it can overcome a future crisis by itself without stabilisation measures from the public sector; in the outline, it may be assumed that public or private sector owners and private or public security systems will provide support measures to overcome a crisis if there is agreement from the owners or security systems or if support measures are the normal procedure in similar cases; 8 an examination of the effectiveness and feasibility of the recovery plan using the stress scenarios; 9 a communication and information plan which describes the internal and external communication arrangements regarding the implementation of each of the identified recovery options and

Section 47a
174
10 a list of preparatory measures that the institution has taken or intends to take to improve the implementation of the recovery plan. (3) The recovery plan must also fulfil the following requirements:
1 implementing the recovery options must allow the financial stability and viability of the credit institution or the financial group to be restored and safeguarded in the long term. 2 it must be possible to implement recovery options effectively in a crisis without causing any significant adverse effect on the financial system. (4) 1 In agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, BaFin shall require credit institutions which it has classified as potentially posing a systemic risk pursuant to section 47 (1) to present a recovery plan within a period not exceeding six months. 2 At the request of the credit institution, BaFin may extend the deadline by up to six months. 3 The relevant credit institutions shall update their recovery plan at least once a year or following changes to the legal or organisational structure of the credit institution, its business activities, its financial situation or the general risk situation that may have a substantial impact on the recovery plan or that make it necessary to amend the plan for other reasons. 4 BaFin may order the relevant credit institutions to update their recovery plans more frequently. 5 Sentences 1 to 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the superordinated undertaking of a financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk. (5) All members of the management board within the meaning of section 1 (2) shall be responsible for creating, implementing and updating the recovery plan as well as implementing it in a crisis, irrespective of the internal allocation of responsibilities. (6) 1 Within this subsection, material business activities shall be taken to mean activities which may significantly affect the assets, finances and earnings of the credit institution or financial group. 2 Material business activities shall also include activities which, from the point of view of the credit institution or the financial group, could lead to considerable losses in revenue or profit, considerable losses or a considerable loss in equity value in the event of a failure. 3 Critical business activities within the meaning of this subsection are business activities which, if interrupted or not resolved in an orderly manner, could have a significant negative impact on other undertakings in the financial sector, on the financial markets or on the general confidence of investors and other market participants in the functioning of the financial system.

Section 47b
175
Section 47b
Measures in the case of deficient recovery plans (1) Credit institutions with the potential to pose a systemic risk shall submit their recovery plans to BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank. They shall also submit them after every update. (2) 1 If BaFin, in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, does not consider the recovery plan submitted to meet the requirements of section 47a (1) to (3), it shall inform the relevant credit institution of the shortcomings of the recovery plan. 2 In this case, BaFin shall require the credit institution to submit a revised plan within a time frame of three months. 3 Moreover, the credit institution shall specify how the deficiencies identified by BaFin have been rectified. (3) If the relevant credit institution fails to submit a revised recovery plan or if the revised recovery plan does not rectify the identified deficiencies, BaFin may order the credit institution to take all measures to rectify the deficiencies within a time limit specified by BaFin. (4) 1 If the deficiencies identified point to impediments that prevent or significantly impair recovery in the event of a crisis (impediments to recovery), BaFin may demand, in particular, that the necessary measures are taken to 1 ease the reduction of the credit institution's risk profile, 2 enable recapitalisation measures to be taken promptly, 3 allow corrections to be made to the funding strategy or 4 change the corporate governance procedures to allow recovery options from the recovery plan to be implemented promptly and rapidly. 2 Before ordering a measure, BaFin shall examine whether the measure is needed because the obstacles to recovery that were identified can no longer be rectified promptly in the event of an imminent risk situation and there is thus a risk that, should a crisis occur, a going￾concern risk to the credit institution could no longer be effectively avoided. It shall also examine whether the burdens associated with the measure are proportionate to the systemic risk caused by the going-concern risk. 3 The credit institution shall first be given the opportunity to remedy the situation. 4 Measures pursuant to sentence 1 shall be harmonised with potential measures pursuant to section 47e (3) and (4). (5) Subsections 1 to 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the superordinated undertaking of a financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk.

Section 47c
176
Section 47c
Resolution unit
(1) 1
At BaFin, resolution planning shall be carried out by a separate organisational unit independently of the ongoing banking supervision tasks (resolution unit). 2 The resolution unit is also responsible for the application to conduct the reorganisation procedure pursuant to
section 7 of the Credit Institution Reorganisation Act, for exercising the associated powers
and for their preparation, as well as for the tasks of BaFin pursuant to sections 48a to 48s. 3 Tasks relating to the creation and evaluation of recovery plans and the ordering of measures pursuant to section 47b may also be transferred to the resolution unit. (2) 1 Mutual support and an unimpeded exchange of information must be assured between the resolution unit and the areas of ongoing supervision. 2
Section 7 shall apply mutatis
mutandis to cooperation with the Deutsche Bundesbank pursuant to this subsection. (3) BaFin shall provide the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency with updates on the current status of resolution planning.
Section 47d
Assessment of resolvability
(1) BaFin shall continuously assess whether a credit institution or a financial group can be resolved. (2) 1 A credit institution or financial group shall be considered able to be resolved if BaFin, after consulting the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency, reaches the conclusion that the credit institution or the members of the financial group that are credit institutions 1 can complete regular insolvency proceedings without creating systemic risk within the meaning of section 48b (2) or 2 can be resolved using a resolution tool in a manner that allows the resolution objectives listed in section 47f (2) to be achieved in compliance with the principles set out in section 47f (4). 2 The use of a resolution tool refers, in particular, to the issue of a transfer order pursuant to sections 48a to 48s, including other measures pursuant to this Act that are ordered in addition to the transfer order. (3) 1 The assessment of the resolvability of a credit institution or financial group must also take into account the feasibility of a resolution if a resolution is required to prevent or eliminate systemic risk. 2 In this case, it is necessary to examine, in particular 1 the extent to which material business activities and critical business activities can be allocated to certain legal entities of the financial group; 2 the extent to which legal and corporate structures are designed to allow the separation of the material business activities and critical business activities and

Section 47d
177 especially to ensuring this separation is not prevented or impeded by internal interconnections; 3 the extent to which arrangements are in place to ensure there are sufficient resources in terms of staff, infrastructures, liquidity and capital to support and maintain material business activities and critical business activities in the event of going-concern risk; 4 the extent to which (a) the credit institution or member of the financial group, as the recipient or provider of services, has concluded service level agreements which may affect the business activities of the credit institution, members of the financial group or third parties, and (b) such service level agreements are fully enforceable in the event of a going￾concern risk or the resolution of the credit institution or a member of the financial group, regardless of whether the credit institution or a member of the financial group is the recipient or provider of the service; 5 the extent to which the credit institution or a member of the financial group has a procedure for transferring the services received or provided on the basis of service level agreements in the event of a spin-off of material business activities or critical business activities; 6 the extent to which provisions have been made to ensure permanent access to financial market infrastructures; 7 whether the technical and organisational resources are sufficient to ensure that BaFin receives correct and complete information about the material business activities and the critical business activities at any time; 8 whether the credit institution or the members of the financial group are able, using their technical and organisational resources, to provide BaFin with the key information needed to effectively resolve the credit institution or the financial group at any time, even under rapidly changing conditions; 9 the extent to which the credit institution or members of the financial group have subjected their technical and organisational resources to a stress test based on scenarios specified or approved by BaFin; 10 the extent to which the credit institution or the members of the financial group can guarantee that their technical and organisational resources remain operational, both for the affected credit institution or the members of the affected financial group as well as, in the event that the material business activities are separated from the critical business activities, for a potential resolution authority which takes over the credit institution or a member of the financial group; 11 the extent to which the credit institution or the members of the financial group have in place adequate procedures to ensure that BaFin receives or can obtain information that is needed to identify the depositors and the amounts covered by the deposit guarantee schemes;

Section 47d
178
12 the extent to which group surety, guarantee or security agreements are affected and hedging transactions are made at market conditions, the extent to which the risk management systems are reliable with regard to such agreements and the extent to which such agreements increase the risk of contagion within the financial group; 13 the extent to which the legal structure of the financial group, the number of legal entities, the complexity of the group structure, including tax and balance sheet links or intercompany agreements, or the difficulty of gearing business activities to legal entities that limit or could limit resolvability; 14 the extent to which, if the assessment relates to a mixed financial holding company, the resolution of undertakings belonging to the financial group that involve credit institutions, financial services institutions or other financial undertakings, may have a negative impact on the parts of the financial group that operate outside the financial sector; 15 whether foreign authorities have tools that are suited to supporting the use of resolution tools and resolution powers pursuant to this Act and what options exist for coordinated measures between BaFin and authorities of this kind abroad; 16 whether the resolution tools and resolution powers can be used, given the structure of the credit institution or the financial group; 17 the extent to which the group structure allows BaFin to resolve the entire financial group or one or more of its entities without creating systemic risk; 18 in what way the use of resolution tools and resolution powers at the credit institution or members of the financial group can be made easier or in which cases they do not need to be used at all; 19 the likelihood of achieving the objective of the resolution through the use of resolution tools and resolution powers given the potential impact on creditors, counterparties, customers and employees, permissions and licences as well as potential measures by authorities outside of Germany; 20 whether it is possible to adequately evaluate the impact that the resolution of the credit institution or financial group, in particular the use of resolution tools or resolution powers, could have on the financial system and the confidence of the financial markets; 21 whether spillover effects to other financial market participants can be contained through the use of resolution tools and resolution powers; 22 whether the resolution of the credit institution or the financial group, in particular the use of resolution tools or resolution powers, could materially affect the operation of financial market infrastructures, and 23 the extent to which, in the event that only a resolution pursuant to subsection (2) number 2 comes into question, the losses of shareholders of the institution being resolved and its creditors can be borne.

Section 47e
179
(4) 1
BaFin will review the resolvability assessment annually and update it if necessary. 2 It can perform additional assessments, particularly if there have been changes at the credit institution or financial group or in the markets in which the credit institution or financial group is active which may influence the result of the assessment. (5) 1 The resolvability of a financial group that falls within the scope of subsection (1), that also operates outside Germany and, in the event of a going-concern risk, could also jeopardise the stability of the financial system outside of Germany, shall be assessed in agreement with the resolution authorities of the affected EEA states or the affected non-EEA states (resolution college). 2 When assessing the resolvability of a credit institution that is not a member of a cross-border financial group but that also operates outside of Germany, BaFin will decide whether such agreement is necessary or helpful. 3
Section 8e shall apply mutatis
mutandis.
Section 47e
Powers to remove impediments to resolvability
(1) 1
If in the course of its assessment pursuant to section 47d, and after consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, BaFin identifies impediments to resolvability at a credit institution with the potential to pose a systemic risk, it will notify the credit institution or the superordinate undertaking of a financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk of this fact. 2 The notification shall specify which impediments to resolvability have been identified. (2) 1 The notification shall specify a suitable period of time in which the recipient must propose measures to remove the specified impediments. 2 After consulting the Deutsche Bundesbank, BaFin will assess whether the proposed measures are suitable for effectively removing the impediments. 3 BaFin may involve responsible German and foreign authorities if it considers their involvement to be necessary or helpful. 4
Section 47d (5) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(3) 1
Should BaFin conclude that the impediments cannot be effectively removed through the proposed measures, it may demand alternative measures. 2 When ordering a measure pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin will verify 1 that the measure is consistent with the resolution objectives listed in section 47f (2), 2 whether the measure is necessary because the impediments to resolution can no longer be overcome promptly in the event that a specific risk occurs and, owing to the impediments to resolution, there is a risk that systemic risk can longer be avoided effectively should a crisis occur, and 3 that the burdens associated with the measure are proportionate to the otherwise imminent systemic risk and its potential impact. (4) 1 Under the conditions set out in subsection (3), BaFin may demand, in particular, that

Section 47f
180
1 service level agreements on the continuation of material business activities or critical business activities are concluded within the financial group or with third parties, 2 the credit institution or, in the case of a financial group, one or more members of the financial group, limit the maximum individual and aggregate risk positions, 3 extraordinary or regular requirements to provide information already in place or newly created by BaFin are adhered to, 4 certain assets are sold, 5 existing or planned business activities are limited or discontinued, 6 changes are made to the legal or operational structures of the institution or the financial group in order to reduce complexity and ensure that material business activities or critical business activities can be separated legally and financially from other functions through the use of resolution tools or resolution powers, 7 a parent company, a parent financial holding company or an EU parent financial holding company is established, 8 measures to increase loss sustainability are implemented, and 9 if the situation at the credit institution involves a subsidiary of a mixed holding company which establishes a mixed holding company to control the institution of a separate financial holding company in order to facilitate the resolution of the credit institution and to prevent the use of resolution tools and resolution powers from having a negative impact on the parts of the financial group that operate outside the financial sector. 2 BaFin shall only demand the measures specified in numbers 4 to 6 after the recipient has been given another opportunity to propose measures to remove the impediments and BaFin does not consider that these measures are suited to effectively removing the impediments. (5) 1 BaFin may, at its discretion, involve the resolution college. 2 BaFin will inform the recipient of the notification of the measures pursuant to subsection (1) and will request that he or she implement these measures within a specified period of time. 3 BaFin will inform the Deutsche Bundesbank of the measure and that it has been imposed.
Section 47f
Creation of a resolution plan
(1) 1
BaFin will create a resolution plan for each credit institution with the potential to pose a systemic risk, is not part of a financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk and is subject to supervision on a consolidated basis by BaFin pursuant to the Banking Directive. 2 If the assessment of resolvability pursuant to section 47d has revealed obstacles to the creation of a resolution plan, these obstacles must first be removed pursuant to section 47e. (2) 1 The resolution plan shall take into account the resolution objective of preventing or making it easier to eliminate systemic risk. 2 Insofar as they are consistent with the objective

Section 47f
181 of preventing or making it easier to eliminate systemic risk, the following additional objectives shall be taken into consideration 1 ensuring the continuity of critical business activities; 2 preventing contagion to other financial market participants; 3 endeavouring to keep the cost of a resolution as low as possible for the general public and to protect public funds; 4 protecting depositors as defined in Directive 94/19/EC and investors as defined in Directive 97/9/EC, and 5 protecting customers' funds and assets. (3) 1 The resolution plan shall envisage the use of resolution tools in the event that the conditions laid out in section 48a (2) are met with regard to the relevant credit institution. 2 The resolution plan shall take into account various scenarios, including the event that the going-concern risk and its causes are limited to the individual credit institution or that the going-concern risk occurs during a period of general financial instability or systemic events. 3 The resolution plan shall only envisage financial support in the form of the funding mechanisms created under the Restructuring Fund Act (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz). (4) The resolution plan shall be drawn up in accordance with the following principles:
1 reliance on extraordinary public financial support shall be avoided; the resources of the restructuring fund should be used efficiently and sparingly. 2 market discipline shall be maintained on the financial markets. 3 the shareholders of the institution under resolution shall be called upon first to sustain losses. 4 after the shareholders, the creditors of the institution under resolution shall shoulder the losses pursuant to the regulations specified in sections 48a to 48s insofar as this is compatible with the resolution objectives specified in subsection (2). 5 no creditor shall bear a greater loss than he or she would do were the institution to be liquidated through regular insolvency proceedings. In this context, at the time a resolution instrument is used, it is permissible to calculate a global insolvency rate based on the capital gaps identified at this point in time. 6 all senior managers at the credit institution under resolution shall be excluded from the management board unless BaFin is of the opinion that the manager did not contribute to the emergence of a going-concern risk or the exclusion of the senior manager would further jeopardise the stability of the credit institution. 7 all senior managers at the credit institution under resolution shall participate in the losses to the extent of their individual responsibility for the failure of the institution pursuant to civil and criminal law. (5) 1 The resolution plan shall contain the following elements:

Section 47f
182
1 a summary of the main components of the resolution plan, 2 a summary of the material changes that have taken place in the credit institution since the plan was first created or last updated, 3 a strategic analysis that includes the following aspects, in particular (a) a detailed description of the organisational structure, including a list of the legal entities (b) information about the ownership structure (c) information about where the seat of the management board and information about the permissions and licences of each material legal entity, (d) the allocation of material business activities and critical business activities to the legal entities, (e) details of the main business partners and an analysis of the impact of the failure of these business partners on the situation of the relevant significant legal entity, (f) details of all financial market infrastructures to which the relevant significant legal entity is linked directly or indirectly, including the allocation to the material business activities and the critical business activities, (g) details of the technical and organisational resources of the relevant significant legal entity, including information about their actual and legal framework, particularly concerning licences, service level agreements and maintenance, (h) information about the relevant responsible senior manager and about the contact person for the relevant significant legal entity who reports to the management board and (i) all major agreements between the relevant significant legal entity and third parties which could be terminated directly or indirectly by the use of a resolution tool, a resolution power, an insolvency or a contractually defined pre-insolvency event, and information as to whether the consequences of the termination may impair the use of a resolution tool or a resolution power; the same shall apply if the third party cannot terminate the agreement, but can trigger other potentially negative consequences, such as a penalty, for the relevant significant legal entity; 4 comments on how material business activities and critical business activities can be legally and financial separated to the extent required in order to ensure their continuity in the event that the credit institution is resolved, 5 an estimated time frame for the implementation of all major parts of the plan, 6 an outline of the resolvability assessment carried out pursuant to section 47d, 7 a description of the measures required pursuant to section 47e to remove impediments to resolvability,

Section 47f
183
8 a description of the procedure for calculating the value and marketability of the material business activities, the critical business activities and the assets of the relevant significant legal entity in the event of resolution, 9 a detailed description of the regulations intended to ensure that the information, estimates, analyses and reports that must be made available pursuant to section 47h are up to date and can be accessed by BaFin at any time, 10 explanations as to how the various resolution measures can be financed, taking into account the requirements pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 3, 11 a detailed description of the various resolution strategies that may be applied in the different scenarios within the meaning of section 47d (2) number 9, 12 comments on critical interconnections 13 a description of the options for maintaining access to financial market infrastructures, 14 if relevant, an outline of the involvement and cooperation of foreign authorities and 15 a plan for communicating with the media and the public. 2 BaFin may add further components to the resolution plan. (6) 1 The resolution plan shall be presented for comment to the Deutsche Bundesbank and Financial Market Stabilisation Agency. 2 It shall be updated at least once a year and shall also be revised and updated if necessary following material changes to the legal or organisational structure of the credit institution, its business activities or its financial situation that may have a major impact on the feasibility of the plan. 3 The same shall apply if the assessment of resolvability or the review of this assessment pursuant to section 47d (4) reveals that changes to the recovery plan are needed. (7) 1 Recovery plans concerning institutions that fall within the scope of subsection (1), also operate abroad and could jeopardise the stability of a foreign financial markets in the event of a going-concern risk should be drawn up in a resolution college. 2
Section 8e shall apply
mutatis mutandis.
(8) BaFin may dispense with the creation of a resolution plan pursuant to subsection (1) if 1 the credit institution with the potential to pose a systemic risk is part of a group with the potential to cause a systemic risk which, although not supervised on a consolidated basis by BaFin pursuant to the Banking Directive, is considered by BaFin, particularly through its participation in a resolution college, to have a resolution plan drawn up by a third party that sufficiently covers the event of the going-concern risk of the credit institution with the potential to pose a systemic risk and 2 BaFin sufficiently documents its assessment.

Section 47g
184
Section 47g
Group resolution plans
(1) 1
BaFin will create a resolution plan (group resolution plan) for each credit institution with the potential to pose a systemic risk that is subject to supervision on a consolidated basis by BaFin pursuant to the Banking Directive. 2 BaFin shall consult the Deutsche Bundesbank and the Federal Agency for Financial Market Stabilisation before completing the group resolution plan. (2) The group resolution plan shall cover the following members of the financial group 1 if the financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk involves a group of institutions, the superordinate undertaking within the meaning of section 10a (1) sentence 1 and all subordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a (1) sentence 2, regardless of whether they potentially pose a systemic risk in isolation 2 if the financial group with the potential to pose a systemic risk involves a financial holding group, the financial holding company and all subordinated undertakings within the meaning of section 10a (1) sentence 2, regardless of whether they potentially pose a systemic risk in isolation (3) 1 The group resolution plan envisages the use of resolution tools in the event that the conditions laid out in section 48o or section 48p are met. 2
Section 47f (1) sentence 2,
subsections (2), (3) sentence 2 and 3, subsections (4), (6) and (7) shall apply mutatis mutandis to group resolution plans. (4) 1 The content of the group resolution plan shall be based on section 47f (5). 2 Furthermore, in the group resolution plan, BaFin shall, in particular 1 focus on describing cooperation and coordination with foreign agencies and on who is to bear the burden internationally if the financial group or one of its members is jeopardised as a going concern. In particular, it shall provide information about the responsible supervisory and resolution authorities of the relevant significant legal entity and the potential funding of the various resolution measures as well as, if appropriate, approaches to dividing responsibility for funding between funding sources in several countries; 2 outline the measures to be taken by the financial group as a whole or by part of the financial group in the scenarios defined; 3 analyse the extent to which resolution tools and resolution powers can be applied, exercised and mutually recognised as part of international cooperation.

Section 47h
185
Section 47h
Duties to cooperate; authority to issue orders (1) 1 Credit institutions and financial groups shall provide BaFin immediately with all information that BaFin requires in the course of the resolution planning process. 2 If necessary, BaFin may request that a particular piece of information is accompanied by a summary analysis. (2) 1 BaFin may also request estimates, analyses, reports and other types of cooperation if it deems these necessary for resolution planning purposes. 2 In particular, BaFin may demand that the relevant credit institution or the superordinate undertaking of the relevant financial group draft parts of the documents to be drawn up for resolution planning and make them available to BaFin. (3) BaFin is not obliged to reimburse the costs and expenses incurred by the credit institution or the superordinate undertaking of the financial group as a result of subsections (1) and (2). (4) 1 The Federal Ministry of Finance, acting in consultation with the Deutsche Bundesbank, may issue by way of a statutory order more detailed provisions on the nature, scope, timing and form of the duties to cooperate, which may also include the regular provision of information, insofar as this is necessary to the fulfilment of BaFin's tasks. 2 It may delegate this authority by way of a statutory order to BaFin, provided that statutory orders of BaFin are issued in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank. 3 The central associations of the institutions shall be consulted before the statutory order is issued.
Section 47i
Confidentiality and exchange of information
(1) 1
Subject to the provision in subsection (3), BaFin shall treat as confidential the results of the resolution planning, the next steps following the announcement of the results of the resolvability assessment and the information, estimates, analyses and reports made available to it in the context of resolution planning. 2 In particular, the resolution plans do not need to be announced to the credit institution or the financial group. (2) Due to their nature, the recovery plans and the results of the resolution planning must be treated as confidential within the meaning of section 99 (1) sentence 2 of the Code of Administrative Court Procedure (Verwaltungsgerichtsordnung). (3) 1 BaFin shall be entitled to make the information, estimates, analyses and reports that it has received through resolution planning available to 1 the Federal Ministry of Finance, the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Federal Agency for Financial Market Stabilisation and the steering committee of the Federal Agency for Financial Market Stabilisation,

Section 47j
186
2 within supervisory colleges, the relevant members and the competent agencies of other EEA states and of non-EEA states with which BaFin collaborates within supervisory colleges pursuant to section 8e, 3 authorities whose opinions BaFin considers necessary or helpful pursuant to section 47 e (2) sentence 3, 4 a deposit guarantee scheme or an investor compensation scheme. 2 In the cases specified in numbers 2 and 3, the conditions set out in section 9 (1) sentences 6 to 8 shall apply. (4) The credit institution shall treat recovery plans as confidential and only transmit them to third parties which are involved in the creation and implementation of the recovery plan.
Section 47j
Legal protection
1
Findings and measures by BaFin pursuant to section 47b (3) and pursuant to section 47e against a credit institution or a member of a financial group can be contested by the credit institution or the relevant member of the financial group in question within one month of their announcement before the Higher Administrative Court responsible for the seat of BaFin in Frankfurt am Main. 2 An objection procedure is not conducted.
Section 48
(Repealed)
Division 4b MEASURES VIS-À-VIS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS IN THE EVENT OF RISKS TO THE STABILITY OF THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM
Section 48a
Transfer order
(1) BaFin can, in accordance with the provisions set out below, order that a credit institution’s assets, including its liabilities, be transferred to an existing legal entity (absorbing legal entity) through spin-off. (2) 1 A transfer order may only be issued if 1 the credit institution’s viability as a going concern is jeopardised (going-concern risk), putting the stability of the financial system at risk (systemic risk) and 2 the systemic risk as a result of the going-concern risk cannot be eliminated in an equally safe manner in any other way than through a transfer order.

Section 48b
187
2
BaFin, the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency and the Steering Committee are also acting in issuing and enforcing a transfer order if they may, given reasonable recognition of the circumstances evident at the time of their action, assume that the legal basis for their action is given. 3 This is without prejudice to section 4 (4) of the Act Establishing the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority. (3) 1 The transfer order shall be issued in agreement with the Steering Committee within the meaning of section 4 of the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund Act if the transfer order requires, or could require, financial assistance from the Restructuring Fund. 2 The Steering Committee’s decision shall be prepared by the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency. (4) BaFin shall be justified in transmitting to the Steering Committee and the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency any information pertinent to the decision; section 9 (1) sentence 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48b
Going-concern and systemic risk
(1) 1
Going-concern risk is the danger of the credit institution collapsing as a result of insolvency if no corrective measures are taken. 2 Going-concern risk is suspected if 1 the available common equity tier 1 capital pursuant to Article 50 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 represents less than 90% of the required common equity tier 1 capital; 2 the available own funds pursuant to Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 represent less than 90% of the required own funds; 3 the liquid assets available to the institution in a maturity band defined through the statutory order pursuant to section 11 (1) sentence 2 represent less than 90% of the callable payment obligations or 4 facts are known which warrant the assumption that a shortfall pursuant to numbers 1, 2 and 3 will occur if no corrective measures are taken; this is the case, in particular, if a loss may be anticipated based on the institution’s earnings situation, as a result of which the conditions of numbers 1, 2 or 3 would be met. 3 If the credit institution is subject to particular own funds requirements pursuant to section 10 (3) and (4) or section 45b (1) sentence 2, these must be taken into consideration when examining whether the conditions of sentence 2 numbers 1, 2 and 4 are met. 4 The same applies when determining whether the conditions of sentence 2 numbers 3 and 4 for extraordinary liquidity requirements pursuant to section 11 (2) are met. (2) 1 Systemic risk is present if there is concern that the credit institution’s going-concern risk could have a significantly negative impact on other financial sector undertakings, on the financial markets or on the general confidence investors and other market players have in the proper functioning of the financial system. 2 Particular account shall be taken of:

Section 48c
188
1 the nature and scope of the credit institution’s liabilities to other institutions and other financial sector undertakings, 2 the scope of the deposits received by the institution, 3 the nature, volume and composition of the risks entered into by the institution as well as the conditions on the markets on which such positions are traded, 4 interconnectedness with other financial market participants, 5 the conditions on the financial markets, in particular the consequences which market participants expect the institution’s collapse to have on other financial sector undertakings, on the financial market and on the confidence investors and other market players have in the proper functioning of the financial system, 6 the replaceability of the services and technical systems provided by the institution, 7 the complexity of the business transacted by the institution with other market participants, 8 the nature, scope and complexity of the institution's cross-border transactions and the replaceability of the cross-border services and technical systems. (3) BaFin shall assess, after consulting the Deutsche Bundesbank, whether there is going￾concern and systemic risk within the meaning of subsections (1) and (2) and shall document the joint assessment in writing.
Section 48c
Deadlines; issuing the transfer order
(1) 1
Provided the risk situation permits it, BaFin can, before issuing a transfer order, set the credit institution a deadline within which the credit institution must present a sustainable plan indicating in what way the going-concern risk can be averted (recovery plan). 2 The recovery plan must indicate the measures that will be used to 1 avert the going-concern risk within six weeks of presenting the recovery plan (implementation deadline) and 2 ensure capital adequacy and sufficient liquidity in the long term. 3 Where the recovery plan includes capital injections or liquidity increases, it must be credibly demonstrated that there is a reasonable prospect of successful implementation of the measures. 4 If the institution fails to present, within the set deadline, a recovery plan which meets the requirements of sentence 2, or if it does not credibly demonstrate the capital injections or liquidity increases envisaged in the recovery plan, violates provisions in an already-presented recovery plan, or if the recovery plan turns out to be unsuitable or not capable of being implemented by the deadline, BaFin, provided the risk situation permits it, may set the credit institution a final deadline for eliminating the going-concern risk; the deadline to be set has to take into account the fact that the institution had already had the opportunity to avert the going-concern risk.

Section 48c
189
(2) 1
A reorganisation plan transmitted in accordance with the regulations of the Credit Institution Reorganisation Act (Kreditinstitute-Reorganisationsgesetz) is considered to be a recovery plan that satisfies the requirements of subsection (1) if, with due consideration of the time schedule, there is no doubt that the reorganisation plan submitted is suitable to avert the going-concern risk in a timely manner and that the submitted plan can be accepted, confirmed and implemented in a timely manner. 2 BaFin can order a transfer even once reorganisation procedure has been initiated unless there is no doubt that the reorganisation procedure is suitable to avert the going-concern risk in time and that the submitted plan can be accepted, confirmed and implemented in a timely manner. (3) 1 The transfer order many be issued only if the absorbing legal entity agrees to the transfer. 2 The permission must make reference to a draft of the transfer order that has the same contents and requires notarisation. (4) If the transfer order is to specify that the credit institution should be granted capital shares in the absorbing legal entity in return for the transfer (section 48d (1) sentence 2) and if this requires approval from the shareholders’ meeting at the absorbing legal entity, the transfer order cannot be issued until the required decisions have been taken by the shareholders’ meeting and can no longer be contested and potentially reversed. (5) 1 The transfer order shall not specify a legal entity as the absorbing legal entity if 1 the legal entity is not constituted in the form of a legal person, 2 the legal entity has its head office outside Germany, 3 the legal entity does not have two senior managers pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation, 4 facts are known which reveal that a senior manager is not trustworthy or does not have the professional qualifications required to manage the institution, 5 facts are known which reveal that the holder of a major participating interest in the legal entity or, if this is a legal person, a legal representative or representative pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation or, in the case of a commercial partnership, a partner is not trustworthy or, for other reasons, fails to satisfy the requirements to be set in the interests of sound and prudent management, 6 the tier 1 capital of the absorbing legal entity within the meaning of Article 26 (1) letters (a) to (e) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 undershoot €5 million or 7 the object of the legal entity pursuant to the articles of association or articles of incorporation or its assets, financial or earnings situation does not allow it to take on the credit institution and maintain it as a going concern. 2 If the credit institution is constituted in the legal form of a corporation, the absorbing legal entity shall be constituted in the same legal form.

Section 48d
190
(6) 1
The transfer order shall be sent to the competent works council at the same time as the credit institution is informed. 2 The transfer order shall also be announced to the absorbing legal entity. 3 It must be promptly published in the electronic Federal Law Gazette. 4 The publication shall also contain information on the declaration of consent of the absorbing legal entity and on the decisions to increase capital pursuant to subsection (4).
Section 48d
Compensation/consideration; equalisation liability (1) 1 Under the transfer order, the credit institution receives compensation if the overall value of the items to be transferred is positive. 2 Compensation consists of capital shares in the absorbing legal entity. 3 If granting shares is unreasonable for the absorbing legal entity or risks defeating the purpose of the transfer order, compensation shall be determined in cash. (2) 1 Compensation must be proportionate to the value of the transferred assets at the time at which the transfer order is issued. 2 Any support from the restructuring fund or government bodies that was provided or promised to avoid or overcome going-concern risk shall not be counted in the credit institution’s favour. 3 Central bank operations that are concluded at normal terms and conditions do not represent support within the meaning of sentence 2. (3) 1 An expert selected and appointed by the court at the request of the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency shall verify the adequacy of the compensation. 2
Section 10 (1) sentence
3, subsections (2) to (5) and section 11 of the Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz) shall apply mutatis mutandis. 3 The auditor shall submit a written report on the results of his examination. 4 The audit report shall be sent to the credit institution, the absorbing legal entity, BaFin and the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency. 5 It shall conclude with a statement on whether the compensation was appropriate at the time at which the transfer order was issued. 6 If the audit report comes to the conclusion that the compensation was adequate, BaFin shall, in agreement with the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency, confirm the compensation laid down in the transfer order. 7 If not, it shall, in agreement with the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency, redefine the amount of compensation within two weeks of receiving the audit report, taking due account of the results of the report. 8 The adequacy of the newly defined compensation shall be verified pursuant to sentences 1 to 5; the auditor who conducted the initial audit shall be considered as having been appointed to conduct this audit. (4) 1 Where a conclusive and reliable valuation of the assets to be transferred is not possible before the transfer order is issued, the transfer order can be based on a preliminary valuation. 2 In this case, a preliminary compensation shall be determined and the final valuation shall be carried out at a later date. 3
Section 48c (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis
subject to the proviso that the compensation must be set at double the preliminary compensation. 4 The adequacy of the preliminary compensation pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 1 does not need to be verified. 5 The final valuation shall be conducted within four months of announcing the transfer order to the credit institution. 6 In the event of transfer-back orders pursuant to section 48j or partial transfers pursuant to section 48k, a final valuation

Section 48e
191 shall be conducted within two months of the announcement of the last order to the credit institution without prejudice to the deadline pursuant to sentence 5. 7 The compensation to be determined based on the final valuation shall be verified pursuant to subsection (3). (5) 1 If the compensation consists of capital shares in the absorbing legal entity and the latter must carry out a capital increase to create these capital shares, the auditor appointed pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 1 shall also verify and explain whether the amount of transferred assets equals the lowest issue price for the capital shares to be transferred. 2 This verification shall be conducted even if preliminary compensation has been determined pursuant to subsection (4) and its adequacy is not verified. 3 Once the compensation has been confirmed pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 6, the capital increase is considered to have been conducted. (6) 1 Where the aggregate value of the assets to be transferred is negative, the transfer order shall stipulate that the credit institution must compensate the absorbing legal entity in cash 2 The maturity and seniority of the compensation liability shall be based on the maturity and seniority of the liabilities involved in the spin-off. 3 In the case of various maturities or seniority levels, the ratio of the liabilities with different maturity or seniority to each other is key. 4 Subsections (2) to (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48e
Contents of the transfer order
(1) The transfer order must contain at least the following information:
1 the name or the company and domicile of the absorbing legal entity, 2 the information that the entirety of the credit institution’s assets including its liabilities shall be transferred to the absorbing legal entity, 3 the point in time as of which the actions of the transferring legal entity are considered to have been carried out on behalf of the absorbing legal entity (spin-off cut-off date), 4 information pursuant to subsection (2) or subsection (3) on the compensation or compensation liability 5 the proviso that individual assets, liabilities or legal relationships can be transferred back to the credit institution conducting the spin-off by means of a special order pursuant to section 48j (1) and (2), 6 the information that the absorbing legal entity has agreed to the transfer in the above￾described form. (2) Where the transfer order stipulates that the credit institution shall be granted compensation in the form of capital shares in the absorbing legal entity, it must contain information 1 on the issuance and number of these capital shares in the absorbing legal entity,

Section 48f
192
2 on the aggregate value ascribed to the spun-off assets at the time at which the transfer order was issued and on which the spin-off is based, in particular the determination of the issuance and number of the capital shares granted to the credit institution as compensation, and 3 on the methods and assumptions used to determine the value pursuant to number 2, taking into consideration the provisions of section 48d (2). (3) 1 In the case of section 48d (1) sentence 3, the information pursuant to subsection (2) number 1 shall be replaced by the level of the cash payment to be paid. 2 Where an equalisation liability is to be paid, the information pursuant to subsection (2) number 1 is to be replaced by the amount of this liability. 3 Where preliminary compensation or an equalisation liability is laid down, the information pursuant to subsection (2) numbers 2 and 3 shall be replaced by a reference to the preliminary nature of the compensation and the procedure used to determine the final compensation or equalisation liability.
Section 48f
Conducting the spin-off
(1) 1
The spin-off is conducted for absorption based on the transfer order and the declaration of consent of the absorbing legal entity. 2 A spin-off contract, a spin-off report or a spin-off decision on the part of the shareholders' meeting of the credit institution or the absorbing legal entity are not required. (2) 1 The spin-off shall be based, as the closing balance sheet, on the annual balance sheet from the credit institution’s last audited annual accounts, unless an audited balance sheet based on a later cut-off date is available for the credit institution; to this end, BaFin may demand that the institution provide an audited balance sheet based on a later cut-off date. 2 The annual balance sheets of the absorbing legal entity may also list, as acquisition costs within the meaning of section 253 (1) of the Commercial Code, the values listed in the credit institution’s closing balance sheet. (3) 1 The credit institution and the absorbing legal entity must promptly report the spin-off for entry into the register in their respective domicile. 2 Besides the closing balance sheet, a copy of the transfer order and the notarised declaration of consent of the absorbing legal entity pursuant to subsection (1) sentence 1 shall be attached to the reports. (4) 1 The entries shall be made promptly. 2 The lodging of an appeal or bringing of actions against the transfer order, the capital increase or the entry of the spin-off or the capital increase at the absorbing legal entity shall not preclude entry. (5) 1 If the credit institution or the absorbing legal entity neglects to report for entry in a register as stipulated under subsection (3) or is late in doing so, the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency may submit the report on behalf of those required to register. 2 In this case, the registration cannot be conducted without the permission of the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency.

Section 48g
193
(6) 1
If the members of the management and supervisory bodies help prepare and carry out the spin-off, this shall not represent a breach of duty towards the credit institution and its shareholders. 2 This shall be without prejudice to the obligation to pursue the institution’s rights pursuant to section 48r (1) and (2). 3 When deciding whether to lodge an appeal with a view to preventing the issuance or the enforcement of a transfer order, the consequences should be considered which the delay would have if the going-concern risk became public at the same time.
Section 48g
Entry into force and effects of the spin-off
(1) The spin-off shall become effective with the announcement of the transfer order to the credit institution and the absorbing legal entity. (2) Once the spin-off becomes effective, 1 the assets, liabilities and legal relationships earmarked by the transfer order (spin-off objects) are transferred to the absorbing legal entity and 2 the credit institution has a right to the compensation or compensation liability. (3) 1 Compensation in cash (section 48d (1) sentence 3) is due once the spin-off becomes effective. 2 Where the compensation is made up of capital shares in the absorbing legal entity and a capital increase is required to create the capital shares, the absorbing legal entity must promptly undertake the action required to have the capital increase registered and carried out. 3
Section 48f (5) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the registration of the capital increase.
(4) Rights similar to those of shareholders but without a voting right are, where in doubt, adjusted to the situation created as a result of the spin-off. (5) Section 613a of the German Civil Code shall apply mutatis mutandis. (6) Where the absorbing legal entity does not have the authorisation to pursue the transferred business required pursuant to section 32, the transfer order shall be regarded as authorisation in favour of the absorbing legal entity in the scope of the authorisation granted to the credit institution. (7) 1 Debt relationships may not be terminated for the sole reason of their transfer. 2 The transfer order and the spin-off therefore do not result in a termination of debt relationships. 3 Contractual provisions to the contrary shall be invalid. 4 Sentences 1 to 3 shall not apply 1 to reasons to given notice on or terminate a debt relationship which are not limited to the fact that the debt relationship was transferred or the preconditions for its transfer were present, 2 to reasons to given notice on or terminate a debt relationship for reasons related to the absorbing legal person, and

Section 48h
194
3 where the provisions of section 48k (2) sentences 1 to 3 are not fulfilled in the case of a partial transfer.
Section 48h
Liability of the credit institution; insolvency remoteness of spin-off (1) 1 The credit institution is liable for the liabilities included in the spin-off only in the amount of the sum which the creditor would have received had the credit institution been wound up/resolved and no spin-off taken place. 2 There is liability only if the creditor cannot obtain satisfaction from the absorbing legal entity. (2) The spin-off shall be without prejudice to any insolvency proceedings relating to the credit institution's assets; it cannot be contested either within or outside of such insolvency proceedings.
Section 48i
Objects/assets subject to foreign law
(1) Where spin-off assets are subject to foreign law under which the legal effects of the transfer order shall not apply, the credit institution is obligated to push for the action which is, under the foreign law, required for devolution of title to the absorbing legal entity. (2) 1 In the cases referred to in subsection (1), the institution and the absorbing legal entity are obliged to treat the affected spin-off assets as though the devolution of title had been conducted according to the provisions of the foreign jurisdiction. 2 The credit institution manages the affected spin-off assets for the account and in the interest of the absorbing legal entity, whose instructions it must follow. 3 The absorbing legal entity absolves the credit institutions from any expenses incurred in this connection, while the credit institution must pass on any proceeds from the administration of the asset to the absorbing legal entity. (3) 1 Assets whose transfer pursuant to subsection (1) the foreign jurisdiction does not recognise do not belong to the insolvency estate in insolvency proceedings relating to the credit institution’s assets. 2 Creditors of claims against the credit institution whose transfer pursuant to subsection (1) is not recognised by the foreign jurisdiction cannot assert their claims against the credit institution. 3 Such insolvency proceedings shall be without prejudice to claims and obligations pursuant to subsections (1) and (2). 4 Legal acts that serve to fulfil them shall not be subject to appeal either within or outside of these insolvency proceedings. (4) Where there is doubt as to whether the legal effects of the transfer order apply abroad, subsections (1) to (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Section 48j
195
Section 48j
Partial transfer back
(1) 1
BaFin can, within four months of the spin-off becoming effective, order that individual assets, liabilities or legal relationships (spin-off assets) be transferred back to the credit institution conducting the spin-off (transfer-back order). 2 Further transfer-back orders may be issued within the deadline pursuant to sentence 1. (2) 1 The transfer-back order must be announced to the absorbing legal entity and the credit institution conducting the spin-off and becomes effective once it has been announced to both. 2
Section 48f subsections (3) to (5) shall apply mutatis mutandis; a copy of the transfer￾back order replaces the documents listed in sections 48f subsection (3) sentence 2. 3
The spin-off asset affected by a transfer-back order is considered to have remained on the books of the credit institution conducting the spin-off from the outset. (3) 1 Spin-off assets for which financial collateral within the meaning of section 1 (17) has been provided and the financial collateral provided for them are exempted from a transfer back pursuant to subsection (1) subject to the provisions of subsection (5). 2 Sentence 1 shall also apply to spin-off assets incorporated in a system within the meaning of section 1 (16) or by central banks or which are subject to an eligible netting agreement pursuant to section 196 (295) of the Solvency Regulation. 3 The choice of the other spin-off assets is based on their significance to averting the system risk emanating from the credit institution in an effective and cost-efficient manner. 4 Where they are equally significant to averting the systemic risk emanating from the credit institution in an effective and cost-efficient manner, the selection of liabilities is based on the ranking relevant in insolvency proceedings relating to the credit institution’s assets. 5 Sentences 3 and 4 shall also apply to the decision on an only partial transfer back of liabilities. (4) 1 The credit institution is liable for the liabilities included in the spin-off only in the amount of the sum which the creditor would have received had the credit institution been wound up/resolved and no spin-off taken place. 2 There is liability only if the creditor cannot obtain satisfaction from the credit institution. (5) 1 A debt relationship which was transferred to the absorbing legal entity during enforcement of the spin-off and which the contractual party says or claims to give notice on or terminate in contravention of section 48g (7) can be transferred back to the credit institution within ten business days of the absorbing legal entity receiving the declaration; any claims that would arise from the termination of such a debt relationship are considered to be have been transferred back along with it. 2 Where the debt relationship is included in an eligible netting agreement pursuant to articles 195, 196 and 295 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, all debt relationships between the institution and the contractual included in the netting agreement, the netting agreement and any claims that would result from the application of the netting agreement shall be considered to have been transferred back along with it. 3 The same applies to framework agreements encompassing the debt relationships included in the netting agreement. 4 The deadline of four months pursuant to

Section 48k
196 subsection (1) shall not apply. 5
The counterparty must be informed of the transfer back promptly.
(6) If financial assistance from the Restructuring Fund is required, or could be required, in connection with the transfer order, BaFin shall make the selection pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 4 and the decision pursuant to subsection (5) in consultation with the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency. (7) The provisions in section 48g (2), (4) and (5) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48k
Partial transfer
(1) 1
Notwithstanding section 48e (1), the transfer order may stipulate that only part of the assets, liabilities and legal relationships shall be transferred to the absorbing legal entity (partial transfer). 2 In this case, notwithstanding section 48e (1) number 2, the transfer order need only list those spin-off assets that are covered by the spin-off; alternatively, it may list those spin-off assets that will remain with the institution. (2) 1 Spin-off assets for which financial collateral has been provided within the meaning of
section 1 (17) may only be transferred together with the financial collateral, and financial
collateral may only be transferred with the spin-off assets they collateralise. 2 Spin-off assets that are included in a system within the meaning of section 1 (16) or a central bank system may not be transferred without the collateral provided for them and collateral may not be transferred without the spin-off assets they collateralise. 3 Assets that are subject to an eligible netting agreement pursuant to articles 195, 196 and 295 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended may only be transferred in their entirety and together with the netting agreement and the framework agreements in which the debt relationships covered by the netting agreements are directly or indirectly included; section 48j (5) sentence 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 4
Section 48j (3) sentences 3 to 5 and (6) shall apply mutatis
mutandis to the selection of the assets to be transferred.
(3) 1
The absorbing legal entity is liable for liabilities not included in a transfer order pursuant to subsection (1) only in the amount of the sum which the creditor would have received had the credit institution been resolved and no spin-off taken place. 2 There is liability only if the creditor cannot obtain satisfaction from the credit institution. (4) 1 Where assets whose use the absorbing legal entity requires in order to maintain the business units transferred to it as a going concern remain with the credit institution, the credit institution must grant the absorbing legal entity sole or shared use against an appropriate fee until the absorbing legal entity can replace the assets in question. 2 Insolvency proceedings initiated over the assets of the institution shall be without prejudice to claims pursuant to sentence 1 or arising from a contract concluded based on an obligation pursuant to sentence 1; the conclusion of the contract and its fulfilment shall not be subject to appeal.

Section 48l
197
(5) 1
BaFin can issue further transfer orders (follow-up orders) within four months of a spin-off based on a transfer order pursuant to subsection (1) becoming effective. 2 The follow-up orders do not restart the deadline pursuant to sentence 1. 3Section 48a (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48l
Measures at the credit institution
(1) 1
Once the transfer order becomes effective, BaFin may revoke the credit institution's authorisation if the credit institution is no longer able to maintain its business in line with the provisions of this act. 2 This shall be without prejudice to section 35. (2) 1 As long as the viability of the business units transferred to the absorbing legal entity as a going concern is not jeopardised and as long as BaFin does not determine that the restructuring goal (section 48m (1) sentence 2) at the absorbing legal entity has been achieved, BaFin can instruct the credit institution to exercise the voting rights to which it is entitled in the shareholders’ meeting of the absorbing legal entity in a certain manner; the absorbing legal entity shall also be informed of these instructions. 2 The institution may not be instructed to approve 1 a capital reduction on the part of the absorbing legal entity which does not serve to cover losses, 2 a capital increase where the issue amount or the minimum price at which the shares will be issued is inappropriately low, 3 a merger, demerger, spin-off or asset transfer pursuant to the Transformation Act, where the compensation or indemnity to which the institution is entitled is inappropriately low, nor 4 the expulsion of the credit institution from the circle of shareholders. 3 Following an instruction pursuant to sentence 1 does not represent a breach of duty of the members of authorised representative bodies towards the credit institution and its shareholders. 4 This shall be without prejudice to the obligation to pursue the credit institution’s rights pursuant to section 48m (4) and (5) and section 48r (3). (3) As long as the viability of the business units transferred to the absorbing legal entity as a going concern is jeopardised and until such going-concern risk has been averted on a long￾term basis, the credit institution may not, without prior written permission from BaFin, dispose of the capital shares in the absorbing legal entity to which it is entitled. (4) Where a petition for the initiation of insolvency proceedings over the assets of the credit institution looks likely to be rejected for the sole reason that the credit institution's assets will probably not cover the costs of the proceedings, the absorbing legal entity is obliged to make the advance payment required to initiate proceedings.

Section 48m
198
(5) 1
BaFin shall appoint a special auditor at the credit institution to examine whether the credit institution can claim for damages against members of governing bodies or former members of governing bodies for breach of due diligence standards. 2
Section 45c (6) and
sections 144 and 145 of the Companies Act shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48m
Measures at the absorbing legal entity
(1) 1
On demand, the absorbing legal entity shall promptly provide BaFin with information on all circumstances required to assess whether the business units transferred to the absorbing legal entity can be restructured. 2 The ability to restructure within the meaning of sentence 1 is the realistic possibility of creating an assets, financial or earnings situation that ensures the long-term competitiveness of the transferred undertaking (restructuring objective). 3 Where necessary to verify the information provided pursuant to sentence 1, BaFin may demand the submission of documentation and surrender of copies. (2) 1 To enable or implement a transfer order, sections 7 to 7b, 7d, 7e, 8 to 11, 12 (1) to (3) sections 14, 15 and 17 to 19 of the Financial Market Stabilisation Acceleration Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to decisions on capital measures taken by the shareholders’ meeting of the absorbing legal entity until BaFin determines that the restructuring objective has been reached. 2 This shall also apply if other private or public bodies make a contribution to achieving the restructuring objective or averting the going-concern risk. 3
Section 48d (2)
sentence 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(3) 1
A decision pursuant to subsection (2) shall be reported promptly to the register of the domicile of the absorbing legal entity. 2 The resolution, insofar as it is not manifestly void, shall be entered in the commercial register without delay. 3 Actions or applications for rulings against the decision or its entry shall not preclude entry into the register. 4
Section 246a (4) of
the Companies Act shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5 The same applies to decisions on utilising an authorisation to draw down approved capital created pursuant to subsection (2). (4) 1 If the institution votes in favour of a measure pursuant to subsection (2) to comply with instructions issued by BaFin pursuant to section 48l (2), this shall not prevent action from being brought against the decision. 2 In the case of a capital increase, the action may also be based on the fact that the issue price for the new capital shares is inappropriately low. 3 In the event of a capital reduction, the action may also be based on the fact that the capital reduction does not serve to offset losses in the agreed scope. 4 Where the action is justified, but the measure has already been entered in the trade register pursuant to subsection (3), the claim to compensation to which the institution is entitled pursuant to subsection (3) sentence 4 shall be fulfilled by issuing capital shares provided the damage suffered by the institution consists in an economic dilution of its capital share in the absorbing legal entity. (5) 1 Subsections (2), (3) and (4) sentences 1 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to decisions on changes to the articles of association or incorporation, the conclusion or termination of

Section 48m
199 company agreements or measures pursuant to the Transformation Act. 2 Where the credit institution, to comply with instructions pursuant to section 48l (2), votes in favour of a measure pursuant to the Transformation Act, it may also base the action against the decision on the fact that the compensation or indemnity granted to the institution is not appropriate. (6) 1 Where the absorbing legal entity has, in order to avert the going-concern risk or to achieve the restructuring objective, been granted support from the Restructuring Fund or another form of support, BaFin may, until the restructuring objective has been achieved, 1 prohibit payouts to the shareholders of the absorbing legal entity, 2 prohibit payouts to the holders of other own funds items that are, according to contractual provisions, tied to specified targets being met provided the relevant targets would not have been achieved without the support, or 3 prohibit payments to creditors if their claims could not, owing to a subordination agreement, have been met following a hypothetical repayment of the support. 2 Giving notice on or buying back the affected own funds components and debt instruments as well as balance sheet measures which could cause the objectives relevant pursuant to sentence 1 number 2 to be achieved are also considered to be a payout within the meaning of sentence 1. 3 Where a payout is prohibited pursuant to sentence 1 number 2, the relevant objectives are considered not to have been met. 4 Sentence 1 shall not apply to payouts on capital shares which were granted to the Restructuring Fund or the Financial Market Stabilisation Fund in connection with a support payment, and to payments on such claims of the Restructuring Fund that were created in connection with the government support payment. 5
Section 48d (2) sentence 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 6
The injection of own funds or liquidity by private third parties in order to avert going-concern risk or achieve the restructuring objective shall be deemed equivalent to support payments made by the Restructuring Fund. (7) If the restructuring objective cannot be achieved or can only be achieved at unreasonable economic terms and if the undertaking can be resolved without jeopardising the stability of the financial system, BaFin may, in consultation with the Financial Market Stabilisation Agency, demand that the absorbing legal entity set up a liquidation plan showing that, and in what way, the undertaking being maintained as a going concern by the absorbing legal entity can be resolved in an orderly manner. (8) BaFin may declare a liquidation plan established pursuant to subsection (7) to be binding. (9) 1 BaFin is entitled to take the measures necessary to implement a liquidation plan that is binding pursuant to subsection (8). 2 In particular, BaFin shall be authorised to issue instructions to the absorbing legal entity. 3 Where senior managers fail to guarantee proper implementation of the plan, BaFin may, pursuant to section 45c, transfer senior managers' powers to a special representative who is suitable to ensure proper implementation of the plan.

Section 48n
200
Section 48n
Information
BaFin shall, pursuant to section 46d (1) and (2), notify the competent authorities in the other EEA states that it has issued a transfer order or ordered measures pursuant to section 48l (1) and (2) and section 48m (6) to (9).
Section 48o
Measures relating to superordinated undertakings of groups of institutions (1) 1 Where the own funds available to a group of institutions cover less than 90% of the own funds required pursuant to Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, an order pursuant to section 10 (3) and (4), the legal regulation pursuant to
section 51a (1), an order pursuant to section 51a (2) or section 45b (1) sentence 2,
subsection (2) or if it is to be expected that such a capital shortfall will occur if no corrective measures are taken, BaFin may, in accordance with sections 48a to 48k, also issue a transfer order to the superordinated undertaking. 2 Sections 48l to 48n shall apply mutatis mutandis. (2) 1 Where the viability of an institution belonging to a group or the superordinated undertaking as a going concern is at risk and this threatens to place the viability of other undertakings belonging to the group at risk as a going concern, BaFin may, pursuant to sections 48c to 48k, also issue a transfer order to the superordinated undertaking, if the danger to the other undertakings belonging to the group is associated with systemic risk. 2 Subordinated undertakings domiciled outside Germany are suspected of being at risk if 1 the own funds or liquidity requirements applicable in the country of domicile are not met or 2 insolvency proceedings or other proceedings with similar impact provided for under the jurisdiction of the country of domicile are imminent and cannot be averted based on intra-group transactions without jeopardising other undertakings belonging to the group. 3 If BaFin has issued a transfer order pursuant to sentence 1, sections 48l to 48n shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 48p
Measures at financial holding groups and mixed financial holding groups 1 Where the own funds available to a financial holding group or mixed financial holding group cover less than 90% of the own funds required pursuant to Articles 92 to 386 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as last amended, an order pursuant to section 10 (3) and (4), the legal regulation pursuant to section 51a (1), an order pursuant to section 51a (2) or section 45b (1) sentence 2, subsection (2) or if it is to be expected that such a capital shortfall will occur if no corrective measures are taken, BaFin may, in accordance with sections 48a to 48k, also